SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY (Established under section 3 of UGC Act, 1956) Jeppiaar Nagar, Rajiv Gandhi Salai, Chennai - 600 119. SYLLABUS FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING IN MECHANICAL AND PRODUCTION ENGINEERING BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING IN AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING IN AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING (8 SEMESTERS) REGULATIONS 2015
Transcript
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
(Established under section 3 of UGC Act, 1956)
Jeppiaar Nagar, Rajiv Gandhi Salai, Chennai - 600 119.
SYLLABUS
FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING IN MECHANICAL AND PRODUCTION ENGINEERING
BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING IN AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING
BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING IN AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING
(8 SEMESTERS)
REGULATIONS 2015
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR i REGULATIONS 2015
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
R E G U L A T I O N S – 2 0 1 5
CHO I CE BAS E D CRE DI T S Y S T EM
Effective from the academic year 2015-2016 and applicable to the students admitted to the Degree of Bachelor of Engineering / Technology. (Eight Semesters)
1. NOMENCLATURE
Refers to the Bachelor of Engineering / Technology Stream that a student has chosen for study. Eg. B.E in Mechanical Engineering
Refers to the course (Subject) that a student would have to undergo during the study in the institution.
Refers to the Starting and Completion year of a Programme of study. Eg. Batch of 2015–2019 refers to students belonging to a 4 year Degree programme admitted in 2015 and completing in 2019.
Each Programme and Department of the institution is grouped under various Faculty. Eg. Faculty of Computing consists of Departments of Computer Science, Information Technology and Computer Applications. This Faculty offers various Undergraduate and Postgraduate Programmes in Engineering like B.E (Computer Science), B.Tech (Information Technology),M.E (Computer Science), M.Tech (Information Technology)
Refers to the Head of a Group of Departments under which various UG and PG Programmes are offered.
Refers to the Head of a Department (HoD) offering various UG and PG programmes. He/She will be the Head of all staff members and Students belonging to the Department
2. STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMME 2.1. Every Programme will have a curriculum with syllabi consisting
of theory and practicals such as:
(i) General Foundation courses comprising English, Mathematics, Basic Sciences and Engineering Sciences.
(ii) Core courses belonging to the Major Programme of study.
(iii) Electives offered by the Faculty and the Department related to the Major programme of study.
(iv) Electives to be chosen from a group of courses offered, which can be chosen by any student of any stream.
(v) Laboratory courses such as Workshop practice, Computer Practice, Engineering Graphics, etc.
(vi) Professional Training Courses during the semester vacation.
(vii) Project Work
2.2. Each semester curriculum shall normally have a blend of lecture courses not exceeding 6 and practical courses not exceeding 2.
Programme :
Course :
Batch :
Faculty :
Faculty Head :
HoD :
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR ii REGULATIONS 2015
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
2.3. Each course is normally assigned certain number of credits as follows:
Lecture Hours (Theory) : 1 credit per lecture hour per week, 1 credit per tutorial hour per week, Laboratory Hours : 1 credit for 2 Practical hours, 2 credits for 3 or 4 hours of practicals per
week.
Project Work : 1 credit for 2 hours of project work per week Professional Training : 5 credits for minimum of 3 weeks of training during summer vacations
2.4. The medium of instruction, examinations and project report will be in English Language throughout the Programme
2.5. For the award of the degree, a student has to earn the total number of credits as specified in the curriculum of the relevant branch of study.
3. DURATION OF THE PROGRAMME
A student is normally expected to complete the B.E/B.Tech. Programme in 8 semesters but in any case not more than 12 consecutive semesters from the time of commencement of the course (not more than 10 semesters for those who join 3rd semester under Lateral entry system) The Head of the Department shall ensure that every teacher imparts instruction as per the number of hours specified in the syllabus and that the teacher teaches the full content of the specified syllabus for the course being taught.
4. REQUIREMENTS FOR COMPLETION OF A SEMESTER
A candidate who has fulfilled the following conditions shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirement for completion of a semester.
4.1 He/She secures not less than 90% of overall attendance in that semester.
4.2 Candidates who do not have the requisite attendance for the semester will not be permitted to write the semester Examinations.
5. FACULTY HEAD
Each Faculty is headed by a Faculty Head which comprises of many Departments and Courses offered by them. The Faculty Head is responsible for all activities taking place inside the Faculty in coordination with all Department Heads and all staff members belonging to the faculty. The Faculty Head will be appointed by the institution on rotational basis. The Faculty Head shall act as a linkage between the HoD’s, faculty members and the students. The Faculty Head makes a review of all the academic activities of Staff, Students and Research on a regular time interval and takes steps to improve the morale of all staff and students.
6. HEAD OF THE DEPARTMENT
Each Department offering various UG and PG programmes is headed by a Head (HoD). The HoD is responsible for allotting courses to each staff member uniformly in consultation with other HoD’s and Faculty Heads. The HoD is responsible for streamlined teaching of courses to students, improvement and Assessment of Teaching Quality within the Department on a continuous basis, Assessment of staff members, transparent conduct of Continuous Assessment Examinations, Interacting with Parents, ensuring that all academic and non academic activities of staff and students are monitored and steps taken for their improvement.
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR iii REGULATIONS 2015
7. BATCH COORDINATOR
The Head of the Department shall appoint a Batch coordinator for each batch of students admitted in to a programme, throughout their period of study. The Batch coordinator shall act as a linkage between the HoD, faculty members and the students. The Batch coordinator gets information about the Syllabus coverage by the staff members, requirements of the students academically and otherwise, attendance and progress of the students from the respective Class Counselors. The Batch Coordinator also informs the students of the academic schedule including the dates of assessments and syllabus coverage for each assessment, weightage for each assessment, their Continuous assessment Marks and attendance % details before the commencement of End Semester examinations.
8. CLASS COUNSELOR
There shall be a class counselor for each class. The class counselor will be one among the teachers of the Department. He / She will be appointed by the HoD of the department concerned. The responsibilities for the class Counselor shall be:
To act as the channel of communication between the HoD, Faculty Head, Batch Coordinator, Course Coordinator, staff and students of the respective class.
To collect and maintain various statistical details of students.
To help the Batch Coordinator in planning and conduct of the Classes.
To monitor the academic performance of the students including attendance and to inform the Batch Coordinator.
To take care of the students’ welfare activities like industrial visits, Seminars, awards etc.
9. COURSE COORDINATOR FOR EACH COURSE
• Each theory course offered to more than one class or branch or group of branches, shall have a “Course coordinator” comprising all the teachers teaching the course, with one of the senior staff amongst them normally nominated as course coordinator, by the faculty head in consultation with the respective HoD’s.
• The “Course Coordinator” shall meet the teachers handling the course, as often as possible and ensure a
Common Teaching Methodology is followed for the course, Study materials are prepared by the staff members and communicated to the students periodically, involving students in course based projects and assignments, common question paper for continuous assessment tests, uniform evaluation of continuous assessments Answer sheets by arriving at a common scheme of evaluation.
• The Course coordinator is responsible for evaluating the Performance of the students in the Continuous Assessments and End Semester exams and analyse them to find suitable methodologies for improvement in the performance. The analysis should be submitted to the HoD and Faculty Head for suitable action.
10. EXAMINATIONS
The end semester examinations shall normally be conducted between October and December during the odd semesters and between March and May in the even semesters. The maximum marks for each theory and
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR iv REGULATIONS 2015
practical course (including the project work and Viva Voce examination in the final Semester) shall be 100 with the following breakup.
(i) Theory Courses
Continuous Assessment : 50 Marks
End Semester Exams : 50 Marks
(ii) For Practical courses
Continuous Assessment : 50 Marks
End Semester Exams : 50 Marks
11. CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT EXAMS
a. Theory courses
There will be a Minimum of two Continuous Assessment Exams, for each Theory course. Each Assessment Exam will be conducted for a Maximum of 50 Marks. The total marks secured in the Two Assessment Exams out of 100, will be converted to 45 Marks. The % -of attendance secured by the candidate in a course in a semester will carry a weightage of 5 Marks, which will be added to the Continuous Assessment Marks for each course.
The Continuous assessment marks obtained by the candidate in the first appearance shall be retained and considered valid for all subsequent attempts, till the candidate secures a pass.
b. Practical courses
For Practical Courses, the student will be evaluated on a continuous basis for 25 Marks (which will include performing all experiments, submitting Observation and Record Note Book in scheduled Format and Time), 20 Marks for Model Exam at the end of the semester and 5 Marks for Attendance in the course.
For Practical courses, if a student has been absent for some Practical Classes or has performed poorly, then the student will have to get permission from the Lab incharge and batch coordinator to do the experiments, so that he/she meets all the requirements for the course and thereby allowed to appear for Model and End Semester Exams.
If a student has not done all the experiments assigned for that Lab, before the scheduled date or has attendance percentage less than 90%, the student will not be allowed to appear for the Model and end semester Practical Exam. Such students will have to redo the course again by doing all the experiments in the next semester when the course is offered.
12. ELECTIVE COURSES
Every student has the option of choosing four elective courses during the period of study. These electives will be offered in the Prefinal and Final year of study. The student has to select atleast two electives offered by the respective department. The student also has the choice of selecting the other two electives from electives offered by Departments within the faculty in that semester and / or from the electives which can be opted as elective by all undergraduate branches of the institution.
13. FINAL YEAR PROJECT WORK
Project work is to be undergone by each student in the final year. The Project work has been divided in to two Phases (Phase 1 and 2). Project work Phase 1 is to be done in the Pre-final Semester and Phase 2 during the Final Semester.
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR v REGULATIONS 2015
Project work may be allotted to a single or two students as a Group. In special cases, the number of students in a Project Group cannot exceed Three, if it can be justified by the Project Supervisor and HoD, that the Project Work Content is large enough.
For Project work, Assessment is done on a continuous basis by 3 Reviews for 50 Marks and Final Viva voce carries 50 Marks.
There shall be three Project Reviews (Conducted during the Pre-final semester and Final Semester) to be conducted by a review committee. The student shall make presentation on the progress made, before the committee. The Head of the Department shall constitute the review committee for each branch in consultation with Faculty Head. The members of the review committee will evaluate the progress of the Project and award marks.
PROJECT REVIEWS FINAL PROJECT
VIVA VOCE 1 2 3
Max. Marks 5 15 30 50
The total marks obtained in the three reviews, rounded to the nearest integer is the Continuous Assessment marks out of 50. There shall be a viva-voce examination for final Semester Examination conducted by one internal examiner, one external examiner and the supervisor concerned.
A student is expected to attend all the Project Reviews conducted by the institution on the scheduled dates. It is mandatory for every student to attend the Reviews, even if they are working on a project in an industry based outside Chennai city. It is their duty to inform the organization about the project reviews and its importance, and get permission to attend the same. If a student does not attend any of the Project Reviews, he / she shall not be allowed for the successive reviews and thereby not allowed to appear for the Final viva voce.
The final Project viva-voce examination shall carry 50 marks. Marks are awarded to each student of the project group based on the individual performance in the viva-voce examination. The external examiner shall be appointed by the Controller of Examinations. The Internal and External Examiner will evaluate the Project for 20 Marks each. The project report shall carry a maximum of 10 marks.
The candidate is expected to submit the project report as per the guidelines of the institution on or before the last day of submission. If a candidate fails to submit the project report on or before the specified deadline, he / she can be granted an extension of time up to a maximum limit of 5 days for the submission of project work, by the Head of the Department.
If he / she fails to submit the project report, even beyond the extended time, then he / she is deemed to have failed in the Project Work and shall register for the same in the subsequent semester and re-do the project after obtaining permission from the HoD and Faculty Head.
14. PASSING REQUIRMENTS
A candidate should secure not less than 50% of total marks prescribed for the courses, subject to securing a minimum of 30% marks out of Max. Mark in End Semester Exams. Then he / she shall be declared to have passed in the Examination.
If a candidate fails to secure a pass in a particular course, it is mandatory that he / she shall register and reappear for the examination in that course during the next semester when examination is conducted in that course. It is mandatory that he / she should continue to register and reappear for the examination till he / she secures a pass.
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR vi REGULATIONS 2015
15. AWARD OF GRADES
All assessments of a course will be done on absolute marks basis. However, for the purpose of reporting the performance of a candidate, letter grades, each carrying certain number of points, will be awarded as per the range of total marks (out of 100) obtained by the candidate in each course as detailed below:
RANGE OF MARKS FOR GRADES
Range of Marks Grade Grade Points (GP)
90-100 A++ 10
80-89 A+ 9
70-79 B++ 8
60-69 B+ 7
50-59 C 6
00-49 (Reappear) RA 0
ABSENT AAA 0
Withdrawal W 0
Authorised Break of Study ABS 0
CUMULATIVE GRADE POINT AVERAGE CAL CULATION calculation on a 10 Point scale is used to describe the overall performance of a student in all courses from first
semester to the last semester. RA, AAA and W grades will be excluded for calculating GPA and CGPA. ΣiCiGPi CGPA = ΣiCi
where Ci – Credits for the course GPi – Grade Point for the course
Σi – Sum of all courses successfully cleared during all the semesters
Final Degree is awarded based on the following:
CGPA ≥ 9.0 – First Class - Exemplary CGPA ≥ 7.50 < 9.00 – First Class with Distinction CGPA ≥ 6.00 < 7.50 – First Class
CGPA ≥ 5.00 < 6.00 – Second Class
Minimum requirements for award of Degree, a student should have obtained a minimum of 5.0 CGPA.
16. GRADE SHEET
After revaluation results are declared, Grade Sheets will be issued to each student which will contain the following details:
Name of the Candidate with Date of Birth and Photograph.
The programme and degree in which the candidate has studied
The list of courses enrolled during the semester and the grade secured
The Grade Point Average (GPA) for the semester.
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR vii REGULATIONS 2015
17. ELIGIBILITY FOR THE AWARD OF DEGREE
A student shall be declared to be eligible for the award of the B.E/B.Tech. degree, provided the student has successfully completed all the requirements of the programme, and has passed all the prescribed examinations in all the 8 semesters within the maximum period specified in clause 3.
i) Successfully gained the required number of total credits as specified in the curriculum corresponding to his/her programme within the stipulated time.
ii) Successfully completed the programme requirements and has passed all the courses prescribed in all the semesters within a maximum period of 6 years (5 Years for Lateral Entry Candidates) reckoned from the commencement of the first semester to which the candidate was admitted.
iii) Successfully completed any additional courses prescribed by the institution.
iv) No disciplinary action pending against the student.
v) The award of Degree must have been approved by the Board of Management of the institution.
18. CLASSIFICATION OF THE DEGREE AWARDED
1. A candidate who qualifies for the award of the Degree having passed the examination in all the courses of all the 8 semesters in his/her first appearance within a maximum of 8 consecutive semesters (maximum of 6 semesters for Lateral entry students who join the course in the third semester) securing a overall CGPA of not less than 9.0 (Calculated from 1s t semester) shall be declared to have passed the examination in First Class - EXEMPLARY. Authorized Break of Study vide Clause 20, will be considered as an Appearance for Examinations, for award of First Class – Exemplary. Withdrawal from a course shall not be considered as an appearance for deciding the eligibility of a candidate for First Class – Exemplary
2. A candidate who qualifies for the award of the Degree having passed the examination in all the courses of all the 8 semesters in his/her first appearance within a maximum of 8 consecutive semesters (maximum of 6 semesters for Lateral entry students who join the course in the third semester) securing a overall CGPA of not less than 7.5 (Calculated from 1s t semester) shall be declared to have passed the examination in First Class with Distinction. Authorized Break of Study vide Clause 20, will be considered as an Appearance for Examinations, for award of First Class with Distinction. Withdrawal shall not be considered as an appearance for deciding the eligibility of a candidate for First Class with Distinction.
3. A candidate who qualifies for the award of the Degree having passed the examination in all the courses of all the 8 semesters within a maximum period of 8 consecutive semesters (maximum of 6 semesters for Lateral entry students who join the course in the third semester) after his/her commencement of study securing a overall CGPA of not less than 6.0 (Calculated from 1s t semester), shall be declared to have passed the examination in First Class. Authorized break of study vide Clause 20 (if availed of) or prevention from writing End semester examination due to lack of attendance will not be considered as Appearance in Examinations. For award of First class, the extra number of semesters than can be provided (in addition to four years for Normal B.E / B.Tech and 3 years for Lateral Entry)will be equal to the Number of semesters availed for Authorized Break of Study or Lack of Attendance. Withdrawal shall not be considered as an appearance for deciding the eligibility of a candidate for First Class.
4. All other candidates who qualify for the award of the Degree having passed the examination in all the courses of all the 8 semesters within a maximum period of 12 consecutive semesters (10 consecutive semesters for Lateral Entry students, who join the course in the third semester) after his/her commencement of study securing a overall CGPA of not less than 5.0, (Calculated from 1st semester) shall be declared to have passed the examination in Second Class.
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR viii REGULATIONS 2015
5. A candidate who is absent in semester examination in a course/project work after having registered for the same, shall be considered to have appeared in that examination for the purpose of classification.
6. A candidate can apply for revaluation of his/her semester examination answer paper in a theory course, immediately after the declaration of results, on payment of a prescribed fee along with application to the Controller of Examinations through the HoD. The Controller of Examination will arrange for the revaluation and the result will be intimated to the candidate concerned through the Head of the Department. Revaluation is not permitted for practical courses and for project work.
19. WITHDRAWAL FROM EXAMINATIONS
A candidate may, for valid reasons, (medically unfit / unexpected family situations) be granted permission to withdraw from appearing for the examination in any course or courses in any one of the semester examination during the entire duration of the degree programme.
Withdrawal application shall be valid only if the candidate is otherwise normally eligible (if he/she satisfies Attendance requirements and should not be involved in Disciplinary issues or Malpractice in Exams) to write the examination and if it is made within FIVE days before the commencement of the examination in that course or courses and also recommended by the Faculty Head through HoD.
Notwithstanding the requirement of mandatory FIVE days notice, applications for withdrawal for special cases under extraordinary conditions will be considered based on the merit of the case.
Withdrawal shall not be considered as an appearance for deciding the eligibility of a candidate for First Class – Exemplary, First Class with Distinction and First Class.
Withdrawal is NOT permitted for arrears examinations of the previous semesters.
20. AUTHORIZED BREAK OF STUDY
This shall be granted by the Management, only once during the full duration of study, for valid reasons for a maximum of one year during the entire period of study of the degree programme.
A candidate is normally not permitted to temporarily break the period of study. However, if a candidate would like to discontinue the programme temporarily in the middle of duration of study for valid reasons (such as accident or hospitalization due to prolonged ill health), he / she shall apply through the Faculty Head in advance (Not later than the Reopening day of that semester) through the Head of the Department stating the reasons. He /She should also mention clearly, the Joining date and Semester for Continuation of Studies after completion of break of Study. In such cases, he/she will attend classes along with the Junior Batches. A student who availed break of study has to rejoin only in the same semester from where he left.
The authorized break of study will not be counted towards the duration specified for passing all the courses for the purpose of classification only for First Class.
The total period for completion of the programme shall not exceed more than 12 consecutive semesters from the time of commencement of the course (not more than 10 semesters for those who join 3rd semester under Lateral entry system) irrespective of the period of break of study in order that he / she may be eligible for the award of the degree
If any student is not allowed to appear for Examinations for not satisfying Academic requirements and Disciplinary reasons, (Except due to Lack of Attendance), the period spent in that semester shall NOT be considered as permitted ‘Break of Study’ and is NOT applicable for Authorized Break of Study.
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR ix REGULATIONS 2015
In extraordinary situations, a candidate may apply for additional break of study not exceeding another one Semester by paying prescribed fee for break of study. Such extended break of study shall be counted for the purpose of classification of First Class Degree.
If the candidate has not reported back to the department, even after the extended Break of Study, the name of the candidate shall be deleted permanently from the institution enrollment. Such candidates are not entitled to seek readmission under any circumstances.
21. PROFESSIONAL TRAINING
Every student is required to undergo Industrial Visits during every semester of the Programme. HoDs shall take efforts to send the students to industrial visits in every semester.
The students will have to undergo Professional training for a Minimum period of 3 weeks during the semester Holidays at the end of second year and Third Year respectively.
This could be internship in a industry approved by the Faculty Head or Professional Enrichment courses (like attending Summer Schools, Winter Schools, Workshops) offered on Campus or in Registered Off Campus recognised Training Centres approved by the Faculty Head for a minimum period of 3 weeks.
A report on Training undergone by the student, duly attested by the Coordinator concerned from the industry / Organisation, in which the student has undergone training and the Head of the Department concerned, shall be submitted after the completion of training. The evaluation of report and viva voce examination can be computed as per norms for the Semester examination.
The evaluation of training will be made by a three member committee constituted by Head of the Department in consultation with Batch Coordinator and respective Training Coordinator. A presentation should be made by the student before the Committee, based on the Industrial Training or Professional Enrichment undergone.
22. NON CREDIT COURSES
Every student has the opportunity to enroll in any of the following Non Credit Courses, during the programme. The student will have to register for the courses with the respective coordinator before the end of First Semester.
National Cadet Corps (NCC)
National Service Scheme (NSS)
Youth Red Cross (YRC)
SPORTS CONTRIBUTION: The student is involved in any sport and represents the institution in Tournaments.
PROFESSIONAL CLUBS: Any student can also involve in any of the Professional Clubs available in the institution .
The above contribution should be completed by the end of sixth Semester (end of Pre-final year) as per the requirements. The Contribution and the Performance of the candidate, will be Printed in the Final Semester Grade sheet and Consolidate Grade Sheet under the Category “NON CREDIT COURSES” indicated as SATISFACTORY or NOT SATISFACTORY.
23. OPPORTUNITY TO GAIN EXPOSURE OUTSIDE THE INSTITUTION
This is facilitated by the “Centre for Academic Partnerships” of Sathyabama Institute of Science and Technology consisting of a team of experienced faculty members involved in forging Partnerships with Leading Universities, Educational Institutions, Industrial and Research establishments in India and Abroad.
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR x REGULATIONS 2015
A student can be selected, to get Professional Exposure in his/her area of Expertise in any Reputed Research Organization or Educational Institution of repute or any Universities in India and abroad.
This is possible only with the List of Research Organizations, Educational Institutions in India and abroad approved by Sathyabama Institute of Science and Technology.
A student should have got a minimum of 6 CGPA without any arrears at the time of applying and at the time of undergoing such courses outside, to avail this facility.
The student can have the option of spending not more than three to Six months in the Final year or Pre-final year of his/her Degree. During this period, the student can do his/her Project work or register for courses which will be approved by the Centre for Academic Partnerships (CAP), under the Guidance of a Project Supervisor who is employed in the Organization and Co-guided by a staff member from our institution.
Applications for the above should be submitted by the students to the Centre for Academic Partnerships (CAP), in the required format, with complete details of institution, Courses and Equivalence Details and approved by the Faculty Head.
The Centre will go through the applications and select the students based on their Academic Performance and enthusiasm to undergo such courses. This will be communicated to the Universities Concerned by the Centre.
The performance of the student in the courses, registered in that Institute or University will be communicated officially to Centre for Academic Partnerships (CAP).
The students who undergo training outside the institution (either in India or Abroad) is expected to abide by all Rules and Regulations to be followed as per Indian and the respective Country Laws, and also should take care of Financial, Travel and Accommodation expenses.
24. DISCIPLINE
Every student is required to observe disciplined and decorous behaviour both inside and outside the institution and not to indulge in any activity which will tend to bring down the prestige of the institution. If a student indulges in malpractice in any of the theory / practical examination, continuous assessment examinations he/she shall be liable for punitive action as prescribed by the institution from time to time.
25. REVISION OF REGULATIONS AND CURRICULUM
The institution may from time to time revise, amend or change the regulations, scheme of examinations and syllabi if found necessary.
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR xi REGULATIONS 2015
P R O G R A M M E : B . E
M E C H A N I C A L E N G I N E E R I N G
C U R R I C U L U M
Sl. No. COURSE CODE
SEMESTER 1
COURSE TITLE L T P C PAGE No.
THEORY
1. SHS1101 English for Science and Technology /
1
SCH1101 Environmental Science and Engineering 3 0 0 3 2
5 SME1608 Computer Simulation of IC Engines 3 0 0 3 126
6 SME1610 Design of Heat Transfer Equipment 3 0 0 3 128
7 SME1613 Energy Engineering and Management 3 0 0 3 131
8 SME1619 Solid Waste Management 3 0 0 3 138
9 SPR1602 Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems 3 0 0 3 141
10 SPR1606 Industrial Robotics and Expert Systems 3 0 0 3 145
11 SPR1609 Material Handling and Storage Systems 3 0 0 3 148
12 SAU1609 Transport Management 3 0 0 3 183
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR xxix REGULATIONS 2015
DUAL DE G RE E I N COM P UT E R S CI E NCE
Provision for candidates from Non-IT Branches of B.E/B.Tech to undergo Dual Degree Programme leading to B.E in Computer Science.
A. DURATION AND CURRICULUM
Candidates selected for a Dual degree programme shall undergo additional courses pertaining to Computer Science. These courses constitute with additional Curriculum which consists of both core course and electives. The additional courses are to be undergone concurrently from the 3rd semester of the B.E/B.Tech. (Non-IT) degree programme and extends for one more year beyond the fourth year of the regular B.E/B.Tech. (Non-IT) degree programme to which he/she was first admitted. The additional courses are to be offered from 3rd to 8th
Semester after normal working hours so that the regular B.E/B.Tech. (NonIT) remains unaffected.
B. A candidate undergoing dual degree programme should satisfy minimum attendance requirements for the course of additional Curriculum for each semester, as stipulated for the regular B.E/B.Tech. Degree
Programme.
For the courses of additional Curriculum, a candidate has to write the same examination that is held for the regular B.E. Computer Science.
The passing rules for the dual degree programme shall be same as that of the regular B.E/B.Tech. Degree programme.
A candidate shall be declared to be eligible for the additional degree of B.E. Computer Science provided that
i) The candidate has qualified for the regular B.E. or B.Tech. Degree in the non-IT branch in which he/she was originally admitted.
ii) The candidate has successfully completed all the courses prescribed in the additional Curriculum within a maximum period of 12 semesters from the date of first admission.
There is no disciplinary action pending against the student
A.
B.
C.
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 1 REGULATIONS 2015
SHS1101 ENGLISH FOR SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY L T P Credits Total Marks
(Common to ALL branches of B.E/B.Tech) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE To equip the learners with English communicative skills to handle the present and future needs by exposing them
to situations and tasks in the areas of LSRW, genre and register related to EST by following content based teaching.
UNIT 1 BASIC COMMUNICATION 9 Hrs. Listening for specific information, Self Introduction, Reading Comprehension, Kinds of Sentences, Parts of Speech, Tenses & its Types, Impersonal Passive, Elements of Effective Writing, Letter Writing, Concord, Prefixes & Suffixes
UNIT 2 NUANCES OF EST 9 Hrs. Listening for inference, Describing a process, Cloze Reading and its types, Transcoding - Encoding & Decoding,
Flow Chart, Bar chart, Pie Chart, Tabular Column, Tree Diagram, Technical Definitions, Connectives & Discourse Markers, Word Association- connotations
UNIT 3 EST NOW AND THEN 9 Hrs. Listening and Note taking, Role-play, Reading and interpreting visual material (pictures/newspapers) Essay Writing - Note Making - WH questions - Question Tags - Types of sentences - Compound Nouns, Technical Definitions.
UNIT 4 APPLICATIONS OF EST 9 Hrs. Listening and Classifying information, Group discussion, Reading and identifying the topic sentence, - Writing a
Project Proposal, Recommendations and Instructions - Manual Writing, Use of abbreviations and acronyms, Editing (Spelling, Grammar, Punctuation) Idioms & Phrases.
UNIT 5 PREPARING FOR FUTURE 9 Hrs. Listening and summarizing, Making presentations on given topics - Giving impromptu talks Reading and
Summarizing, E-mail writing, Rearranging the Jumbled sentences Reported Speech, Homophones/Homonyms, Creative Writing & Poster making using similes/metaphors.
Max. 45 Hours TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Sangeetha Sharma & Meenakshi Raman, Technical Communication: Principles and Practice. Oxford University Press,
New Delhi, 2011. 2. Sanjay Kumar & Pushp Lata, Communication Skills, 2 n d Edition, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2011. 3. Nira Konar, Communication Skills for Professionals, PHI Publishers, Eastern Economy Edition, New Delhi, 2011. 4. Sharon J Gerson & Steven M Gerson, Technical Communication: Process and Product, 8 th Edition, Orient Longman, 2013. 5. Tyagi Kavita and Misra Padma, Basic Technical Communication PHI Publishers, Eastern Economy Edition, New Delhi, 2011. 6. Nagini,P S et al. Excellence Through communication, Shri Jai Publications, Chennai, 2005.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 10 questions of 2 marks each - No choice; with equal distribution to each unit (10 x 2) 20 Marks (Task types can include Multiple choice, open ended, gap filling, completion and rewriting the sentences, matching type etc.)
PART B : 2 questions from each unit with internal choice; each carrying 16 marks (5 X 16) 80 Marks (Questions types should be testing vocabulary, grammar, reading and writing with equal distribution to all. For example Reading Comprehension type can include skimming, scanning, comprehensive with evaluative, inferential and hypothetical question/ fixed type questions or cloze exercise , Academic paragraph writing based on Flow chart, Tree diagram, Bar diagram, Table and Pie chart to describe process, comparative and contrast, differentiate , Formal letter writing - Application for a Job & Resume Preparation/ Email -Letter inviting a dignitary-Accepting/Declining (or) Rearranging the jumbled sentences in the right order, (or) Requesting for Practical Training/ Letter to the Editor. Writing a Project Proposal / Project Report (or) Essay Writing- Writing an Essay on a given topic, Summary writing or Making notes in the standard format with title. Grammar Rearranging the jumbled sentences in the right order or editing the paragraph for errors based on syllabus)
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 2 REGULATIONS 2015
SCH1101 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING L T P Credits Total Marks
(Common to ALL Branches of B.E/ B. Tech.) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE To impart knowledge on the issues related to environment and to emphasize the importance of a clean environment UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION TO ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES AND NATURAL RESOURCES 10 Hrs.
Definition, scope and importance, need for public awareness, forest resources: use and over-exploitation, deforestation, case studies. Timber extraction, mining, dams, floods, drought, conflicts over water, dams-benefits and problems, mineral resources: use effects on forests and tribal people. water resources: use and over-utilization of surface and ground water, exploitation, environmental effects of extracting and using mineral resources, case studies food resources: world food problems, changes caused by agriculture and overgrazing, effects of modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water logging, salinity, case studies. Energy resources: growing energy needs, renewable and non renewable energy sources, use of alternate energy sources: Case studies. Land resources: land as a resource, land degradation, man induced landslides, soil erosion and desertification, role of an individual in conservation of natural resources, equitable use of resources for sustainable lifestyles.
UNIT 2 ECOSYSTEMS AND BIODIVERSITY 10 Hrs.
Concept of an ecosystem, structure and function of an ecosystem - producers, consumers and decomposers - energy flow in the ecosystem, ecological succession, food chains, food webs and ecological pyramids. Introduction, types, characteristic features, structure and function of the (a) forest ecosystem (b) grassland ecosystem (c) desert ecosystem (d) aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries). Introduction to biodiversity, definition: genetic, species and ecosystem diversity - biogeographical classification of India - value of biodiversity: consumptive use, productive use, social, ethical, aesthetic and option values, biodiversity at global, national and local levels. India as a mega-diversity nation, hot-spots of biodiversity, threats to biodiversity: habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts, endangered and endemic species of India, conservation of biodiversity, in-situ and ex-situ conservation of biodiversity.
UNIT 3 ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION 9 Hrs. Definition - causes, effects and control measures of: (a) air pollution (b) water pollution (c) soil pollution (d) marine pollution
(e) noise pollution (f) thermal pollution (g) nuclear hazards. Solid waste management: causes, effects and control measures of urban and industrial wastes, role of an individual in prevention of pollution, pollution case studies, disaster management: floods, earthquake, cyclone and landslides. UNIT 4 SOCIAL ISSUES AND THE ENVIRONMENT 8 Hrs.
From unsustainable to sustainable development, urban problems related to energy, water conservation, rain water harvesting, watershed management, resettlement and rehabilitation of people; its problems and concerns, case studies, environmental ethics: issues and possible solutions, climate change, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion, nuclear accidents and holocaust, case studies. Wasteland reclamation, consumerism and waste products - environment protection act: air (prevention and control of pollution) act - water (prevention and control of pollution) act, wildlife protection act; forest conservation act. Issues involved in enforcement of environmental legislation, Key initiatives of Rio declaration, Vienna convention, Kyoto protocol, Johannesburg summit and public awareness.
UNIT 5 HUMAN POPULATION AND THE ENVIRONMENT 8 Hrs.
Population growth, variation among nations, population explosion, family welfare programme, environment and human health, human rights, value education, HIV / AIDS, women and child welfare, role of informationtechnology in environment and human health, case studies. Visit to a local area to document environmental assetsriver/forest/grassland/hill/mountain. Visit to a local polluted site-urban/rural/ industrial/agricultural-study of common plants, insects, birds-study of simple ecosystems, pond, river, hill slopes etc.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Meenakshi. P, Elements of Environmental Science and Engineering, 1st Edition, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2009.
2. Ravikrishnan. A, Environmental Science & Engineering, 3rd Edition, Sri Krishna Publications, Chennai, 2008.
3. Wrigh. R. T & Nebel B.J, Environmental science-towards a sustainable future by Richard 8th edition, Prentice Hall of India,
NewDelhi,2006
4. Erach Bharucha, Text Book of Environmental Studies, 2nd Edition ,University Press, Chennai, 2006
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 3 REGULATIONS 2015
SMT1101 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - I L T P Credits Total Marks
(Common to ALL branches except BIO GROUPS) 3 1 0 4 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE The ability to identify, reflect upon, evaluate and apply different types of information and knowledge to form
independent judgements. Analytical, logical thinking and conclusions based on quantitative information will be the main objective of learning this subject.
UNIT 1 MATRICES 12 Hrs.
Characteristic equation of a square matrix - Eigen values and Eigen vectors of a real matrix- properties of Eigen values- Cayley-Hamilton theorem (without proof) - verification , finding inverse and power of a matrix - Diagonalisation of a matrix using orthogonal transformation - Reduction of quadratic form to canonical form by orthogonal transformation.
UNIT 2 GEOMETRICAL APPLICATIONS OF DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS 13 Hrs. Curvature -centre, radius and circle of curvature in Cartesian co- ordinates - Evolutes - Envelope of family of curves with one and two parameters. - Evolute as envelope of normals.
UNIT 3 FUNCTIONS OF SEVERAL VARIABLES 11 Hrs. Introduction to partial derivatives - Jacobians - Taylor’s expansion - Maxima and minima of functions of two variables - Constrained maxima and minima using Lagrange’s multiplier method.
UNIT 4 ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 11 Hrs. First order exact differential equations - Second order linear differential equations with constant coefficients -
Particular Integral for eax, sinax or cosax, xn, xneax, eaxsinbx or eaxcosbx - Equations reducible to linear equations with constant co-efficients using x = et - Simultaneous first order linear equations with constant coefficients - Method of Variation of Parameters
UNIT 5 THREE DIMENSIONAL ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY 13 Hrs. Direction cosines and ratios - Plane - Plane through intersection of two planes - Straight Line - Coplanar lines -
Planes and Straight lines - Shortest distance between two Skew lines - Sphere -Plane section of a sphere - Great Circle.
Max. 60 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Veerarajan T, Engineering Mathematics for First Year, II Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publishers, 2008.
2. Kandaswamy P & co., Engineering Mathematics for First Year, IX revised edition, S.Chand & Co Pub., 2010.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 4 REGULATIONS 2015
SMT1105 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - II L T P Credits Total Marks
(Common to ALL branches except BIO Groups) 3 1 0 4 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE Analytical, logical thinking and conclusions based on quantitative information will be the main objective of
learning this subject.
UNIT 1 MULTIPLE INTEGRALS 13 Hrs.
Double integrals in Cartesian and polar co-ordinates - Change the order of integration - Change of variables from Cartesian to polar coordinates- Area of plane curves using double integrals- Triple integrals - Volume using triple integrals in Cartesian co-ordinates (simple applications).
UNIT 2 BETA AND GAMMA INTEGRALS 11 Hrs.
Properties of definite Integrals and problems - Beta and Gamma integrals - Relation between them - Properties of Beta and Gamma integrals with proofs - Evaluation of definite integrals in terms of Beta and Gamma function - Simple applications (evaluation of double integrals).
UNIT 3 VECTOR CALCULUS 12 Hrs.
Gradient, divergence and curl - Directional derivative - Irrotational and Solenoidal vector fields - Vector Integration - Simple problems on line, surface and volume Integrals, Green’s theorem in a plane, Gauss divergence theorem and Stoke’s theorem (without proofs)- Simple applications involving cubes and rectangular parallelopipeds.
UNIT 4 LAPLACE TRANSFORMS 14 Hrs. Laplace transform - Transforms of standard functions - properties- Transforms of derivatives and integrals -
Transforms of the type eatf(t), tf(t), f(t)/t - Transform of periodic functions - Transform of unit step function and impulse function - Inverse Laplace transforms - Convolution theorem - Initial and final value theorems
UNIT 5 APPLICATIONS OF LAPLACE TRANSFORM 10 Hrs. Linear ordinary differential equation with constant co-efficients - Integral equations - Integral equations of convolution type -simultaneous linear differential equations with constant co-efficients.
Max. 60 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Kreyszig. E, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10th edition, John Wiley & Sons, Singapore, 2012.
3. Bali N.P and Manish Goyal, A Text book of Engineering Mathematics, Eigth Edition, Laxmi Publications Pvt Ltd., 2011.
4. Venkatraman M.K, Engineering Mathematics, National Publishing Company, 2000.
5. Narayanan S., Manicavachagom Pillay T.K., Ramanaiah G., Advanced Mathematics for Engineering students, Volume I, 2n d
Edition, S. Viswanathan Printers and Publishers, 1992.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 5 REGULATIONS 2015
SMT1201 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - III L T P Credits Total Marks
(Common to ALL branches except BIO GROUPS, CSE & IT) 3 1 0 4 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The ability to identify, reflect upon, evaluate and apply different types of information and kn owledge to form independent judgements. Analytical, logical thinking and conclusions based on quantitative information will be the main objective of learning this subject.
UNIT 1 COMPLEX VARIABLES 11 Hrs. Analytic functions - Cauchy- Riemann equations in cartesian and polar form - Harmonic functions - properties of analytic functions - Construction of analytic functions using Milne - Thompson method - Bilinear transformation.
UNIT 2 COMPLEX INTEGRATION 12 Hrs. Cauchy’s integral theorem - Cauchy ’s integral formula - problems - Taylor ’s and Laurent ’s series - Singularities - Poles and Residues - Cauchy’s residue theorem and problems.
UNIT 3 FOURIER TRANSFORMS 12 Hrs. The infinite Fourier transform - Sine and Cosine transform - Properties - Inversion theorem - Convolution theorem - Parseval’s identity - Finite Fourier sine and cosine transform.
UNIT 4 PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 13 Hrs.
Formation of equations by elimination of arbitrary constants and arbitrary functions - Solutions of PDE - general, particular and complete integrals - Solutions of First order Linear PDE ( Lagrange ’s linear equation ) - Solution of Linear Homogeneous PDE of higher order with constant coefficients.
UNIT 5 THEORY OF SAMPLING AND TESTING OF HYPOTHESIS 12 Hrs.
Test of Hypothesis - test of significance - Large samples - Z test - single proportion - difference of proportions - Single mean - difference of means - Small samples - Student‘s t test - single mean - difference of means -Test of variance - Fisher’s test - Chi square test - goodness of fit - independence of attributes.
Max. 60 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Kreyszig, E., Advanced Engineering Mathematics (8 th Edition), John Wiley and Sons (Asia)Pvt. Ltd., Singapore, 2001.
2. Grewal,B.S., Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata Mcgraw Hill Publishing Co., New Delhi, 1999.
3. Kandasamy, P., Thilagavathy, K., and Gunavathy, K., Engineering Mathematics, (4th Revised Edition), S.Chand&Co., New Delhi, 2001.
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 6 REGULATIONS 2015
SMT1204 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - IV L T P Credits Total Marks
(Common to ALL branches except BIO Groups, CSE & IT) 3 1 0 4 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The ability to identify, reflect upon, evaluate and apply different types of information and kno wledge to form independent judgements. Analytical, logical thinking and conclusions based on quantitative information will be the main objective of learning this subject.
UNIT 1 FOURIER SERIES 13 Hrs.
Definition- Dirichlets conditions- coefficients- Fourier series for the function defined in [c, c+2π],[c, c+2l] - Parseval’s identity ( without proof) - Half range cosine series and sine series of f(x) defined in [0,π],[0,l] - simple problems - Harmonic Analysis.
UNIT 2 APPLICATIONS OF PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 13 Hrs.
One dimensional wave equation - Transverse vibrating of finite elastic string with fixed ends- Boundary and initial value problems - Fourier solution - one dimensional heat equation - steady state problems with zero boundary conditions- Two dimensional heat equation - steady state heat flow in two dimensions- Laplace equation in Cartesian form( No derivations required).
UNIT 3 ALGEBRAIC AND TRANSCENDENTAL EQUATIONS 11 Hrs. Solution of Algebraic equation by Regula Falsi Method , Newton Raphson Method - Solution of simultaneous linear algebraic equations - Gauss Elimination Method , Gauss Jacobi & Gauss Seidel Method.
UNIT 4 INTERPOLATION , NUMERICAL DIFFERENTATION & INTEGRATION 11 Hrs.
Interpolation- Newton forward and backward interpolation formula- Lagranges formula for unequal intervals-Numerical differentiation- Newton’s forward and backward differences to compute first and second derivatives-Numerical integration - Trapezoidal rule - Simpson’s one third rule and three eighth rule.
UNIT 5 NUMERICAL SOLUTIONS OF ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL
EQUATIONS AND PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 12 Hrs.
Ordinary differential equations - Taylor series method - Runge Kutta method for fourth order- PARTial differential equations - Finite differences - Laplace equation and its solutions by Liebmann’s process- Solution of Poisson equation - Solutions of parabolic equations by Bender Schmidt Method - Solution of hyperbolic equations.
Max. 60 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Kreyszig, E., Advanced Engineering Mathematics, (8 th Edition), John Wiley and Sons (Asia)Pte Ltd., Singapore,
2001.
2. Grewal,B.S., Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata Mcgraw Hill Publishing Co., New Delhi, 1999.
3. Kandasamy, P., Thilagavathy, K., and Gunavathy, K., Engineering Mathematics, (4th Revised Edition), S.Chand&Co., New Delhi, 2001.
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 7 REGULATIONS 2015
SMT1206 NUMBER THEORY AND LINEAR ALGEBRA L T P Credits Total Marks
(Common to ALL branches) 3 1 0 4 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE The ability to identify, reflect upon, evaluate and apply different types of information and knowledge to form
independent judgements. Analytical, logical thinking and conclusions based on quantitative information will be the main objective of learning this subject.
UNIT 1 NUMBER THEORY - I 12 Hrs.
Divisibility theory in the integers - the division algorithm, the greatest common divisor, the Euclidean algorithm, the Diophantine equation ax + by = c. Primes and their distribution. The fundamental theorem of arithmetic. The sieve of Eratosthenes. The theory of congruences. Basic properties of congruence. Binary and decimal representation of integers. Linear congruences and Chinese remainder theorem.
(Sections 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 3.1, 3.2, 4.2, 4.3 & 4.4 of Text 1).
UNIT 2 NUMBER THEORY - II 12 Hrs. Fermat's little theorem and pseudoprimes Wilson's theorem. The sum and number of divisors. The greatest
integer function. Euler's phi-function. Euler's generalization of Fermat's theorem. Properties of the phi-function. (Sections 5.2, 5.3, 6.1, 6.3, 7.2, 7.3 and 7.4 of Text 1) (Theorems 7.6 and 7.7 only).
UNIT 3 MATRIX THEORY - I 12 Hrs. Rank of a matrix - Elementary transformation, reduction to normal form, row reduced echelon form. Computing
the inverse of a non singular matrix using elementary row transformation. (Section 4.1 to 4.13 of Text 2) UNIT 4
MATRIX THEORY - II 12 Hrs.
System of linear homogeneous equations. Null space and nullity of matrix. Sylvester's law of nullity. Range of a matrix. Systems of linear non homogeneous equations. Characteristic roots and characteristic vectors of a square matrix.
UNIT 5 FUNDAMENTAL THEOREMS ON MATRIX THEORY 12 Hrs. Some fundamental theorem. Characteristic roots of Hermitian, Skew Hermitian and Unitary matrices.
Characteristic equation of a matrix Cayley-Hamilton theorem.(Sections 6.1 to 6.6 and 11.1 to 11.3 and 11.11).
Max. 60 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. David M. Burton : Elementary Number Theory, Sixth Edn., TMH. 2. Shanti Narayanan & Mittal : A Text Book of Matrices, Revised edn., S. Chand. 3. Hsiung C.Y: Elementary Theory of Numbers. Allied Publishers. 4. Neville Robbins : Beginning Number Theory, Second Ed. Narosa. 5. George E. Andrews : Number Theory, HPC. 6. Kenneth Hoffman & Ray Kunze : Linear Algebra, Pearson Education.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 8 REGULATIONS 2015
SMT1207 GRAPH THEORY L T P Credits Total Marks
(Common to ALL branches) 3 1 0 4 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE The ability to assess and interpret complex situations in mathematical methods of solution is the main objective
of this subject.
UNIT 1 GRAPHS AND CONNECTIVITY 12 Hrs.
Isomorphic graphs, Ramsey numbers, Independent sets and Coverings, Intersection graphs and line graphs, Operation on graphs, Walks, Trials and Paths, Connected components, Blocks, Connectivity sections 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.9, 4.0, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4.
UNIT 2 EULER TOURS AND HAMILTON CYCLES 12 Hrs. Eulerian and Hamiltanian graphs (omit Fleury's Algorithm) Trees
Sections : 5.0, 5.1, 5.2 (only upto and not including Theorem 5.5), 6.0, 6.1, 6.2.
UNIT 3 MATCHING AND PLANAR GRAPHS 12 Hrs. Matchings and Planarity Sections 7.0, 7.1, 7.2, 8.0, 8.1, 8.2
UNIT 4 GRAPH COLOURING 12 Hrs. Colourability, Chromatic numbers, Five colour theorem.
UNIT 5 DIRECTED GRAPHS 12 Hrs. Chromatic polynomials,Directed graphs, Paths and Connectedness. Sections: 9.0, 9.1, 9.2, 9.4, 10.0, 10.1, 10.2.
Max. 60 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Arumugam S.&Ramachandran S. Invitation to Graph Theory, Scitech Publications, Chennai-17.
2. Wilson R.J. Introduction to Graph Theory, 4th ed., LPE, Pearson Education.
3. Bondy J.A.& Murty U.S.R. Graph Theory with Applications.
4. Clark J.& D.A. Holton: A First Look at Graph Thoery, Allied Publishers.
5. Deo N. Graph Theory with Application to Engineering and Computer Science, PHI.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 9 REGULATIONS 2015
SMT1208 APPLIED STATISTICS L T P Credits Total Marks
(Common to ALL Branches) 3 1 0 4 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE Analytical, logical thinking and conclusions based on quantitative information will be the main objective of
learning this subject.
UNIT 1 DESCRIPTIVE STATISTICS 12 Hrs. Univariate data : Skewness and kurtosis- Pearson's and Bowley's coefficient of skewness- moment measures of skewness and kurtosis.
UNIT 2 CORRELATION AND REGRESSION ANALYSIS 14 Hrs.
Analysis bi-variate data: Curve fitting-fitting of straight lines,parabola,power curve and exponential curve. Correlation- Pearson's correlation coefficient and rank correlation coefficient - partial and multiple correlation-formula for calculation in 3 variable cases-Testing the significance of observed simple correlation coefficient. Regression-simple linear regression,the two regression lines, regression coefficients and their properties.
UNIT 3 TIME SERIES ANALYSIS 10 Hrs. Time series:Components of time series-measurement of trend by fitting polynomials-computing moving averages-seasonal indices-simple average-ratio to moving average.
UNIT 4 STATISTICAL QUALITY CONTROL 12 Hrs.
Statistical Quality control: Concept of statistical quality control ,assignable and chance causes,process control. Construction of control charts,3 sigma limits. Control chart for variables-X-bar chart and R chart. Control chart for attributes -p chart, d chart and c chart.
UNIT 5 DESIGN OF EXPERIMENTS 12 Hrs. Analysis of variance : One way and two wayclassifications. Null hypotheses , total, between and within sum of squares. Assumptions-ANOVA Table.
Max. 60 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Veerarajan. T., “Probability, Statistics and Random Processes”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi.
2. Goon A.M ,Gupta M.K.& Das Gupta:Fundementals of Statistics .Vol.I The World Press,Calcutta
3. Gupta S.C.& V.K.Kapoor:Fundementals of Applied Statistics Sultan Chand & Sons
4. Gupta S.P.Statistical Methods, Sultan Chand, New Delhi.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 10 REGULATIONS 2015
SMT1209 FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS L T P Credits Total Marks
(Common to ALL branches) 3 1 0 4 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE To understand the basic rules of logic, including the role of axioms or assumptions and appreciate the role of
mathematical proof in formal deductive reasoning and able to distinguish a coherent argument from a fallacious one, both in mathematical reasoning and in everyday life.
UNIT 1 SET THEORY - I 13 Hrs.
Pre-requisites: Sets, subsets, Set operations and the laws of set theory and Venn diagrams. Examples of finite and infinite sets. Finite sets and the counting principle. Empty set, properties of empty set. Standard set operations. Classes of sets. Power set of a set (Quick review). Cartesian product of two and more sets, relations. Difference and Symmetric difference of two sets. Set identities, Generalized union and intersections (As in section 1.7 of Text book 1).
UNIT 2 SET THEORY - II 12 Hrs. Relations: Product set, Relations (Directed graph of relations on set is omitted). Composition of relations, Types
of relations, Partitions, Equivalence relations with example of congruence modulo relation, Partial ordering relations, n-ary relations. (As in Chapter 3 of text book 2 excluding 3.7).
UNIT 3 TYPES OF FUNCTION 13 Hrs. Functions Pre-requisites: Basic ideas such as domain, co-domain and range of functions. Equality of functions,
Injection, Surjection and Bijection (Quick review). Syllabus: Identity function, constant functions, product (composition) of functions, theorems on one-one and onto functions, Mathematical functions, Recursively defined functions (As in Chapter 4 of text book 2). Indexed collection of sets, Operations on indexed collection of sets (As in 5.1, 5.2 and 5.3 of text book 2). Special kinds of functions, Associated functions, Algorithms and functions, Complexity of Algorithms (As in Chapter 5.7 of text book 2). Equipotent sets, Denumerable and countable sets, Cardinal numbers (Definitions and examples only as in 6.1, 6.2, 6.3 and 6.5 of text book 2).
UNIT 4 BASIC LOGIC - I 11 Hrs. Basic Logic-1 Introduction, propositions, truth table, negation, conjunction and disjunction. Implications,
biconditional propositions, converse, contra positive and inverse propositions and precedence of logical operators. Propositional equivalence: Logical equivalences. Predicates and quantifiers: Introduction, Quantifiers, Binding variables and Negations. (As in Chapter 1 of Text book 1).
UNIT 5 BASIC LOGIC - II 11 Hrs. Basic Logic-2 Methods of proof: Rules of inference, valid arguments, methods of proving theorems; direct proof,
proof by contradiction, proof by cases, proofs by equivalence, existence proofs, uniqueness proofs and counter examples. (As in Chapter 1 of Text book 1).
Max. 60 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Rosen K.H Discrete Mathematics and its Applications (fifth edition), Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi. 2. Lipschutz: S. Set Theory and related topics (Second Edition), Schaum Outline Series, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company,
New Delhi.
3. Halmos P.R. Naive Set Theory, Springer. 4. Kamke E. Theory of Sets, Dover Publishers.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 11 REGULATIONS 2015
SPH1101 PHYSICS OF ENGINEERING MATERIALS L T P Credits Total Marks
(Common to All Branches of B.E/ B. Tech.) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES To expose the students to different classes of materials and present the fundamentals of materials science. To develop the understanding of the behaviour of materials, their properties and structures. To facilitate selection of suitable material for particular engineering application.
UNIT 1 CHARACTERIZATION OF MATERIALS 9 Hrs.
Introduction, Structural characterization - X-ray diffraction, Bragg’s law, Determination of crystal structure - powder X-ray diffractometer (Debye Scherrer camera) and Single crystal XRD with principle, construction and working, Microstructural characterization - Introduction, electromagnetic lens system, Determination of surface morphology by Scanning Electron Microscope (SEM), Transmission Electron Microscope (TEM) and Atomic Force Microscope (AFM) with principle, construction and working. Microhardness testing -Determination of microhardness by Vickers hardness test, Knoop hardness test and Nanohardness test with principle, construction, and working.
UNIT 2 MAGNETIC MATERIALS 9 Hrs.
Introduction, Origin of magnetic moment - orbital, spin and nuclear magnetic moments; Bohr magneton; Classification of magnetic materials based on spin- dia, para, ferro, antiferro and ferri- Curie temperature, Neel temperature.; Magnetic domains- Domain theory of Ferro magnetism (Weiss theory) - Observation of domain (bitter powder pattern), Energies involved in domain formation - magnetostatic energy, anisotropic energy, magnetostrictive energy and domain wall energy; Hysteresis Curve -based on domain theory; Types of magnetic materials - soft and hard magnetic materials; Magnetic bubbles - formation and propagation of magnetic bubbles-T-bar, read/write operation.
UNIT 3 SUPERCONDUCTING MATERIALS 9 Hrs.
Introduction to superconductivity- Properties of superconductor - electrical resistance, Meissner Effect, effect of heavy magnetic field, effect of heavy current (Silsbee’s rule), effect of high pressure , isotope effect, entropy, specific heat capacity, energy gap, London Penetration depth, Coherence Length, Ginzburg Landau Parameter, Flux Quantization and thermal conductivity. Theory of superconductivity - London Theory (Macroscopic), Bardeen, Cooper and Schrieffer Theory (Microscopic) - explanation based on formation of Cooper pairs and existence of energy gap. Types of superconductors - Type I and Type II superconductors, D.C. and A.C Josephson Effect, I-V Characteristics and applications of Josephson junction. Applications - cryotron, magnetic levitation train and SQUIDS.
UNIT 4 OPTICAL MATERIALS 9 Hrs.
Introduction, refractive index, absorption and dispersion, reflections. Classification of optical materials, absorption in metals, semiconductors and insulators (dielectrics), Excitons- Frenkel and Mott-Wannier excitons, Point detects -Frankel and Schottky defects, Traps - trapping and recombination centres - Colour Centres - types - F - Centre, R-Centre, V-Centre (V1 and V2), M -Centre. Luminescence - Principle and classification - Mechanism and working of Photo luminescence (Fluorescence and Phosphorescence).
UNIT 5 SEMICONDUCTING MATERIALS 9 Hrs.
Introduction - Band theory (qualitative), types of semiconductors- intrinsic semiconductor - carrier concentration and Fermi level in intrinsic semiconductor - extrinsic semiconductor - carrier concentration and Fermi level in extrinsic semiconductor (p type and n type) - Experimental determination Band gap of semiconductor -Hall Effect - experimental determination of Hall Voltage, Applications of Hall effect.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Willam D Callister, Materials Science and Engineering an introduction, 6th Edition, john-Wiley and Sons, 2004.
9. END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN 10. Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
11. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
12. PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks (Applications” mentioned in the syllabus refer to the basic applications and not to any specific case.) (Maximum of 20 % problems may be asked.)
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 12 REGULATIONS 2015
SPH1102 PHYSICS OF ELECTRONIC DEVICES L T P Credits Total Marks
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE To provide the students the fundamental knowledge in fibre optics, digital electronics and devices such as sensors devices, display devices and nano-devices to enable understanding of its applications.
UNIT 1 FIBRE OPTICS 9 Hrs. Introduction - principle of optical fibre transmission- fibre geometry - acceptance angle and numerical aperture -
derivation, types of rays - Types of optical fibres -.Optical fibre materials - plastic and glass fibres- Manufacturing processes - Double crucible technique and vapour phase deposition technique. Transmission characteristics of optical fibres - attenuation and distortion. Fibre splicing - fusion and mechanical splicing. Fibre connectors - butt joint and expanded beam connectors. Optical fibre communication system (block diagram) - advantages and its general applications.
UNIT 2 DIGITAL ELECTRONICS 9 Hrs. Number systems - Binary, decimal, Hexadecimal and Octadecimal - Conversion from one number system to
UNIT 3 SENSOR DEVICES 9 Hrs. Introduction - voltage and current sensors, Light Dependent Resistor (LDR), photodiode, strain gauges,
thermistor, pressure sensor - Bourdon tube, temperature sensor - thermocouple, magnetic sensor - Hall effect sensor, nanosensors and their applications.
UNIT 4 DISPLAY DEVICES 9 Hrs. Introduction, luminescence, electroluminescence, active display devices, cathode ray tube, light emitting diode,
LED materials, passive display devices, liquid crystal displays-working, comparison LED and LCD, plasma display, dynamic scattering display, Touch screen.
UNIT 5 NANO DEVICES 9 Hrs. Definition, Fabrication-Top down approach and bottom up approach. Nanomagnets - Particulate Nanomagnets,
Max. 45 Hours TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Gerd Keiser, Optical fibre communication, 4th Edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2011. 2. John M. Senior, Optical fibre communications - Principle and Practice, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2006. 3. Franz J.H, Jain V.K, Optical communication - Components and Systems, 1st Edition, Narosa Publications, 2001. 4. Rajagopal.K, Text book of Engineering Physics, Part-I, 1st Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2008 5. Leach, Malvino and Goutam Saha, Digital Principles and applications, 7th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2011.
6. William H. Gothman, Digital electronics - An introduction to theory and practice, 2nd Edition, PHL of India, 2007. 7. Rajendran.V,.Marikani.A, Materials Science, 8th Reprint, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008. 8. Avadhanulu. M.N. and. Kshirsagar. P.G, Engineering Physics, 2nd Edition, S. Chand & Company, 2007. 9. Neubert H.K.P, On Teaching Sensor Technology, Royal Aircraft Establishment, Great Britain, 1971. 10. Cooper W.D. and Helfrick A.P, Electronic measurement and Techniques, Prentice hall, 3rd Revised Edition, 1985. 11. Wilson J and Hawkers J F B, Optoelectronics - An introduction, 2nd Edition, Prentice-Hall of India, 2001. 12. Bhattacharya. P, Semiconductor optoelectronic devices, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 1996. 13. Pole. Jr. C.P., Owens, F.J., Introduction to Nanotechnology, Wiley, 1s t Edition, New York, 2003
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
(Applications mentioned in the syllabus refer to the basic applications and not to any specific case.) (Maximum of 20 % problems may be asked.)
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 13 REGULATIONS 2015
SPH1103 ENGINEERING PHYSICS L T P Credits Total Marks
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE To provide the students with fundamental knowledge in Cryogenics and Acoustics, Properties of Matter such as
Elasticity and Viscosity; and enable them to apply relevant principles to solve real world engineering problems.
UNIT 1 LOW TEMPERATURE PHYSICS 9 Hrs. Properties of cryogenic fluids- oxygen, nitrogen, helium and hydrogen - Joule Thomson effect - Porous plug
experiment -Production of low temperatures- adiabatic demagnetisation of a paramagnetic salt - Cascade process - Practical applications of low temperatures -Refrigeration and Air conditioning machines - Super fluidity and its applications ( elementary ideas only)
UNIT 2 ELASTICITY 9 Hrs. Introduction-stress and strain diagram -Hooke’s law- types of elasticity- Young’s modulus, Bulk modulus,
Rigidity modulus. Poisson ratio - Twisting couple on a cylinder (wire) - torsional pendulum - determination of rigidity modulus. Bending of beams - expression for bending moment of a beam - expression for the depression of the cantilever loaded at the free end - uniform and non-uniform bending-theory and experiment- I form of girders.
UNIT 3 VISCOSITY 9 Hrs. Streamline and turbulent motion, coefficient of viscosity - equation of continuity, Euler’s equation, critical
velocity, Reynolds’s number, Poiseuille’s equation for flow of a liquid through a capillary tube - Stoke’s law (statement only)- terminal velocity, Bernoulli’s theorem and applications, Lift of an Aeroplane, Atomizer, Venturi meter, filter pump and Pitot’s tube.
UNIT 4 METAL ALLOYS 9 Hrs. Introduction, classification of metal alloys-Ferrous and Non Ferrous Alloys, Ferrous Alloys- classification,
composition, properties and applications; Synthesization of alloy steels-Electric Arc Furnace process (Heroult furnace); Non-Ferrous Alloys - Aluminium, Copper, Titanium, Magnesium alloys - composition, properties and applications. Shape Memory Alloys - Shape memory effect, mechanism, transformation temperature, types of SMA - one way and two way shape memory effect; General applications of SMA. UNIT 5 ACOUSTICS OF BUILDINGS 9 Hrs.
Introduction - musical sound and noise, characteristics of musical sound - pitch, loudness, quality - Weber-Fechner law, decibel scale, sound intensity level and sound pressure level. Sound absorption-OWU, sound absorption coefficient and its measurements - Reverberation - Reverberation time - Standard Reverberation time - Sabine’s formula to determine the Reverberation time (Jaegar method), Factors affecting the acoustics of a building and the remedies, Principles to be followed in the acoustical design of a good auditorium.
Max. 45 Hours TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Mathur D.S, Heat and Thermodynamics, Reprint, S. Chand and Co. 2004. 2. Christian Enss and Siegfried Hunklinger, Low temperature Physics, 1st Edition, Springer, 2005. 3. Mathur D.S, Elements of Properties of Matter, Reprint, S.Chand and Co. 2005. 4. Srinivasan M.R, Physics for Engineers, 2nd Edition, New Age international Publishers, 2005. 5. Gaur. R.K. and Gupta. S.L., Engineering Physics, 8th Edition, Dhanbat Rai Publications, 2007. 6. Avadhanulu. M.N. and. Kshirsagar. P.G, Engineering Physics, 2nd Edition, S. Chand and Company, 2007. 7. Willam D Callister, Materials Science and Engineering an introduction, 6th Edition, john-Wiley and Sons, 2004. 8. Rajendran.V, Marikani A., Materials Science, 8th Reprint, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008. 9. Rajagopal.K, Text book of Engineering Physics, Part-I, 1st Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2008 10. Kinsler L.E, Frey A.R., Coppens A.B. and Sanders J.V., Fundamentals of Acoustics, 4th Edition, John-Wiley and sons, 2005.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks (Applications mentioned in the syllabus refer to the basic applications and not to any specific case.) (Maximum of 20 % problems may be asked.)
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 14 REGULATIONS 2015
SPH1104 APPLIED BIOPHYSICS L T P Credits Total Marks
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE To expose the students of biology to some fundamental physics required for study of the measurements of physical properties related to biological systems.
UNIT 1 PROPERTIES OF MATTER 9 Hrs. Viscosity-Newton’s formula-coefficient of viscosity-Factors affecting viscosity-capillary flow method-Stokes
method-Biological significance of viscosity-Surface tension-Kinetic theory of surface tension-Factors affecting surface tension-Capillary rise method-Drop weight method-Interfacial surface tension-Biological significance of surface tension.
UNIT 2 LASER PHYSICS 9 Hrs. Absorption, spontaneous emission and stimulated emission-characteristics of laser light-Einstein’s A and B
coefficients-principle of laser action-He-Ne laser-CO2 laser-Ruby laser-Nd-YAG Laser-semiconductor laser-applications of laser.
UNIT 3 MICROSCOPES 9 Hrs.
Characteristics of light-magnification-Compound microscope-Phase contrast microscope-interference microscope-ultraviolet microscope-Fluorescent microscope-electron microscope-Transmission Electron microscope-Scanning electron microscope-Uses.
UNIT 4 RADIATION BIOLOGY 9 Hrs.
Radioactivity-Natural radioactivity-induced radioactivity-Half life-mean life-Radioactive disintegration-units of radioactivity-GM counter-Proportional counter-Scintillation counter-uses of radio isotopes: diagnostic and therapeutic-archeological dating by C14 method-Biological effects of radiation.
UNIT 5 BIOLOGICAL TRANSDUCERS 9 Hrs. Bio-medical instrumentation-transducers-electrodes and bio amplifiers-physiological transducer-pressure transducer-temperature transducer-pulse sensors-respiration sensors-bio-chemical transducers.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. M. A. Subramaniam, Biophysics-principles and techniques, MJP publishers, 2005
2. Armugam S. Biomedical instrumentation, Anuratha Agencies, 2ndEd., 2006
3. Kumar J S. Moorthy Babu, S. Vasudevan, Engineering Physics, Vijay Nicole Imprints Pvt. Ltd, 2006
4. Vasantha Pattabhi, N. Gautham, Biophysics, Narosa Publishing House, 2002
5. Vatsala Piramal, Biophysics, Dominant Publishers and Distributors, 2006
6. D.S.Mathur, Properties of matter, S.Chand Publishing, 11thEd.2005
7. Narayanan P Essentials of Biophysics, New Age International, 2ndEd. 2007
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks (Applications” mentioned in the syllabus refer to the basic applications and not to any specific case.) (Maximum of 20 % problems may be asked)
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 15 REGULATIONS 2015
FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
SCY1101 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY L T P Credits Total Marks
(Common to ALL Branches of B.E/ B. Tech.) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES To understand the properties and various synthetic methods for the preparation of nanomaterials and their applications. To know about the quality parameters of water and methods to estimate the toxic elements and softening methods. To give an overview about types of batteries and fuel cells, corrosion mechanisms and preventive methods. To have a basic idea about polymers and various moulding techniques.
UNIT 1 SYNTHESIS OF NANOMATERIALS 9 HRS. Introduction: Nanomaterials: Definition - Classification based on dimensions - Size dependent properties. Types
of nanomaterials: Nanoparticles: Synthesis by chemical reduction method. Nanoporous materials: Synthesis by sol-gel method. Nanowires: Synthesis by VLS mechanism. Carbon Nanotubes (CNTs): Single walled and multi walled nanotubes - Mechanical and electrical properties of CNTs - Applications of CNTs - Synthesis of CNTs by electric arc discharge method and laser ablation method.
UNIT 2 WATER TECHNOLOGY 9 Hrs. Introduction: Water quality parameters - Contamination of water by arsenic, lead, fluoride, mercury and their
removal. Hardness: Types - Expression - Units. Estimation of hardness of water by EDTA method - Problems. Estimation of iron, calcium and magnesium: AAS method. Water softening: Zeolite process - Demineralization process. Desalination: Reverse osmosis - Electrodialysis.
UNIT 3 ELECTROCHEMICAL POWER SOURCES 9 Hrs. Electrochemistry: Galvanic cell - Electrochemical cell representation - EMF series and its significance. Batteries:
Types: Galvanic corrosion and differential aeration cell corrosion. Galvanic series and its significance. Factors influencing corrosion. Corrosion prevention: Material selection and design - Cathodic protection. Protective coatings: Paints - Constituents. Mechanism of drying of drying oils.
UNIT 5 POLYMER CHEMISTRY 9 Hrs. Introduction to polymers: Nomenclature - Functionality. Types of polymerization. Mechanism of polymerization:
Free radical mechanism - Cationic mechanism - Anionic mechanism. Plastics: Types - Thermoplastics and thermosetting plastics. Properties: Strength - Crystalline and amorphous state - Average molecular weight - Polydispersity. Compounding of plastics. Moulding of plastics: Compression moulding - Injection moulding - Extrusion moulding. Introduction to conducting polymers.
Max. 45 Hours TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Jain P.C. and Monica Jain, Engineering Chemistry, 15th Edition Dhanpat Rai Publishing Co., 2009. 2. Dara S.S., Text Book of Engineering Chemistry, S. Chand & Co, 2008. 3. Sheik Mideen A., Engineering Chemistry (I & II),13th Edition, Shruthi Publishers, 2010. 4. Kuriakose J.C. and Rajaram J., Chemistry in Engineering and Technology". Vol.1 & 2, 5th reprint, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company (P) Ltd., 2010. 5. Sharma B.K., Engineering Chemistry, 2nd Edition, Krishna Prakasam Media (P) Ltd., 2001. 6. Mars G Fontana, Corrosion Engineering, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2008. 7. David Linden, Thomas B Reddy, Handbook of Batteries, 4th Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2010.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks (Out of 80 marks, maximum of 10% problems may be asked)
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 16 REGULATIONS 2015
SCY1102 CHEMISTRY OF ELECTRONIC MATERIALS L T P Credits Total Marks
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES To know the nature of conducting polymer materials used in electronic industry and to understand the recent analytical techniques for their characterization. To give an idea on the application of computer science in chemistry and the importance of insulating materials in electrical and electronic industries.
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION TO MOLECULAR ELECTRONICS 9 Hrs. Introduction: Charge transport carriers: Soliton - Polaron and bipolaron. Conducting polymers: Polyacetylene -
Polyaniline. Applications of conducting polymers. Polymer Structures for LEDs: Polyphenylenes - Polythiophene. Photoresists for electronics. Molecular devices based on conducting polymers.
UNIT 2 INSTRUMENTAL METHODS OF ANALYSIS 9 Hrs. Introduction - Absorption of radiation. UV-Visible spectrophotometer: Instrumentation - Applications. IR
UNIT 3 THIN FILM TECHNIQUES 9 Hrs. Introduction: Lithography. Thin-film deposition: Chemical vapour deposition - Physical vapour deposition: Pulsed
laser and atomic layer deposition. Epitaxy: Vapour phase epitaxy - Liquid phase epitaxy - Molecular beam epitaxy. Evaporation: Thermal vaporation and e-beam evaporation. Sputtering techniques: Direct current (DC) sputtering and radio frequency (RF) sputtering. Preparation of Si/Ge semiconductors - Czochralski crystal growth technique: Doping of semiconductors by Ion implantation.
UNIT 4 INSULATING MATERIALS 9 Hrs. Electrical Insulating Materials: Introduction - Requirements. Classification based on substances: Gaseous, liquid
and solid insulating materials. Preparation, properties and applications of SF6, Epoxy resin, ceramic products: white wares and glass - Transformer oil. Electrical resistivity: Factors influencing electrical resistivity of materials - Composition, properties and applications of high resistivity materials: Manganin - Constantan - Molybdenum disilcide - Nichrome.
UNIT 5 CHEMINFORMATICS 9 Hrs. Introduction: Computer representation of chemical compounds: Line notations - Wiswesser line notation - ROSDAL
notation - SMILES coding - Advantages and disadvantages of different types of notations. Standard structure exchange formats: Structure of Mol files and SD files. Chemical structure drawing softwares. Molecule editors: CACTVS molecule editor - Chemdraw - ChemSketch - Chemwindow. Searching chemical structure: Similarity search.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Ziaie B., Introduction to Micro/Nanofabrication, Springer, 2010. 2. Andrew Leach, An Introduction to Cheminformatics, Springer, 2009. 3. Johann Gasteiger and Thomas Engel (Ed.), Cheminformatics: A Textbook. Wiley-VCH, 2003. 4. Hagen Klauk, Organic Electronics: Materials, Manufacturing and Applications, Wiley, 2006. 5. Dara S.S., Text Book of Engineering Chemistry, S. Chand & Co, 2008. 6. Sheik Mideen A., Engineering Chemistry (I & II),13th Edition, Shruthi Publishers, 2010. 7. Douglas A. Skoog and Donald M. West, Principles of Instrumental Analysis, 6th Edition, Cengage Learning, 2006.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
(Out of 80 marks, maximum of 10% problems may be asked)
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 17 REGULATIONS 2015
SCY1103 CHEMISTRY OF INDUSTRIAL MATERIALS L T P Credits Total Marks
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES To know the different types of coal, their analysis and gaseous fuels. To have a basic understanding about terms related to phase rule and its applications to various systems. To understand the requirements, classification of explosives and propellants used in aerospace industries. To provide an idea about lubrication mechanisms, properties and to learn the science of composites and abrasives.
UNIT 1 FUELS 9 Hrs. Fuels: Introduction - Classification of fuels - Characteristics of a fuel - Determination of calorific value of a fuel
by Bomb calorimeter. Coal: Classification of coals based on energy content. Chemistry and analysis of coal: Proximate analysis and ultimate analysis. Manufacture of metallurgical coke: Otto-Hoffmann’s method. Cracking: Fluidized bed catalytic cracking. Knocking in compression ignition and spark ignition engines. Gaseous fuels: CNG - LPG - Producer gas. Ethanol as a fuel. UNIT 2 PHASE EQUILIBRIA 9 Hrs.
Introduction: Definition of phase rule - Terms involved in phase rule with examples. One component system: Water system. Two component alloy systems: Classification - Reduced phase rule - Thermal analysis. Simple eutectic system: Lead-silver system. Congruent system: Zinc-magnesium system. Incongruent system: Sodium-potassium system.
UNIT 3 EXPLOSIVES AND ROCKET PROPELLANTS 9 Hrs. Explosives: Requirements - Classification of explosives: Low explosives - Primary explosives - High explosives.
Assessment of explosives: Sand bomb test - Drop height - Velocity of detonation. Rocket propellants: Types of rocket engines - Basic principle of rocket propulsion system - Specific impulse (IS P ) - Thrust: Momentum thrust and pressure thrust. Requirements of a good propellant. Classification of chemical propellants - Liquid fuels - Liquid oxidizers - Solid fuels - Solid oxidizers.
UNIT 4 LUBRICANTS 9 Hrs. Introduction: Requirements and functions of lubricants. Mechanism of lubrication: Hydrodynamic lubrication -
Boundary lubrication - Extreme pressure lubrication. Properties of lubricants: Viscosity index - Cloud point - Pour point - Flash point - Fire point - Oiliness - Sligh oxidation test - Aniline point. Classification of lubricants: Liquid lubricants - Semisolid lubricants - Solid lubricants. UNIT 5 COMPOSITES AND ABRASIVES 9 Hrs. Introduction: Definition. Constituents of composites: Matrix phase and dispersed phase - Examples. Metal matrix composites: Al matrix; Mg matrix and Ti matrix composites. Ceramic matrix composites: SiC marix and Alumina matrix composites. Polymer matrix composites: Fiber reinforced plastics (FRP) and its types. Application of composites. Cermets: Oxide base cermets - Carbide base cermets - Properties and applications. Abrasives: Definition - Properties: Moh’s scale of Hardness. Classification: Natural and synthetic abrasives. Manufacture of abrasive paper and abrasive cloth.
Max. 45 Hours TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Jain P. C., and Monica Jain, Engineering Chemistry, 15th Edition, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Co., 2009. 2. Sheik Mideen A., Engineering Chemistry (I & II), 13th Edition, Shruthi Publishers, 2010. 3. Dara.S.S., Text Book of Engineering Chemistry, S.Chand & Co, 2009. 4. Kuriakose J. C., and Rajaram. J, Chemistry in Engineering and Technology, Vol.1 & 2, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
(Out of 80 marks, maximum of 10% problems may be asked)
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 18 REGULATIONS 2015
SCY1104 BIO ORGANIC CHEMISTRY L T P Credits Total Marks
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES To understand the fundamentals of classification, synthesis, properties and structural elucidation of carbohydrates, amino acids and proteins. To know the classification and properties of lipids and enzymes. To have overall idea about the structure and biological aspects of steroids, hormones, vitamins and nucleic acids.
UNIT 1 CARBOHYDRATES 9 Hrs. Introduction: Classification: Sugars and Non-sugars. Building up of the sugar series: Aldoses. Conversion of higher
to lower homologue and vice versa: Ascending and descending series - Kiliani Fischer synthesis - Ruff degradation. Glucose: Physical properties - Chemical properties: Epimerization - Mutarotation. Structural elucidation of glucose: Open chain and closed chain structure. Structure and biological importance of disaccharides: Sucrose - Maltose - Lactose. Structure and biological importance of polysaccharides: Starch - Cellulose - Chitin - Heparin - Peptidoglycan.
UNIT 2 AMINOACIDS AND PROTEINS 9 Hrs. Aminoacids: Classification - α, β, and γ aminoacid - acidic, basic and neutral amino acids - Essential and non
essential amino acids. Preparation: HVZ reaction - Strecker synthesis - Gabriel Phthalimide synthesis. Physical properties: Isoelectric point. Chemical properties: Reaction of amino group - Carboxyl group and both. Proteins: Classification based on shape and solubility - Classification based on increasing complexity of structure. Structure of proteins: Primary - Secondary - Tertiary - Quaternary.
UNIT 3 LIPIDS AND ENZYMES 9 Hrs. Lipids: Occurrence and classification of lipids - Simple lipids: Fats - Distinction between fats and oils - Occurrence
- Properties: Hydrolysis - Auto oxidation - Addition reactions. Analysis of fats and oils: Saponification value and Iodine number. Compound Lipids and Derived lipids.
Enzymes: Classification and nomenclature - Enzyme Kinetics: Michaelis-Menton equation. Enzyme activity - Mechanism of enzyme action.
UNIT 4 STEROIDS, HORMONES AND VITAMINS 9 Hrs. Steroids: Introduction - Nomenclature. Cholesterol: Constitution (excluding synthesis) and biological importance.
Hormones: Introduction - Difference between hormones and vitamins. Classification - Structure and functions of steroid hormones: Androsterone - Progesterone - Testosterone - Estrone. Adrenocortical hormones: Cortisone. Vitamins: Structure and importance of Vitamin D - Folic acid - Nicotinamide.
UNIT 5 NUCLEIC ACIDS 9 Hrs. Introduction: Purines and Pyrimidines - Nucleosides and Nucleotides - Nitrogeneous bases - Structure of nucleic
acids - DNA, RNA, m-RNA, t-RNA, r-RNA - 70s and 80s - Biological importance of nucleic acids - Sequencing of nucleic acids - Maxam-Gilbert’s method and Sanger’s method.
Max. 45 Hours TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Jain J. l., Nitin Jain, Sunjay Jain, Fundamentals of Biochemistry, 6th Edition, S. Chand and Sons, 2013. 2. David L. Nelson, Michael M. Cox, Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry, 6 th Edition, W. H. Freeman, 2013. 3. Gurdeep R Chatwal, Organic Chemistry of Natural Products Vol II , 2nd Revised Edition, Himalaya Publishing House, 1986. 4. Tewari K.S., Vishnoi N.K. and Mehrotra S.N., A Text Book of Organic Chemistry, 2nd Revised Edition, Vikas Publications, 2004. 5. Rastogi S.C., Biochemistry, 6 th Reprint, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Limited, 2007. 6. Styer L., Biochemistry, . 4th Edition, W.H. Freeman & Co, 1995.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks
(Out of 80 marks, maximum of 10% problems may be asked)
Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. 20 Marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 19 REGULATIONS 2015
SCY1105 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY L T P Credits Total Marks
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES To understand the fundamentals related to the phase diagrams and their applications. To know about the types and properties of solutions. To expose the students for various separation techniques for the purification of compounds. To provide an idea about the chemical kinetics in terms of order, molecularity and their derivations involved. To give an overview about the advanced electrochemical applications.
UNIT 1 PHASE RULE 9 Hrs. Phase diagram - Information from phase diagram - Terminology used in phase diagram. Gibb’s phase rule -
Derivation. One component system: Water system. Two component alloy systems: Classification - Reduced phase rule - Thermal analysis. Simple eutectic system: Lead-silver system. Congruent System: Zinc-magnesium system. Incongruent system: Sodium-potassium system. Phase diagram of simple three component system.
UNIT 2 SOLUTIONS 9 Hrs. Introduction: Solid solution - Hume Rothery’s rule. Types of solid solutions: Liquid solutions: Solubility of partially
miscible liquids - Phenol-water system. Colligative properties: Lowering of vapour pressure. Raoult’s law: Derivation - Osmotic pressure - Isotonic solution - Relationship between osmotic pressure and vapour pressure. Depression in freezing point - Derivation. Elevation in boiling point - Derivation - Problems.
analysis - Paper chromatography - Thin layer chromatography - Liquid chromatography - High performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) - Gas chromatography (GC).
UNIT 4 CHEMICAL KINETICS 9 Hrs. Introduction: First and second order reactions: Integration - Integration of nt h order reaction. Methods of
determining order and molecularity. Collision theory of bimolecular gaseous reactions - Activated complex of bimolecular reactions - Lindemann theory of unimolecular equation - Kinetics of complex reactions: Reversible reaction - Consecutive reaction - Chain reactions - Autocatalysis - Problems.
UNIT 5 ADVANCED ELECTROCHEMISTRY 9 Hrs. Introduction: Cell constant - Equivalent conductance - Molar conductance. Ionic mobility: Transport number -
Moving boundary method - Hittorff’s method. Debye Huckel theory of strong electrolytes. Concentration cells: Types - Concentration cells without transference and with transference. Potentiometric tritrations: Redox titration. Polarography - Applications of polarography.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Puri B.R., Sharma L. R., Madan. S.Pathania, Principles of Physical Chemistry, 41st Edition , Vishal Publishing co., 2004. 2. Keith J. Laidler, Chemical Kinetics, Third Edition, Pearson education limited, 2004. 3. Atkins P. W., Physical Chemistry, 6th edition, Oxford University press, 1998.
4. Barrow G. M., Physical Chemistry, 5th edition, McGraw-Hill, 1988. 5. Glasstone S., A Text book of Physical Chemistry, Macmillan Ltd, 1976. 6. Jayakumar V., Engineering Metallurgy, ARS publications, 2012. END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16
marks (Out of 80 marks, maximum of 10% problems may be asked)
Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. 20 Marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 20 REGULATIONS 2015
SCS1102 FUNDAMENTALS OF PROGRAMMING L T P Credits Total Marks
(Common to ALL Branches of B.E/ B. Tech.) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES To understand the basic programming concepts. To understand the concept of arrays, functions and pointers. To gain knowledge about memory management.
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 9 Hrs.
Introduction: Algorithms, Pseudocodes & flowcharts, Overview of C, features of C, Structure of C program, Compilation & execution of C program. Identifiers, variables, expression, keywords, data types, constants, scope and life of variables, and local and global variables. Operators: arithmetic, logical, relational, conditional and bitwise operators. Special operators: size of () & comma (,) operator. Precedence and associativity of operators & Type conversion in expressions.
Basic input/output and library functions: Single character input/output i.e. getch(), getchar(), getche() & putchar(). Formatted input/output: printf() and scanf().
UNIT 2 CONTROL STRUCTURES AND FUNCTIONS 9 Hrs.
Control structures: Conditional control (if, nested if, switch case), Loop control (for, while, do while) and Unconditional control structures (goto)
Functions: The Need of a function, user defined and library function, prototype of a function, calling of a function, function argument, passing arguments to function, return values, nesting of function, recursion. Library Functions: Concepts, mathematical and string functions.
UNIT 3 ARRAYS AND STRINGS 9 Hrs.
Arrays: Single and multidimensional arrays, array declaration and initialization of arrays, array as function arguments.
Strings: Declaration, initialization and string handling functions. Structure and Union: Defining structure, declaration of structure variable, accessing structure members, nested
structures, array of structures, structure assignment, structure as function argument, function that returns structure, union.
UNIT 4 STORAGE CLASSES AND POINTERS 9 Hrs.
Storage class specifier - auto, extern, static & register, Pointers: The ‘&’ and ’*’ operators, pointers expressions, pointers Vs arrays
UNIT 5 MEMORY MANAGEMENT 9 Hrs.
Pointer to functions, Function returning pointers
Direct Memory Access functions: malloc(), calloc(), sizeof(), free() and realloc(). Preprocessor directives. Command line arguments
Max. 45 Hours TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Balaguruswami. E., “Programming in C”, TMH Publications,1997
2. Yashavant P. Kanetkar., “Let us C”, Fifth Edition
3. Gottfried , “Programming with C”, Schaums Outline Series, TMH publications,1997
4. Mahapatra , “Thinking in C”, PHI publications,2nd Edition.
5. Subburaj . R , “Programming in C” , Vikas Publishing, First Edition, 2000
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 21 REGULATIONS 2015
SCS1202 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING L T P Credits Total Marks
(Common to ALL Branches of B.E/ B. Tech.) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES To understand the fundamental concepts of object oriented programming. To be familiar with concepts like abstraction, inheritance, polymorphism. To understand the concept of Classes.
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION TO OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING 9 Hrs.
Object Oriented Programming Paradigms - Comparison of Programming Paradigms - Object Oriented Languages - Benefits of Object Oriented Programming - Comparison with C - Overview of C++ -Pointers- Functions - Scope and Namespaces - Source Files and Programs.
UNIT 2 CLASSES AND OBJECTS 9 Hrs. Working with classes - Classes and objects - Class specification-Class objects-Accessing class
members-Defining class members-Inline functions-Accessing member functions within class-Data hiding-Class member accessibility-Empty classes,
UNIT 3 CONSTRUCTORS AND OVERLOADING 9 Hrs. Default constructors-Parameterized constructors-Constructor overloading-Copy constructors-new, delete
Base class and derived class relationship-Derived class declaration-Forms of inheritance-Inheritance and member accessibility- Constructors in derived class-Destructors in derived class-Multiple inheritance-Multi level inheritance-Hybrid inheritance-Virtual base classes-Member function overriding-Virtual functions-Abstract classes-Pure Virtual functions.
UNIT 5 I/O AND LIBRARY ORGANIZATION 9 Hrs. I/O Stream - File I/O - Exception Handling - Templates - STL - Library Organization and Containers - Standard Containers - Overview of Standard Algorithms-Iterators and Allocators.
4. John R Hubbard, “Programming with C++”, Schaums Outline Series, McGraw Hill, 2nd edition, 2009.
5. James Martin & James J.Odell,”Object Oriented methods-A foundation”,Prentice Hall,1997.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 22 REGULATIONS 2015
SBA1101 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT L T P Credits Total Marks
AND PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE To familiarize engineering students with the concepts of Management useful for Managing their own enterprise or to work in a professional organization in Managerial capacity and to provide them an ethical outlook.
UNIT 1 MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS & STRUCTURE 9 Hrs. Management - Definition -Role of managers- Levels of management-Basic Function - Contribution of Taylor &
Fayol. Types of structures - Line, staff, Functional, Committee and Project & Matrix - Structures. Departmentalization - Centralization - Decentralization - Span of control. Management by COURSE OBJECTIVES (MBO)- Management by Exception (MBE).
UNIT 2 MANAGEMENT OF ORGINASATION 9 Hrs. Forms of Business / Industrial Ownership - Sole Trader, Partnership, Joint stock Company, Performance
Appraisal - Basic Principles - Pitfalls - Methods to Overcome. Industrial Safety - Causes of Accidents - Cost of Accidents - Measures to avoid Accidents. Plant Layout & Maintenance - Need, Types & Managerial Aspects.
UNIT 3 ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR 9 Hrs. Organisational Behaviour - Definition - Nature & Scope - Contributing Disciplines - Importance of OB to
UNIT 4 GROUP DYNAMICS 9 Hrs. Group - Definition - Types - Determinants of Group Cohesiveness. Communication - Process - Barriers -
Effective Communication. Leadership-Definition- leadership styles- Theories of leadership - Factors Contributing to Effective Leadership. Trade Unions- Role of Trade Union in Organizations - Types and Functions o f Trade Unions.
UNIT 5 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 9 Hrs. Ethics in Workplace - Formulation of Ethics - Managerial Ethics - Managing Ethical Behaviour - Codes of Ethics
- Encouraging Ethical Behaviour - Ethical Leadership - Ethical Decision making. Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) - Intellectual Property Rights (IPR)- Meaning- Laws relating to Intellectual Property Rights (IPRs)
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Gupta C.B., “Management Theory and Practice”, 14th Edition, Sultan Chand & Sons, 2009.
2. Prasad L.M., “Principle & Practice of Management”, 7th Edition, Sultan Chand & Sons, 2008.
5. Harold Koontz, “Principles of Management”, 1st Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 23 REGULATIONS 2015
SEE1103 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING L T P Credits Total Marks
(Common to Mech, Mech & Prod & Auto) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE To understand and analyze the electric and magnetic circuits. To study the fundamental principle and operation of Electrical machines. To learn the characteristics of Drive motors.
UNIT 1 ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS 9 Hrs Electrical Quantities, Ohm’s Law, Kirchhoff’s Laws, Resistors – Series and parallel combinations- simple problems in DC
circuits, Introduction to AC Circuits – Waveforms and RMS Value – Power and Power factor, Introduction to Three Phase System, Comparison of single Phase and Three Phase.
UNIT 2 MAGNETIC CIRCUITS 9 Hrs Definition of MMF, Flux and Reluctance – Leakage Factor – Reluctances in Series and Parallel (Series and Parallel
Magnetic Circuits) – Electromagnetic Induction – Fleming’s Rule – Lenz’s law – Faraday’s Laws – Statically and Dynamically Induced EMF – Self and Mutual Inductance– Analogy of Electric and Magnetic Circuits.
UNIT 3 ELECTRICAL MECHANICS 9 Hrs Construction, Principle of Operation, Basic Equations and Applications of DC Generators, DC Motors, Single Phase Transformer, Single Phase Induction Motor
UNIT 4 INTRODUCTION TO DRIVES 9 Hrs
Basic Elements – Types of Electric Drives – Choice of Electrical Drives – Factors to be Considered for Selection of Motors, Determination of Power Rating of Drive Motors, Heating and Cooling Curves – Loading Conditions and Classes of Duty – Selection of Power Rating for Drive Motors with Regard to Thermal Overloading and Load Variation Factors
UNIT 5 DRIVES APPLICATIONS 9 Hrs
Mechanical Characteristics – Speed-Torque Characteristics of Various types of Load and Drive Motors – Braking of Electrical motors – DC motors: Shunt, Series and Compound - Single Phase and Three Phase Induction Motors.
Displacement, Velocity and acceleration their relationship - Relative motion - Curvilinear motion - Newton’s Law -
D’Alembert’s Principle, Work Energy Equation - Impulse and Momentum - Impact of elastic bodies. Translation and
rotation of rigid bodies- General plane motion.
Max. 60 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Irving H Shames, "Engineering Mechanics - Statics and Dynamics" 3rd edition, Prentice Hall of India pvt ltd 1993.
2. Beer & Johnston, "Vector Mechanics for engineers - Vol I &II", 8th Edition,2005
3. Timoshanko and Young, "Engineering Mechanics",4th Edition, Tata McGrawhill 2005.
4. McLean, "Engineering Mechanics" 3rd Edition, Schaum Series 1995
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 25 REGULATIONS 2015
S M E 1 1 0 2 FUNDAMENTALS OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING L T P C r e d i t s T o t a l M a r k s
(For Mech, Mech & Prod & Auto) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To study product life cycle concept and implications
To provide basic knowledge on manufacturing process and production process
To enable the students to understand the IC engines and Power plants
UNIT 1 PRODUCT CYLCLE 9 Hrs.
Need for new product development - Globalization - Product life cycle - Technology development cycle - Forward cycle -Forward engineering - Design process - Materials Used in Engineering and their Applications Metals - Ferrous and Non-Ferrous, Nonmetallic materials, Material selection criteria Design considerations Steps in Design, designing to codes and standards sequential engineering - simultaneous engineering - concurrent engineering - Reverse engineering - Re engineering.
UNIT 2 MANUFACTURING PROCESS 9 Hrs. Introduction to manufacturing processes and Their Applications: Sheet metal forming, Sheet metal cutting,
Fabrication, Metal joining processes. Principles of welding - fundamentals of arc welding, gas welding and gas cutting - brazing and soldering. Foundry - tools - patterns -moulding process - types - green sand moulding and dry sand molding, castings - sand casting - die casting - defects and remedies Forging - forging tools - open-die forging, closed-die forging, coining, nosing, upsetting, heading, - smithy tools
UNIT 3 PRODUCTION PROCESS(MACHINE TOOLS) 9 Hrs.
Metal machining process: Lathe -Specifications - Main components and their functions-Lathe operations. Machining Concept - Drilling, Milling, Turning, Grinding and surface Finishing. Operations. Study of Pillar drilling machine, boring, milling, shaping, planning, broaching, grinding. Introduction to NC and CNC machines ,Grinding machine, Power saw, Milling Machine.
UNIT 4 I.C.ENGINES 9 Hrs.
Working principle of S.I. and C.I.engines - four stroke and two stroke cycles - comparison of four stroke and two stroke engines, Ignition systems -single jet carburetor-spark plug-cooling systems- lubrication systems - fuel pump and fuel injector, function of piston, piston rings, cylinder, connecting rod and crankshaft. Steam Engine(Qualitative treatment only)
UNIT 5 POWER PLANT 9 Hrs. Layout - components and working of Steam, Hydel, Diesel, Nuclear and Gas turbine Power Plants - comparison and selection of sites, High pressure and Super Critical Boilers - Fluidised Bed Boilers
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. George E.Dieter, Linda C.Schmidt, “Engineering Design”, McGraw-Hill International Edition, 4th Edition, 2009, ISBN
4. Arora S.C and Domkundwar S, “A Course in Power Plant Engineering”, Dhanpat Rai, 2001.
5. Cagan, Jonathan; Vogel, Craig M.; Creating Breakthrough Products: Innovation from Product Planning to Program
Approval, Publisher: Financial Times Prentice Hall; 2002
6. Collier J.G., and Hewitt G.F, “Introduction to Nuclear power”, Hemisphere publishing, New York, 1987.
7. John B Heywood, “Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2011.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 26 REGULATIONS 2015
S M E 1 2 0 1 ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS L T P C r e d i t s T o t a l M a r k s
(For Mech, Mech & Prod, Aero & Auto) 2 1 0 3 100
(Use of Steam table with mollier chart, compressibility chart, psychrometric chart are permitted in the END SEMESTER EXAM.)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To understand the Basic concepts of thermodynamics
To analyze the behavior and performance of various thermal concepts.
UNIT 1 BASIC CONCEPTS AND FIRST LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS 9 Hrs.
Basic concepts - concept of continuum, macroscopic approach, thermodynamic systems - closed, open and isolated. Thermodynamic Equilibrium, Property, state, path and process, quasi-static process, work, modes of work, Zeroth law of thermodynamics- concept of temperature and heat. Concept of ideal and real gases. First law of thermodynamics - application to closed and open systems, internal energy, specific heat capacities, enthalpy, steady flow process with reference to various thermal equipments.
UNIT 2 SECOND LAW OF THERMODYNAMICS AND ENTROPY 9 Hrs.
Second law of thermodynamics - Kelvin’s and Clausius statements of second law. Reversibility and irreversibility. Heat Engine, Refrigerator, Heat pump, Carnot theorem, Carnot cycle, reversed carnot cycle, , efficiency, COP. Thermodynamic temperature scale, Clausius inequality, concept of entropy, entropy of ideal gas, principle of increase of entropy, Available and Unavailable energy ,Helmholtz and Gibbs function-Availability of non-flow and steady flow systems-Irreversibility and second law efficiency.
UNIT 3 PROPERTIES OF PURE SUBSTANCES 9 Hrs.
Properties of pure substances - Thermodynamic properties of pure substances in solid, liquid and vapour phases,phase rule, P-V, P-T, T-V, T-S, H-S diagrams, PVT surfaces, thermodynamic properties of steam. Dryness fraction and its determination by separating and throttling calorimeter.Calculations of workdone and heat transfer in non-flow and flow processes. Ideal and actual Rankine cycles, Cycle Improvement Methods - Reheat and Regenerative cycles-Binary Vapour cycles.
UNIT 4 IDEAL AND REAL GASES, GAS MIXTURES AND THERMODYNAMIC RELATIONS 9 Hrs.
Gas mixtures - Properties of ideal and real gases - Equations of state - Avagadro’s law- Vanderwaal’s equation of state - compressibility factor - compressibility chart - Dalton’s law of partial pressure - Exact differentials - T-ds relations - Maxwell’s relations - Clausius Clapeyron equations - Joule - Thomson coefficient.
UNIT 5 FUELS AND COMBUSTION 9 Hrs.
Types of fuel, Combustion equations, Stoichiometric air, Excess air, Air-fuel ratio by volume & weight. Calorific value - HCV & LCV. Bomb and Boy’s gas calorimeter, Proximate and ultimate analysis of fuel-mass basis and volume basis, analysis of exhaust and flue gases.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Nag.P.K., “Engineering Thermodynamics”, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi,2008
2. Lynn D Russell, George A, Adebiyi “Engineering Thermodynamics”,6th Edition, Indian Edition, Oxford University Press, New Delhi,2008.
3. Yunus A Cengel and Michael Boles, “Thermodynamics An Engineering Approach”, 6th Edition, McGraw Hill,2008
2. Douglas. J. F., Gasiorek. J. M., Swaffield. J. A., “Fluid Mechanics ELBS”, 4th Edition,Prentice Hall,2000
3. Modi P. N., Seth S. M., “Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics”, Standard Book House, 1987
4. Kumar K. L., “Engineering Fluid Mechanics”, 8thEdition, Eurasia Publication.2009
5. Govinda Rao N. S., “Fluid Flow Machines”, 2ndEdition,Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1990
6. Yunus .A.Cengel,John. M. Cimbala ”Fluid Mechanics&Fundamentals Application”3rd Reprint Edition,Tata McGraw Hill 2006.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 28 REGULATIONS 2015
S M E 1 2 0 3 KINEMATICS OF MACHINES L T P C r e d i t s T o t a l M a r k s
(For Mech, Mech & Prod & Auto) 3 1 0 4 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE
• To study the fundamentals of kinematics of mechanical systems .
UNIT 1 BASICS OF MECHANISMS 12 Hrs.
Definitions: Links- Rigid, flexible and fluid links. Kinematic pairs - Degrees of freedom, Kutzbach criterion,
Grubler’s criterion (without derivation), Mechanism, structure, Mobility of Mechanism, Kinematic chains and inversions:
Grashof’s law - pantograph, straight line generator (peaucellier and watts mechanisms). Inversions of Four bar chain;
Single slider crank chain and Double slider crank chain.
UNIT 2 KINEMATICS OF LINKAGE MECHANISMS 12 Hrs.
Displacement, velocity and acceleration analysis of simple mechanisms - Graphical method, Klein’s
construction:Analysis of velocity and acceleration of single slider crank mechanism. Coriolis component of
acceleration.
UNIT 3 KINEMATICS OF CAM MECHANISMS 12 Hrs.
Types of cams, Types of followers, Terminology and definitions. Displacement diagrams- SHM, Uniform velocity,
uniform acceleration and retardation and Cycloidal motion.Graphical construction of Cam profiles- Disc cam with
knife-edge, roller , flat-faced followers and oscillating roller follower.
UNIT 4 GEARS AND GEAR TRAINS 12 Hrs.
Spur Gear terminology, law of toothed gearing- involute and cycloidal tooth profiles - Path of contact, Arc of
contact, Contact ratio, Interference and Methods of avoiding interference in involute gears, Back lash, Comparison of
involute and cycloidal teeth. Basics of helical, bevel, worm and rack and pinion gears (Basics only).Simple gear trains,
Compound gear trains for large speed reduction, Epicyclic gear trains - tabular method of finding velocity ratio.
UNIT 5 FRICTION 12 Hrs.
Introduction - Dry friction - Plate clutches. Belt drives - Flat & V belt drives - Materials used for belts, Velocity
ratio, slip, creep. Ratio of driving tensions, angle of contact, centrifugal tension, Maximum tension of belt - power of
transmission.
Max.60 Hours.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Rattan.S.S,”Theory of Machines”, 2nd Edition,Tata McGraw Hill Publishers, 2005
2. Ghosh A and Mallick.A.K,“Theory of Mechanisms and Machines”,3rd Edition,Affiliated East-West Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi,2000
3. Rao J.S and Dukkipati R.V, “Mechanism and Machines Theory”, Wiley-Eastern Ltd., New Delhi, 2007.
4. Khurmi.R.S & Gupta.J.K, “Theory of Machines”, 15th Revised Edition,Eurasia Publishing House Pvt Ltd,1997
5. SHIGLEY J.E, “Theory of Machines and Mechanisms”, 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill Inc., 1995
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B. E. / B. Tech PART TIME 29 REGULATIONS 2015
SME1204 STRE N GTH O F M ATER IA LS L T P Credits Total Marks
(For Mechanical) 3 1 0 4 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To gain knowledge of different types of stresses, strain and deformation induced in the mechanical components due to external loads.
To study the distribution of various stresses in the mechanical elements such as beams, shafts etc.
To study the effect of component dimensions and shapes on the stresses and deformations.
UNIT 1 STRESS STRAIN DEFORMATION OF SOLIDS 12 Hrs.
Rigid and Deformable bodies - Strength, Stiffness and Stability - Stresses; Tensile, Compressive and Shear - Deformation of simple and compound bars under axial load - Thermal stress - Elastic constants , Strain energy and unit strain energy - Strain energy in uniaxial loads Principal stress and strain, Mohr ’s stress circle., Theory of failure.
UNIT 2 BEAMS - LOADS AND STRESSES 12 Hrs.
Types of beams: Supports and Loads - Shear force and Bending Moment in beams - Cantilever, Simply supported and Overhanging beams - Stresses in beams - Theory of simple bending - Stress variation along the length and in the beam section - Effect of shape of beam section on stress induced - Shear stresses in beams - Shear flow
UNIT 3 SPRINGS 12 Hrs. Helical and Leaf Springs- deflection of springs by energy method- helical springs under axial load and under
axial twist (respectively for circular and square cross sections) axial load and twisting moment acting simultaneously both for open and closed coiled springs- laminated springs. Application to close-coiled helical springs - Maximum shear stress in spring section including Wahl Factor - Deflection of helical coil springs under axial loads - Design of helical coil springs - stresses in helical coil springs under torsion loads.
UNIT 4 TORSION 12 Hrs. Analysis of torsion of circular bars - Shear stress distribution - Bars of Solid and hollow circular section -
Stepped shaft - Twist and torsion stiffness - Compound shafts - Fixed and simply supported shafts - Columns and Struts: Combined bending and direct stress, middle third and middle quarter rules. Struts wi th different end conditions - Euler’s theory and experimental results - Ranking Gardon Formulae
UNIT 5 CYLINDERS & CURVED BEAMS 12 Hrs. Thin cylinders & spheres - Hoop and axial stresses and strain.- Volumetric strain.- Thick cylinders- Radial, axial
and circumferential stresses in thick cylinders subjected to internal or external pressures - Compound cylinders. Stresses due to interference fits Curved Beams - Bending of beams with large initial curvature, position of neutral axis for rectangular - trapezoidal and circular cross section- stress in crane hooks, stress in circular rings subjected to tension or compression
Max.60 Hours.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Nash W.A, “Theory and problems in Strength of Materials”, Schaum Outline Series,McGraw -Hill Book Co, New York, 1995 2. Kazimi S.M.A, “Solid Mechanics”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co., New Delhi,1981.
3. Ryder G.H, “Strength of Materials, Macmillan India Ltd”., Third Edition, 2002 4. Ray Hulse, Keith Sherwin & Jack Cain, “Solid Mechanics”, Palgrave ANE Books,2004. 5. Bansal.R.K., “Strength of Materials”, 4th Edition, Laxmi Publications, 2007.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E../ B.Tech REGULAR 30 REGULATIONS 2015
S M E 1 2 05 CAD/CAM L T P Credits T o ta l M a r k s
(For Mech & Mech & Prod) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES To have knowledge about computer aided design and manufacturing. To understand the curves, surfaces and transformation in CAD To have knowledge of computer aided process planning and shop floor control
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION TO CAD/CAM 9 Hrs. The design process, Morphology of design, Product cycle Computer Aided Design, Application of computers for
design, Benefits of CAD. Basic concepts of CAD - principles of computer graphics. CAD/CAM data base development and data base management systems. Programming and interface hardware - computer aided process monitoring - adaptive control, on-line search strategies. Design for Manufacturability - Computer Aided Manufacturing.
UNIT 2 COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING AND SOLID MODELING 9 Hrs. Concept of CAD as drafting and designing facility, desirable features of CAD package, Graphic software:
coordinate representation- graphic functions, software standards. Graphical Kernal system (GKS) Initial graphics exchange system (IGES) - Graphic packages. Geometric Modeling - Wire frame, Surface and Solid models - Constructive Solid Geometry (CSG) and Boundary Representation (B-REP) Techniques - Features of Solid Modeling Packages.
UNIT 3 CURVES & SURFACES AND 2D & 3D TRANSFORMATION 9 Hrs. Analytic curves and surfaces, 2D homogenous transformations- translation, rotation, reflection, scaling,
shearing and combined transformation.3D homogenous transformation - translation, rotation, reflection, scaling, shearing and combined transformation. 3D viewing transformation - panning, rotation, reflection, shearing and zooming Representation of curves - Hermite curve- Bezier curve- B-spline curves-rational curves. Techniques for surface modeling - surface patch- Coons and bicubic patches.
UNIT 4 COMPUTER AIDED MANUFACTURING 9 Hrs. Manufacturing process data - system integration of process data. Manufacturing Planning and Control -
CAD/CAM Integration - Principles of Computer Integrated Manufacturing -Hierarchical computer structures and networking - Structure of manufacturing process - Process control strategies. General configuration of an adaptive control system.
UNIT 5 COMPUTER AIDED PROCESS PLANNING AND SHOP FLOOR CONTROL 9 Hrs. Process Planning - Computer Aided Process Planning - Retrieval and Generative approaches. Benefits of
CAPP. Computer Integrated Production Management System - Master Production Schedule - Material Requirement Planning - Inventory Management - Manufacturing and Design Data Base - Capacity Planning - Shop Floor Control - Functions - Order release - Order Scheduling - Order progress - Factory data collection.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Mortenson M.E, Geometric modeling, John Willey & Sons, 2006 2. Roger D.F,and J.A. Adams, Mathematical elements of computer graphics, McGraw Hill, 2001 3. Groover M. P, “Automation, Production Systems and Computer Integrated Manufacturing”, Prentice Hall, 2007. 4. Radhakrishnan P, S. Subramanyan, V. Raju, “CAD/CAM/CIM”, New Age International Publishers(P) Ltd., 2006.
5. Ibrahim Zeid:CAD/CAM Theory and practice:,tatamcgraw hill corporation co.ltd,1991. 6. Hearn, Donald and M.Pauline Baker, “computer Graphics “, Prentice Hall 1997 7. Groover M.P. and Zimmers E.W., “CAD/CAM, Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing”, Prentice Hall of India, 2006.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E../ B.Tech REGULAR 31 REGULATIONS 2015
S M E 1 2 0 6 DYNAMICS OF MACHINERY L T P Credits Total Marks
(For Mech, Mech & Prod, Aero & Auto) 3 1 0 4 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To recognize the force-motion relationship in mechanism subjected to outside armed forces and analysis of regular
mechanism.
To understand the objectionable things of unbalance consequential from prescribe motion in Mechanism.
To understand the effect of Dynamics of undesirable vibrations.
To understand the principles in mechanisms used for speed control and stability control.
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 12 Hrs.
Static and Dynamic Force Analysis (Demonstration of models in video show)- Theory and analysis of Compound
Pendulum, Concept of equivalent length of simple pendulum, Bifilar suspension, Trifilar suspension - Inertia force and
Inertia torque- Turning moment diagrams -Fly Wheels - Flywheels of punching presses. Dynamics of reciprocating
engines: Two mass statically and with dynamism equivalent system, correction couple, static and dynamic force
analysis of reciprocating engine mechanism (analytical method only), Crank shaft torque, Introduction to T-θ diagram.
UNIT 2 BALANCING AND FRICTION 12 Hrs.
Tending plane, resistance of screw and nuts, pivot and collar, uniform force, uniform wear, friction circle and
friction axis border friction, film lubrication Friction in journal bearing-friction circle, Balancing Of Reciprocating
Masses -Balancing of Multi-cylinder inline, V-engines- Balancing a single cylinder engine- Balancing of linkages
--Balancing machines-Field balancing of discs and rotors Balancing of rotating masses single and multiple - single and
different planes, use analytical and graphical methods.
UNIT 3 ONE DOF FREE VIBRATION 12 Hrs.
Introduction - vibration - measuring instruments. Free Vibration of spring mass system - oscillation of pendulums
series and harmonic analysis, Mathematical modeling for vibrations springs in series and parallel, differential equation
of motion, solution of differential equation Transverse and torsional vibrations of two and three rotor systems, critical
speeds.
UNIT 4 TWO DOF FORCED VIBRATION 12 Hrs.
Vibration isolation and transmissibility, elementary treatment of two degree of freedom systems torsional
vibrations of single rotor and two rotor systems, transverse Vibration of simply supported beam energy method,
Rayleigh’s and Dunkerley method. Vibration damper; Properties of vibrating system, flexibility matrix, stiffness matrix,
reciprocity theorem. Disturbance caused by unbalance - Support motion -transmissibility
UNIT 5 PRECESSION AND GOVERNORS 12 Hrs.
Gyroscopes and gyroscopic effects-Effect of precession motion on the stability of moving vehicles such as motor
car, motor cycle, aero planes and ships, gyroscopic couple, (Demonstration of models in video show).
Governors: types and applications; Watt, porter and proell governors, spring loaded governors - Hartnell and
Hartung with auxiliary springs. Sensitiveness, isochronisms and hunting.
Max.60 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Rattan S. S, Theory of Machines, 3rd Ed., Tata McGraw Hill, 2009
2. JohnHannah and Stephens R.C., "Mechanics of Machines", Viva Low-Prices Student
Edition,1999
3. Thomas. Bevan. Theory of Machines, CBS Publishers and Distributors, 1984
4. Khurmi, R.S.,”Theory of Machines”, 14th Edition, S Chand Publications, 2005
5. Benson H. Tongue,”Principles of Vibrations”, Oxford University Press, 2nd Edition, 2007
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max.
Marks : 100
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks
Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
20 Marks
80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E../ B.Tech REGULAR 32 REGULATIONS 2015
SME1207 THERMAL ENGINEERING L T P Credits Total Marks
(For Mech & Auto) 3 1 0 4 100
(Use of Steam table with mollier chart, compressibility chart, psychrometric chart , Refrigeration & Air conditioning tables are permitted in the END SEMESTER EXAM)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To make the student understand the overall view of thermal engineering through topics such as Power cycles, IC Engines, Steam nozzles & turbine, air compressors and Refrigeration and Air conditioning.
This subject enables the students to understand the principle of operation, construction and control of several thermal equipments which find wide applications in a variety of fields like power generation, automobile industry, process industries, food preservation and human comfort.
It provides the fundamentals for Power plant Engineering, Automobile Engineering, Turbo machinery and Refrigeration & Air conditioning (R&AC)
UNIT 1 GAS POWER CYCLES 12 Hrs. Air Standard Cycles - Otto, Diesel, Dual, Brayton cycle with intercooling, reheating and regeneration-Calculation of airstandard efficiency and mean effective pressure.
UNIT 2 INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES 12 Hrs. IC engine classification, components and functions - working of two and four stroke engines - comparision of two
stroke and four stroke engines and SI &CI engines. Actual and theoretical valve and port timing diagrams - Deviation of engine indicator diagram from air standard cycles. Combustion in SI & CI engines -abnormal combustion - phenomenon and control. Fuel supply systems, Ignition systems, lubrication and cooling systems-performance calculations.
UNIT 3 AIR COMPRESSORS 12 Hrs. Types of compressors and their comparison - Reciprocating air compressor-principle of operation, work required,
isothermal efficiency, volumetric efficiency and effect of clearance, stage compression, undercooling, saving of work, minimum work condition for stage compression. Rotary Compressor-Axial Flow Compressor-Roots Blower, Vane Blower
UNIT 4 STEAM NOZZLES AND STEAM TURBINES 12 Hrs. Function of nozzle - application - types, Flow of steam through nozzles -Isentropic flow- velocity of nozzle at exit -
ideal and actual expansion in nozzle - condition for maximum discharge, critical pressure ratio - super saturated flow, its effect. Types, Impulse and Reaction principles, Compoundings, Velocity diagrams for impulse and reaction blades, Work done on turbine blades and efficiency of components, Speed regulations, governors.
UNIT 5 REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING 12 Hrs. Simple vapour compression refrigeration cycle, cycle with superheat & subcooling, Performance calculations,
Working principle of basic vapour absorption system and Air cycle refrigeration( Qualitative treatment only). Psychrometry and psychrometric properties, cooling load calculations. Concept of RSHF, GSHF and ESHF, Air conditioning systems- winter and summer.
Max.60 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Rajput, R.K, Thermal Engineering, 8t h Edition, Laxmi Publications, 2010. 2. Ballaney, P.L., Thermal Engineering, 24th Edition, khanna Publishers, 2003. 3. Kothandaraman C.P., Khajuria P.R and Domkundwar.S., A Course in Thermal Engineering. Dhanpat Raj & Sons, 2004. 4. Sarkar B.K, Thermal Engineering, McGraw Hill, 2001. 5. Sarao. A.S, Thermal Engineering, SatyaPrakashan, New Delhi. 2004.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks p PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E../ B.Tech REGULAR 33 REGULATIONS 2015
SM E1301 DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS L T P Credits T o ta l M a r k s
(For Mech & Mech & Prod) 3 1 0 4 100
(Use of PSG Design Data Book is permitted in the End Semester Examination )
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To understand the various procedures involved in the Design Process based on strength requirements. To understand the design steps involved in evaluating the dimensions of a component to satisfy functional operation.
To learn standard practices and standard data by using design data book and catalogues
UNIT 1 STATIC STRESSES AND VARIABLE STRESSES IN MACHINE COMPONENTS 12 Hrs. Introduction to the design process-factors influencing machine design, selection of materials based on
mechanical properties-Preferred Numbers-Direct, Bending and torsional stress equations-Impact and shock loading-calculation of principle stresses for various load combinations, eccentric loading-Factor of safety-theories of failure-Design based on strength and stiffness-stress concentration-Design for variable loading S-N curve-Endurance limit-Gerber’s Parabola, Goodman’s line, Soderberg’s Line.
UNIT 2 DESIGN OF SHAFTS AND COUPLINGS 12 Hrs. Design of solid and hollow shafts based on strength, rigidity and critical speed- Keys- different types of keys-Design Keys, failures of keys-Couplings - Flange coupling- Bush-pin type flexible coupling
UNIT 3 TEMPORARY AND PERMANENT JOINTS 12 Hrs. Threaded fasteners- Forms of screw threads, nomenclature, thread series, designation, stress in screwed
threads, Bolted joints including eccentric loading- Design of knuckle and cotter joints- Welded joints- Welding process, merits and demerits of welded joints, Types of welded joints, weld symbols, Strength of parallel and fillet weld, strength of a welded joint , eccentrically loaded welded joints.
UNIT 4 DESIGN OF SPRINGS 12 Hrs. Functions of springs-applications- spring materials-Design of helical, Belleville springs (disc) and torsional springs under constant loads and varying loads - Leaf springs
UNIT 5 DESIGN OF BEARINGS AND FLYWHEELS 12 Hrs. Design of bearings - Sliding contact bearing - Cubic mean load - Design of journal bearings- Mckees equation -
Lubrication in journal bearings - Calculation of bearing dimensions. Introduction - rolling contact bearing (antifriction bearing). Types of fly wheels- Design of flywheels involving stresses in rim and arm.
Max.60 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Juvinall R.C, and Marshek K.M, “Fundamentals of Machine Component Design”, John Wiley & Sons, 2002.
2. Bhandari V.B,“Design of Machine Elements”, Tata McGraw-Hill Book Co, 2003. 3. Norton R.L, “Design of Machinery”, Tata McGraw-Hill Book Co, 2004.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN: Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E../ B.Tech REGULAR 34 REGULATIONS 2015
SME1302 FLUID POWER SYSTEMS L T P Credits T o ta l M a r k s
(For Mechanical & Mech & Prod) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES To have knowledge about Hydraulic and pneumatic control system and its components. To understand the working principle of hydraulic circuits and pneumatic circuits
UNIT 1 GENERAL INTRODUCTION OF CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORIES 9 Hrs. Introduction to fluid power - Advantages of fluid power - Application of fluid power system. Types of fluid power systems - Properties of hydraulic fluids - General types of fluids - Fluid power symbols.
Basics of Hydraulics-Applications of Pascal’s Law- Laminar and Turbulent flow - Reynolds’s number - Darcy’s equation - Losses in pipe, valves and fittings. Fluid Power Actuators: Linear hydraulic actuators - Types of hydraulic cylinders - Single acting, Double acting special cylinders like tandem, Rodless, Telescopic, Cushioning mechanism, Construction of double acting cylinder, Rotary actuators - Fluid motors, Gear, Vane and Piston motors - computation of force - flow requirement - cushioning - cylinder mountings UNIT 2 HYDRAULIC CIRCUITS - I 9 Hrs.
Hydraulic Power - Pump classification - Gear pump, Vane Pump, piston pump - pump performance - Variable displacement pumps. Construction of Control Components : Director control valve - Shuttle valve - check valve - pressure control valve - pressure reducing valve, sequence valve, Flow control valve - Relief valve - brake valve - counter balance valve - Relays, ladder diagram - pressure, electrical and limit switches. Hydraulic Circuits - regenerative - intensifier - metering out - bleed off. Design of circuits for specific applications - vehicle suspension systems - hydraulic press - hydraulic copying machine circuit - low cost automation. Systems for shapers - lift - automatic reciprocating system - hydraulic cranes and earth moving equipments UNIT 3 PNEUMATIC SYSTEMS 9 Hrs.
Pneumatic Components: Properties of air - Compressors - Filter, Regulator, and Lubricator Unit - mufflers -air dryers. Air control valves, Quick exhaust valves selection of accumulators. Types of Air compressors - pneumatic actuators - control of pneumatic circuits - valves.
UNIT 4 PNEUMATIC CIRCUITS 9 Hrs. Basic principles of pneumatic circuits - merits and demerits over hydraulic systems, pneumatic conditioners - Programmable logic control- pneumatic hydraulic circuit. Electrical control for FPCs.
Fluid Power Circuit Design, Speed control circuits, synchronizing circuit, Pneumatic hydraulic circuit, Sequential circuit design for simple applications using cascade method.
UNIT 5 TROUBLESHOOTING AND APPLICATIONS 9 Hrs. Development of hydraulic / pneumatic circuits applied to machine tools, presses, material handling systems,
automotive systems, packaging industries, manufacturing automation. Maintenance in fluid power systems - preventive and breakdown. Maintenance procedures. Trouble shooting of fluid power systems - fault finding process, equipments tools used, causes and remedies. Safety aspects involved
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Anthony Esposito, Fluid Power with Applications - Prentice Hall, 2003 2. Prinches M.J., and Ashby John, Power Hydraulics, Prentice Hall, 1988 3. Sullivan James P., Fluid Power Theory and Applications, Prentice Hall, 1998 4. James L Johnson, Introduction to Fluid power, Cengage Delmark Learning Edition, 2009. 5. Srinivasan, Hydraulis and Pneumatics, Tata McGraw Hill, 2nd Edition, 2001. 6. Shanthakumar S.R., Fluid power system, Anuradha Publications, 1996.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN: Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 hrs PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E../ B.Tech REGULAR 35 REGULATIONS 2015
SME1303 GAS DYNAMICS AND JET PROPULSION L T P Credits T o t a l M a r k s
(For Mechanical) 2 1 0 3 100
(Use of Gas tables is permitted in the End Semester Examination)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To understand the concepts of compressible and Incompressible fluids
To understand Mach number variation on area ratio
To understand the flow characteristics through constant area duct To study about the Shock waves
UNIT 1 COMPRESSIBLE FLUID FLOW - FUNDAMENTALS 9 Hrs.
Introductory concepts of compressible flow, Energy and momentum equations for compressible fluid flows, various regions of flow, reference velocities, stagnation state, velocity of sound, critical states, Mach number, critical mach number, types of waves, mach cone, mach angle, effect of mach number on compressibility.
UNIT 2 FLOW THROUGH VARIABLE AREA DUCTS 9 Hrs. Isentropic flow through variable area duct, T-S and h-s diagrams for nozzle and diffuser flows, area ratio as a
function of Mach number, Mass flow rate through nozzles and diffusers, effect of friction in flow through nozzles.
UNIT 3 FLOW THROUGH CONSTANT AREA DUCTS 9 Hrs.
Flow in constant area duct with friction (Fanno Flow) - Fanno curves, and Fanno Flow equations, variation of
flow properties, variation of Mach number with duct length. Flow in constant area duct with heat transfer (Rayleigh
flow), Rayleigh line and Rayleigh flow equations, variation of flow properties, maximum heat transfer.
UNIT 4 NORMAL SHOCK AND OBLIQUE SHOCKS 9 Hrs.
Governing equations, variation of flow parameters like static pressure, static temperature, density, stagnation pressure and entropy across normal shock and oblique shocks. Normal shocks - stationary and moving, applications. Prandtl Meyer equation, impossibility of shock in sub-sonic flows, flow in convergent and divergent nozzles with shock, normal shock in Fanno and Rayleigh flows. Flow with oblique shock
UNIT 5 PROPULSION 9 Hrs.
Aircraft propulsion - types of jet engines - energy flow through jet engines, study of turbo jet engine components - thrust, thrust power, propulsive and overall efficiencies, thrust augmentations in turbo jet engines, ram jet and pulse jet engines Rocket propulsion - Types of rocket engines - Liquid and solid fuel rocket engines - Introduction to Electrical and Nuclear rockets-Space Flights -Orbital and escape velocity.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Yahya S.M.,”Fundamental of Compressible flow”, New Age International (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2003.
3. Hill D. and Peterson C., “Mechanics & Thermodynamics of Propulsion “, Addision Wesley, 1992.
4. Ganesan V., “Gas Turbines”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi. 1999.
5. Sutton G.P., “Rocket Propulsion Elements”, John Wiley, New York, 1975.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN: Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 hrs PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E../ B.Tech REGULAR 36 REGULATIONS 2015
SME1304 POWER PLANT ENGINEERING L T P Credits T o ta l M a r k s
(For Mechanical) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES To understand the layout and working of conventional and non conventional power plants To understand the working power plant equipments and instruments To understand the economics of power plants and environmental aspects
UNIT 1 STEAM POWER PLANT 9 Hrs. Plant layout, types of firing systems - pulverized fuel, tilting and tangential firing system, pulverized bed
combustion system. Coal handling systems - crushers - feeders, ash handling system - dust collectors id and id fans - economizers, air preheaters, super-heaters, re-heaters, Steam generators. Steam turbines, Binary cycles.
UNIT 2 POWER PLANT EQUIPMENTS AND INSTRUMENTATION 9 Hrs. Subcritical and supercritical boilers, boiler calculations - boiler efficiencies, equivalent evaporation, boiler power.
Condensers - types - Calculation of vacuum efficiency, Feed Heaters. cooling towers - tower characteristics. Classification of plant instruments-Pressure gauges and types, Thermo-meters and types, Liquid level, gauges and types, Flow meter, pH measurement instruments, Gas Analysis, Impurity measurement instruments, Speed measuring instruments. Major Electrical Equipment in Power Plant-Layout of Electrical Equipment, Generator and Excites, Switch gear installations, Circuit breakers, Power transformers, Methods of Earthing a power system, Protective devices and control system used in power plant, Types of relays and voltage regulation.
UNIT 3 GAS TURBINE, NUCLEAR AND HYDEL POWER PLANTS 9 Hrs. Gas turbine plants - open and closed cycles - construction details -, reheating regeneration and intercooling,
combined cycle plants and their representation in TS diagram. Nuclear energy - fission - fusion reaction, nuclear fuel, enrichment, nuclear reactor - parts and types, Pressurized Water Reactor (PWR), CANada Deuterium- Uranium reactor (CANDU), Breeder, Gas Cooled and Liquid Metal Cooled Reactors. Safety measures for Nuclear Power plants. Hydel plants - classification, selection of turbines, pumped storage system.
UNIT 4 NON CONVENTIONAL ENERGY BASED POWER PLANT 9 Hrs. Non conventional energy - various forms - capacity - availability and limitations. Solar energy plants - various
collecting devices - solar devices, photovoltaic cells and solar ponds, wind mills - types - site selection - capacity estimation - performance evaluation, tidal power plants, fuel cells - working - types - limitations, performance evaluation. Geo thermal and biogas power plant.
UNIT 5 ECONOMICS AND ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS 9 Hrs. Load curves, fixed and operating costs, economics of load sharing and plant selection, comparison of
economics of various power plants , Co-generation, types of Co-generation Systems and its economics , environmental hazards of various power plants- CO2 SOx, NOx and particulate emissions and their control, land and water pollution. Waste Disposal Options for Coal and Nuclear Power Plants.
Max. 45 Hours.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Nagpal G.R., Power Plant Engineering - Khanna Publishers, 1996. 2. Domkundwar, Power Plant Engineering - Dhanpat Rai & Sons, Delhi, 1988.
3. Vopal and Stortzki,” Power Plant Engineering”, PHI, 2007. 4. El Wakil M.N., “Power Plant Technology”, McGraw Hill, 1985. 5. Joel Weisomon and Roy Eckart, “Modern Power Plant Engineering”, PHI, 1985.
6. Rai G.D., "Non conventional sources of Energy”, Khanna Publishers Delhi, 1994.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E../ B.Tech REGULAR 37 REGULATIONS 2015
SME1305 THERMAL SYSTEMS L T P Credits T o t a l M a r k s
(For Mech & Prod) 3 1 0 4 100 (Use of Steam table with mollier chart, compressibility chart, psychrometric chart , HMT data book are permitted in the End Semester Examination)
COURSE OBJECTIVES To understand the basic concepts of Air cycles and steam nozzles To understand the working principle of air compressors and I.C engines To understand the refrigeration and air conditioning concepts
UNIT 1 AIR CYCLES AND STEAM NOZZLES 12 Hrs. Air cycles- Carnot, Otto, Diesel and Dual cycles. Air standard cycles and actual cycles - comparison. Derivation
of Air standard efficiencies and definition of other efficiencies. Steam nozzles-Types of nozzles, Flow of steam through nozzles, Shapes of nozzles, Effect of friction, Critical pressure ratio, Metastable flow.
UNIT 2 AIR COMPRESSORS 12 Hrs. Reciprocating compressors-Multistage operations, effect of clearance volume, Volumetric and isothermal
UNIT 3 REFRIGERATION AND AIRCONDITIONING 12 Hrs. Air Refrigeration cycle, vapour compression refrigeration cycle- sub cooling and super heating cycles -
Problems. Vapour absorption cycle, different types of refrigerants and their properties, Applications of refrigeration - Qualitative treatment only. Winter and summer air-conditioning techniques, psychrometry- definitions and property of air- Qualitative treatment only.
UNIT4 IC ENGINES 12 Hrs. Comparison of petrol and diesel engine fuel properties and qualities. Air-fuel ratio calculation - lean and rich
mixtures. Combustion in SI & CI Engines - abnormal combustion - phenomenon and control. Ignition, lubrication and cooling systems. Exhaust gas analysis. Performance test in IC Engines, Calculation of indicated and brakes mean effective pressures, Measurement of brake power, types of dynamometers - Morse test and Heat balance test - Problems
UNIT 5 HEAT TRANSFER 12 Hrs. Modes of heat transfer - Definition of Fourier law and Thermal conductivity - one-dimensional steady state heat
conduction in composite walls - problems. Three Dimensional conduction equation. Definition of convection heat transfer and types. Fundamentals of Radiation heat transfer
Max. 60 Hours TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Rajput R.K., "Thermal Engg" Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd, 2010. 2. R.S.Khrumi, "A Text Book of Thermal Engineering", 2008.
3. Domkundwar and Kothandaram, "Thermal Engineering", Khanna Publishers, 1996.
4. Ganesan V., "Internal Combustion Engines", Tata Mcgraw Hill, New Delhi, 1994
5. Stoeckr W.P. and Jones J.W., "Refrigeration and Air Conditioning", Tata Mcgraw Hill, New Delhi, 1995. 6. Dossat R.J., "Principles of Refrigeration", John-Wiley and Stones, 1997.
7. Yadav R., "Thermodynamics and Heat Engines", Vol. 2, Central Publishing House, Allahabad, (1995).
8. Rajput R.K., "Heat and Mass Transer" Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd, 2010.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E../ B.Tech REGULAR 38 REGULATIONS 2015
SME1306 THEORY OF VIBRATIONS L T P Credits T o t a l M a r k s (For Mech , Mech & Prod & Aero) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES Assimilation of basic concepts of theory of vibrations.
Exposure to practical aspects
UNIT 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF VIBRATION 9 Hrs.
Simple Harmonic Motion, Free, Damped, Forced vibration of single degree freedom system. Derivation of SDOF equations using
Newton’s Laws, Modal analysis, Natural frequency, equivalent systems, Critical speed, Force transmissibility to foundation, Forced response to
ground motion, Energy Method. Introduction to measuring instrument
UNIT 2 TWO DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS 9 Hrs.
Free vibration of spring coupled systems, Two degrees of freedom mass coupled systems, Bending vibrations of two degrees of freedom
systems, Forced vibration of an undamped two degrees of freedom system, Undamped vibration absorbers, Vibration isolation. Lagrangian’s and
Hamilton Equations. Signal processing, Mode shapes.
UNIT 3 MULTI DEGREE OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS 9 Hrs. `Close coupled systems, Far coupled systems, Orthogonality of mode shapes, Modal analysis of damped systems), Forced vibration
(modal analysis, forced vibration by matrix inversion). Repeated frequency case mode shapes, Dunkerley’s Method, Rayleigh Ritz method, Holzer
method
UNIT 4 VIBRATION OF CONTINUOUS SYSTEMS 9 Hrs.
Transverse, flexural, torsional vibration of beams, Timoshenko beam, Hamilton principle, vibration of plates, collocation method,
Myklested - prohl method.
UNIT 5 TRANSIENT VIBRATIONS AND NON LINEAR VIBRATIONS 9 Hrs.
Transient vibrations:Method of step input, phase plane -method, method of Laplace transformation, drop test spectra by Laplace
transformations.
Non linear vibrations:Non linear vibrations and superposition principle, examples of non linear vibrations, method of dealing with non
linear vibrations, phase plane trajectories, method of direct integration, iteration method, Fourier series.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. William T Thomson, “Theory of Vibration With Applications, Taylor & Francis, 1993
3. Ramamurti, V., Mechanical Vibration Practice with Basic Theory, 1st edition, Narosa Publishing House, Chennai, 2000
4. Theory and Practice of mechanical vibrations : J S Rao & K Gupta, New age International (Pvt) Ltd., N. Delhi, 2006, Ed.1 .
5. Mechanical Vibrations ,Singh V P, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, Delhi, 3rd edition, 2006.
6. Francis Sing Tse, Ivan .E. Morse and Rolland Theodore Hinkle, “Mechanical Vibrations”, Prentice Hall of India, 1984.
7. Fung, Y.C., “An Introduction to the Theory of Aeroelasticity”, John Wiley & Sons Inc., New York, 1985.
8. Timoshenko,S., “Vibration Problems in Engineering”, John Wiley & Sons Inc., 1987
9. Graham Kelly S, Mechanical Vibrations, Schuam’s Outlines, Tata Mc GRaw Hill, 2007
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E../ B.Tech REGULAR 39 REGULATIONS 2015
S M E 1 3 0 7 DESIGN OF TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS L T P C r e d i t s Total Marks
(For Mech & Mech & Prod) 3 1 0 4 1 0 0
(Use of PSG Design Data Book is permitted in the End Semester Examination.)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To understand the various standards and the procedures involved in various machine component
Identify critical static and dynamic stresses in a mechanical component
To understand of the fundamental concepts of the finite element method
UNIT 1 DESIGN OF TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS FOR FLEXIBLE DRIVES 12 Hrs. Selection and design of - Flat belts and pulleys- V belts and pulleys -Chain and sprockets drive.
UNIT 2 DESIGN OF SPUR GEARS AND PARALLEL AXIS HELICAL GEARS 12 Hrs.
Gear Terminology-Speed ratios - Selection and design of spur gear- material selection- service factor- module calculation for endurance strength- Force analysis -Tooth stresses (fillet bending stress and contact stress) — Parallel axis Helical Gears --Forces
UNIT 3 DESIGN OF BEVEL AND WORM GEARS 12 Hrs. Straight bevel gear: Tooth terminology- Design of pair of straight bevel gears - Tooth forces and stresses Worm Gear: Merits and demerits- Terminology. Design of the worm and gear - Forces and stresses, efficiency
UNIT 4 DESIGN OF GEAR BOXES 12 Hrs. Geometric progression - Standard step ratio - Ray diagram, kinematics layout -Design of sliding mesh gear box -Constant mesh gear box. - Design of multi speed gear box.
UNIT 5 INTRODUCTION TO FINITE ELEMENT METHOD 12 Hrs.
Basic concept of FEM- steps involved in FEM, shape function, mathematical modeling of one dimensional element- stepped bar, tapered bar-simple problems. Variational formulation and approximation- the Rayleigh-Ritz method, method of weighted residuals- simple problems
2. Design of Machine Elements by V.B. Bhandari, TMH publishing Co. Ltd., New Delhi.
3. Juvinall R.C, K.M. Marshek , “Fundamentals of Machine component Design”, Third Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2002.
4. Bhandari V.B, “Design of Machine Elements”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., 1994.
5. Reddy.J.N “An Introduction to the Finite Element Method” , Mc Graw Hill, International Edition, 1993.
6. Rao. S.S, “Finite Element Method in Engineering” , Pergamum Press, 1989.
7. Chandrupatla & Belagundu, “Finite Elements in Engineering”, Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd., 1997
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 hrs PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E../ B.Tech REGULAR 40 REGULATIONS 2015
SME1 308 FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS L T P Credits Total Marks (For Mech & Mech&Prod , Aero & Auto) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
Understand the capabilities of FEM and its importance in Engineering.
To introduce the concepts of Mathematical Modeling of Engineering Problems.
UNIT 1 1D FINITE ELEMENT METHOD 9 Hrs.
Historical Background -Basic concept of FEM- steps involved in FEA - Variational Formulation of Boundary value
problem - Rayleigh Ritz Method - Weighted Residual methods-Finite Element Modeling - Element Equations - Shape
functions -Bar, Beam Elements - stepped bar, tapered bar-simple problems
UNIT 2 2D FINITE ELEMENT METHOD 10 Hrs.
Basic Boundary Value Problems in 2 Dimensions - Triangular, quadrilateral, higher order elements - Poisson and
Laplace Equations - Weak Formulation - Elements Matrices and Vectors -.Natural Co-ordinate System - Lagrangian
Interpolation Polynomials - Iso-parametric Elements - Formulation -Numerical Integration -2D Triangular elements -
rectangular elements - Illustrative Examples.
UNIT 3 SOLUTION TO PLANE ELASTICITY PROBLEMS 8 Hrs.
Introduction to Theory of Elasticity - Plane Stress - Plane Strain and Axisymmetric Formulation - Principle of virtual
work - Element matrices using energy approach.
UNIT 4 APPLICATIONS IN HEAT TRANSFER & FLUID MECHANICS 9 Hrs.
One dimensional heat transfer element - application to one-dimensional heat transfer problems- scalar variable
problems in 2-Dimensions - Applications to heat transfer in 2- Dimension - Application to problems in fluid mechanics in
2-D.
UNIT 5 SPECIAL TOPICS 9 Hrs.
Vibrational problems - equations of motion based on weak form -longitudinal vibration of bars - transverse vibration
of beams Mesh Generation-Errors in the finite element method - various measures of errors- accuracy of the solution-
Eigen value Problems - h & p elements- Applications of FEM software to solve simple problems, types of solver - a brief.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. J.N Reddy. “An Introduction to the Finite Element Method” , Mc Graw Hill, International Edition, 1993.
2. Seshu, P, “Text Book of Finite Element Analysis”, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,2007.
3. Segerlind L.J,“Applied Finite Element Analysis”, John Wiley, 1984.
4. Rao. S.S, “Finite Element Method in Engineering” , Pergamon Press, 1989.
5. Chandrupatla & Belagundu , “Finite Elements in Engineering”, Prentice Hall of India Private Ltd., 1997.
6. Cook, Robert Davis et al, “Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis” , Wiley, John & Sons,1999.
7. George R Buchanan, “Schaum’s Outline of Finite Element Analysis”, McGraw Hill Company, 1994.
8. Taylor.C and Hughes.J.B. “Finite Element Programming of the Navier Stoke equation” Pineridge Press Limited, UK
1981
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E../ B.Tech REGULAR 41 REGULATIONS 2015
SME1309 HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER L T P Credits T o t a l M a r k s
(For Mech & Auto) 3 1 0 4 100 (Use of Heat and mass transfer Data Book is permitted in the END SEMESTER Examination)
COURSE OBJECTIVES To understand the heat transfer in steady and unsteady conditions. To understand the concepts of convection heat transfer by internal and external flows. To understand the concepts of boiling and condensation. To study about the heat transfer analysis on heat exchangers and to understand the concepts of radiation heat transfer.
UNIT 1 CONDUCTION 12 Hrs. Basic Concepts - Mechanism of Heat Transfer - Conduction, Convection and Radiation - General Differential
equation of Heat Conduction - Fourier Law of Conduction - Cartesian - Cylindrical - Polar Coordinates- One Dimensional Steady State Heat Conduction - Conduction through Plane Wall, Cylinders and Spherical systems - Composite Systems-critical thickness of insulation - Conduction with Internal Heat Generation - Systems with Variable Thermal Conductivity - Extended Surfaces- Fins--Classification - Unsteady Heat Conduction - Lumped Analysis - Infinite and Semi Infinite Solids - Heisler and Grober Charts. Finite difference method for multi dimensional heat conduction
UNIT 2 CONVECTION 12 Hrs. Basic Concepts - Convective Heat Transfer Coefficients - Boundary Layer Concept - Forced Convection -
External Flow - Flow over Plates, Cylinders Spheres and Bank of tubes - Internal Flow - Laminar and Turbulent Flow Solutions -Analogies between momentum and heat transfer-Reynolds analogy-Chilton colburn analogy(Modified Reynolds analogy)-Free Convection – Flow over Vertical Plate - Vertical Tubes - Horizontal Plate, Inclined Plate, Cylinders and Spheres.
UNIT 3 PHASE CHANGE HEAT TRANSFER AND HEAT EXCHANGERS 12 Hrs. Film and Drop wise Condensation - Nusselt’s theory of condensation- Regimes of pool boiling and flow boiling,
Nucleate Boiling - correlations in boiling and condensation. Heat Exchanger Types - Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient - Fouling Factors - Analysis - LMTD method, - NTU method. - Introduction of TEMA Standards.
UNIT 4 RADIATION 12 Hrs. Basic Concepts, Laws of Radiation - Wiens Displacement Law – Hemispherical Emissive Power - Stefan
Boltzman Law,Kirchoff Law - Black Body Radiation - Grey body radiation - Shape Factor for Simple Geometries - Electrical Analogy -Radiation Shields-Solar radiation.
UNIT 5 MASS TRANSFER 12 Hrs. Basic Concepts - Diffusion Mass Transfer - Fick’s Law of Diffusion - Steady state Molecular Diffusion - Convective Mass Transfer - Momentum, Heat and Mass Transfer Analogy - Convective Mass Transfer Correlations.
Max.60 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Yunus A. Cengel, “Heat Transfer A Practical Approach”, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2004 2. Rajput R.K.,” Heat and Mass transfer”, S.Chand & Co, 1983. 3. Frank P. Incropera and David P. Dewitt, “Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer”, John Wiley & Sons, 1998. 4. Kothandaraman C.P., "Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer”, New Age International (P) Ltd., 1998 5. Sachdeva R.C., “Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer”, New Age Internationals (P) Ltd., 2010 6. Ozisik N.M., "Heat Transfer”, McGraw Hill Book Company, 1988.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN: Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E../ B.Tech REGULAR 42 REGULATIONS 2015
S M E 1 3 1 0 PRODUCT DESIGN L T P C r e d i t s Total Marks
(For Mechanical) 3 0 0 3 1 0 0
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To assimilate the basic concepts of Product design
To know the usage of computers in product design.
To learn about the principles of Design for Manufacture and Environment.
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 9 Hrs.
Definition of a product - Types of product- levels of product- New product development product-market mix-New
product development (NPD) process- Idea generation methods-Creativity-Creative attitude, creative design process-
Morphological analysis- analysis of interconnected decision areas, brain storming, synectics. Product life cycle- The
challenges of product development- product analysis- product characteristics
UNIT 2 BASIC CONCEPTS 9 Hrs.
Product design- definition-Design by evolution- design by innovation-design by imitation -factors affecting
product design. Standards of performance and environmental factors.decision making and iteration - Morphology of
design (different phases). -role of aesthetics in design. Introduction to optimization in design- economic factors in
solid geometry - Graphics standards - assembly modeling - use of software packages Modeling and simulation-the role of
models in engineering design- Design for manufacturing, Rapid proto typing (RP) - application of RP in product design.
UNIT 4 DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURE AND ENVIRONMENT 9 Hrs.
General design principles for manufacturability - strength and mechanical factors, mechanisms selection,
evaluation method, Process capability - Feature tolerances - mGeometric tolerances - Assembly limits - Datum features -
Tolerance stacks.
Design for the Environment - Introduction - Environmental objectives - Global issues - Regional and local issues - Basic
DFE methods - Design guide lines.
UNIT 5 INDUSTRIAL DESIGN 9 Hrs.
Need for industrial design-impact in design process - investigation of customer needs - conceptualization -
refinement- management of the industrial design process - technology driven products - user - driven products
Integrating CAE, CAD, CAM tools
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Product Design and Development, Karl T.Ulrich and Steven D.Eppinger, Tata McGraw -Hill edition.
2. An Introduction to Engineering Design methods Vijay Gupta
3. Chitale A K and Gupta R C, “Product Design and Manufacturing”, Prentice Hall of India, 2005.
4. Bralla, Design for Manufacture handbook, McGraw hill, 1999.
5. Boothroyd, G, Heartz and Nike, Product Design for Manufacture, Marcel Dekker, 1994.
6. Dickson, John. R, and Corroda Poly, Engineering Design and Design for Manufacture and Structural Approach, Field
7. Stone Publisher, USA, 1995. 8. Fixel, J. Design for the Environment McGraw hill., 1996.
9. Graedel T. Allen By. B, Design for the Environment Angle Wood Cliff,Prentice Hall. Reason Pub., 1996.
10. Kevien Otto and Kristin Wood, Product Design. Pearson Publication, 2004.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN:
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E../ B.Tech REGULAR 43 REGULATIONS 2015
S P R 1 2 0 1 MATERIAL TECHNOLOGY L T P C r e d i t s Total Marks
(For Mech, Mech & Prod & Auto) 3 0 0 3 1 0 0
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To understand the design, selection and processing of materials for a wide range of applications in engineering and elsewhere. To understand how and why the properties of materials are controlled by structure and bonding at the atomic-scale, and by features at the microstructural and macroscopic levels. To understand how and why the structure and composition of a material may be controlled by processing.
Phase diagrams: Solidification of metals, phase rules, construction of phase diagram, Isomorphous diagram, Eutectic diagram showing partial solid solubility, Peritectic system.
UNIT 2 FERROUS ALLOYS 9 Hrs.
Iron – Iron carbide equilibrium diagram, Cooling Curves of pure Fe, Critical points in Fe – Fe3C equilibrium diagrams, Steels – types of plain carbon steels, stainless steels – their typical compositions, properties and applications, effects of alloying elements on steel, IS designation of steels – Cast iron – grey cast iron, white cast iron, malleable cast iron, spheroidal graphite cast iron – their typical compositions, properties and applications
UNIT 3 NON-FERROUS ALLOYS 9 Hrs.
Aluminium and its alloys, Copper & its alloys, Ti & its alloys, Nickel & its alloys – Composition, Properties & applications of these alloys
UNIT 4 HEAT TREATMENT OF STEEL 9 Hrs.
Annealing – Full annealing – Stress relief – Recrystallization – Spheroidizing, Normalizing, Hardening, Tempering, Austempering, Martempering – Hardenability and its determination, TTT diagram and CCT diagram, Case hardening techniques - Carburizing, Nitriding, Cyaniding, Carbonitriding, Flame and Induction hardening, Age hardening, Precipitation hardening
UNIT 5 MECHANICAL PROPERTIES AND TESTING 9 Hrs.
Elastic and plastic deformation of metals – Elastic effects – Deformation by slip, Tensile test – Stress – strain curve for mild steel & brittle material, Hardness Test – Rockwell, Brinell and Vicker’s test, Impact test – Charpy and Izod
10. Whitehouse D.J., The Handbook of Surface and Nano metrology, CRC Press, 2011.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E../ B.Tech REGULAR 45 REGULATIONS 2015
S P R 1 2 0 3 PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY – I L T P C r e d i t s T o t a l M a r k s
(For Mech & Prod ) 3 0 0 3 1 0 0
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To understand the concept and working of standard machine tools such as lathe, shaping and allied machines, milling, drilling and allied machines, grinding and allied machines and broaching UNIT 1 LATHE 9 Hrs.
Introduction – Classification — Lathe types – Specifications – Description of various parts- accessories – attachments -work holding devices in lathe – functions – Chuck, Centre, Dogs, Steady Rest and Follower Rest, mechanism of lathe – Apron, Feed, Tumbler Gear, various operations performed in Lathe – facing, turning, chamfering and knurling – relative positions of tool and job – Taper turning operations (three methods_ thread cutting – thread – RH and LH, single start and multi start with application – Method of thread cutting – selection and arrangement of tool and work. Problems in metric and inch thread conversion– Machining time – Cutting force power – Cause and remedy.
UNIT 2 DRILLING MACHINES AND BORING MACHINE 9 Hrs.
Drilling Machines: Types – Specifications – Main parts and functions – Drives adopted – Work and tool holding devices – Types of drills – Drill nomenclature – Problems in drilling – Machining time – Cause and remedy – Nomenclature of reamer and tap –Types. Boring Machines: Types – Specifications – Boring machine operations – Problems in boring – Machining time – Jig boring –Descriptions – Types.
UNIT 3 MILLING MACHINES AND SLOTTING 9 Hrs.
Milling Machines: Types – Specifications – Main parts and attachments – Methods of milling – Operations performed – Work holding devices –Types of milling cutter geometry – Cutting force and power in milling –Machining time –Indexing –Trouble shooting in milling operations. Slotting Machines: Types -Specifications -Main parts and attachments -Operations performed- Work holding devices-Tool holding devices. Slotting tool & geometry - Various Mechanism of slotting - Cutting force and power –Trouble shooting in slotting operations and remedies
UNIT 4 SHAPING AND PLANING MACHINES 9 Hrs.
Shaping Machines: Types -Specifications -Main parts and attachments -Operations performed- Work holding devices-Tool holding devices. Shaping tool & geometry- Various Mechanism of shaping. Cutting force and power - Trouble shooting in shaping operations and remedies. Planning Machines: Types -Specifications -Main parts and attachments -Operations performed- Work holding devices-Tool holding devices. Planning tools & geometry. Cutting force and power -Trouble shooting in slotting operations and remedies.
UNIT 5 BROACHING AND GRINDING MACHINES 9 Hrs.
Broaching Machines: Specifications - Broaching tools, types of work done -Broaching technique – Advantages and limitations. Grinding Machines: Types -specifications -grinding operations -grinding wheel selections and specifications - mounting and dressing of grinding wheels -trouble shooting -lapping -honing and super finishing.
Max.45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Hajra Choudhury, Workshop Technology. Volume II –Media Promoters and Publishers Pvt. Ltd. 2007. 2. Lindberg, Processes and Materials for Manufacturing, PHI Pvt. Ltd., 2003. 3. Chapman, W.A.J., Workshop Technology. Volume I, II, III ELBS, 1980. 4. Begman. M.L., Manufacturing Processes —John Wiley Publishers, 2002 5. HMT, Production Technology -Tata McGraw Hill, 2001.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN: Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E../ B.Tech REGULAR 46 REGULATIONS 2015
S P R 1 2 0 4 WELDING TECHNOLOGY L T P C r e d i t s T o t a l M a r k s
(For Mech & Prod) 3 0 0 3 1 0 0
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To prepare students with knowledge of a variety of welding processes for entry into the workforce.
UNIT 1 GAS WELDING 9 Hrs.
Welding techniques and terminology -Gas welding -Process variations -Equipment - Generation of acetylene - Types of gases -Flame characteristics -Flash back -Welding torches -Regulators -Welding of ferrous and non ferrous metals -Gas cutting principles and cutting of ferrous and non-ferrous metals - Thermit welding process – Characteristic curves of various welding parameters -Welding defects.
UNIT 2 ARC WELDING 9 Hrs.
Arc welding process -Equipment -Arc generation -Arc length and its influence - Control of arc blow -Gas shielded arc welding - Plasma arc welding - Tungsten Inert Gas (TIG) & Metal Inert Gas (MIG) , submerged arc welding -Electro slag welding -Electro gas welding -Arc welding consumables and specifications –Electrodes functions and characteristics–Welding defects.
UNIT 3 RESISTANCE WELDING 9 Hrs.
Resistance welding processes and equipment -Heat generation and its calculations - Parameters affecting heat generation -Spot welding -Seam welding -Resistance butt welding-Flash butt welding-Percussion butt welding – stud welding- Electrodes -Applications and limitations -Welding defects.
UNIT 4 OTHER WELDING PROCESSES 9 Hrs.
Radiant energy welding process -Equipment -Electron beam welding -types of guns - Control of beam – Vacuum chambers and work holding systems -Laser beam welding power control-Chilling systems-Focusing elements –Laser beam cutting- Characteristic curves of parameters -Solid phase welding-Ultrasonic welding-Equipment and capabilities -Friction welding, Friction stir welding -Explosive welding - Limitations and applications of the above process –Under water welding -Wet and dry systems-Brazing & soldering – Introduction to Cladding, Surfacing and Cutting
UNIT 5 NON DESTRUCTIVE TESTING & EVALUATION 9 Hrs.
Principles of Non-Destructive Testing (NDT) -Significance of NDT in pressure vessel manufacture - Crack detection methods -Liquid penetrant testing -Magnetic particle testing -Radiographic methods -Ultrasonic testing, Time of Flight Diffraction (TOFD) -Eddy current testing. Emerging techniques - Leak testing, Acoustic Emission testing, Holography, Thermography, Magnetic Resonance Imaging, In-situ metallography
Max.45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Richard Little, Welding & Welding Technology -Tata Mcgraw Hill, 1990
2. Khanna. O.P., Welding Technology -Dhanpat Rai & Sons, 1999.
4. Barry Hull And Vernoni John, Non Destructive Testing, ELBS, 1999.
5. Gourd L.M., Principles of Welding Technology -ELBS, 1987.
6. Baldevraj, Jayakumar T., Thavasimuthu M., “Practical Non -Destructive Testing”, 3 rd edition, Narosa Publishers, 2008.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E../ B.Tech REGULAR 47 REGULATIONS 2015
S P R 1 2 0 5 FOUNDRY TECHNOLOGY L T P C r e d i t s T o t a l M a r k s
(For Mech & Prod) 3 0 0 3 1 0 0
COURSE OBJECTIVES To understand the concept and basics of manufacturing processes.
To enable the students to understand the casting, welding, forming, sheet metal And Non-Traditional Machining processes.
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 9 Hrs.
Introduction to moulding and casting processes - steps involved - advantages-limitations -application of casting process. Patterns –Types-applications-Pattern allowances-Pattern materials - colour coding as per BIS. Pattern making– core and core making-core boxes- -core prints -core blowers – core shooters.
UNIT 2 SAND MOULD MAKING 9 Hrs.
Moulding and Core sands – Ingredients - Properties – Types of sands, sand selection - sand preparation and sand reclamation-sand control tests. Machine moulding – types of machines, applications.
UNIT 3 CASTING AND MELTING PROCESSES 9 Hrs.
Types of Moulding processes - Plaster mould casting -- Die casting process - Die casting methods. Centrifugal Casting - Continuous casting - Shell moulding - Investment casting - Full mould process. Foundry remelting furnaces – selection of furnaces – crucible furnaces -oil fired furnace, electric furnaces –resistance, arc, induction furnaces –cupola steel melting and non-ferrous melting practices
UNIT 4 GATING, FEEDING & MECHANISATION 9 Hrs.
Elements of gating System – functions-Types and design of gating systems –gating ratio - Risers - Functions, Types and designs - Methods controlling solidification – Solidification time calculations- Foundry mechanization. Use of CAD in foundry
UNIT 5 POURING, TESTING & QUALITY CONTROL 9 Hrs.
Pouring equipments – Cleaning and Inspection of casting –destructive and non-destructive testing - Casting defects, their causes and remedies. Shop floor quality control tests such as composition control, Wedge test, fluidity, temperature measurement etc.
Max.45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Jain P.L. Principles of Foundry Technology - Tata McGraw Hill, 2003. 2. Heine, Loper & Rosenthal, Principles of Metal Casting, Tata McGraw Hill, 2001 3. Raymond Higgins, Engineering Metallurgy, Part II - ELBS. 1993 4. Shelly J.A. Pattern Making - The Industrial Press, 2001 5. Key and winter, Introduction to Foundry Technology - McGraw Hill., 1998
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E../ B.Tech REGULAR 48 REGULATIONS 2015
SPR1206 MANUFACTURING PROCESSES L T P C r e d i t s
T o t a l M a r k s
(For Automobile)
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES To understand the concept and basics of manufacturing processes.
To enable the students to understand the casting, welding, forming, sheet metal And Non-Traditional Machining processes.
UNIT 1 SEMI-AUTOMATIC AND AUTOMATIC MACHINES 9 Hrs.
Automatic and semi Automatic type of lathes-Introduction, Classification of Automatics-sliding head, single speed-Swiss type automat-Turret automatic screw machines-Multi spindled automats-Kinematics arrangement – tool layout for single spindle and multi-spindle automats-Elements of Automatic feeding mechanisms-Bar stock feeding-Magazine feeding and hopper feeding – Transfer Machines -Introduction-advantage-components and accessories – Flexible Manufacturing System. UNIT 2 CASTING & JOINING PROCESSES 10 Hrs.
Casting, Pattern: Types and pattern materials-pattern allowances-Moulding Sand: Types and properties-Core: Types Moulding Processes - Types of Moulding Methods - Gating Design. Special Casting processes, Defects in Castings-Inspection Methods.
Classification of welding process- Gas welding – Equipments used – Arc welding equipments – Electrodes – Principles of Resistance welding – Gas metal arc welding – Flux cored – Submerged arc welding– Electro slag welding – TIG welding –MIG welding- Principle and application of special welding processes - Plasma arc welding– Thermit welding – Electron beam welding – Friction welding – Diffusion welding – Weld defects – Brazing and soldering process –- Types of Adhesive bonding-Design considerations in welding – Welding Fixtures
UNIT 3 FORMING PROCESSES 9 Hrs.
Stress-strain relations in elastic and plastic deformation; concept of flow stress, deformation mechanisms: Hot working and cold working of metals: Types-Advantages-Dis Advantages-Forging: Classification of forging processes - Types of Forging Machines – Typical forging operations-- Forging defects and inspection-Rolling: Classification of rolling processes - rolling mill - rolling of bars and shapes-Extrusion: Classification of extrusion processes -examples-Classification of Drawing: rod, wire and tube, Deep Drawing-Design Calculations-Forging-wire-Deep drawing.
UNIT 4 SHEET METAL AND NON-TRADITIONAL MACHINING PROCESSES 9 Hrs.
Sheet metal forming methods: Shearing-Piercing-Blanking- Bending- Stretch Forming- deep forming. Spinning: Spinning processes. High Velocity Forming: Explosive forming- Electro hydraulic forming - magnetic pulse forming - pneumatic - mechanical high velocity forming .Non-Traditional machining: Working principle & Applications-AJM-USM-ECM-ECG-EBM-EDG-LBM.
UNIT 5 MANUFACTURING OF PLASTIC COMPONENTS 8 Hrs.
Types of plastics - Characteristics of the forming and shaping processes – Moulding of Thermoplastics – Working principles and typical applications of - Injection moulding – Plunger and screw machines – Compression moulding, Transfer moulding - Typical industrial applications – Introduction to Blow moulding – Rotational moulding – Film blowing– Extrusion - Thermoforming - Bonding of Thermoplastics.
Max.45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Jain R.K., Production Technology, Khanna Publishers, 2001 .
2. Hajra Choudhury, Elements of Workshop Technology, Vol –I Media Promoters & Publishers, 1994 .
3. Tata McGraw-Hill, Production Technology by HMT, 2002.
5. Kalpakjian .S and Schmid S R, Manufacturing Processes for Engineering Materials, Pearson education, 2009.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E../ B.Tech REGULAR 49 REGULATIONS 2015
SPR1207 MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY – I L T P C r e d i t s
T o t a l M a r k s
(For Mechanical) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To understand the concept and basics of manufacturing processes. To enable the students to understand the casting, welding, forming, sheet metal and Non-Traditional Machining processes.
UNIT 1 METAL CASTING PROCESSES 10 Hrs.
Steps involved in making a casting – Advantage of casting and its applications- Pattern: Types and pattern materials-pattern allowances-Moulding Sand: Types and properties- Core: Types and Core Making Methods-Moulding Processes: Types of Mould-Moulding Methods – Moulding machines - Melting Furnaces-Gating Design-Gating System-Riser design- Special Casting processes: sand casting, investment casting, pressure die casting, centrifugal casting, continuous casting - Defects in Castings-Inspection Methods.
UNIT 2 JOINING PROCESSES 9 Hrs.
Classification of welding process- Fusion welding processes – Types of Gas welding – Equipments used – Flame characteristics – Filler and Flux materials - Arc welding equipments - Electrodes – Coating and specifications – Principles of Resistance welding –Spot welding – seam welding – Percussion welding - Gas metal arc welding – Flux cored – Submerged arc welding– Electro slag welding – TIG welding –MIG welding- Principle and application of special welding processes - Plasma arc welding– Thermit welding – Electron beam welding – Friction welding – Diffusion welding – Weld defects – Brazing and soldering process – Methods and process capabilities – Filler materials and fluxes – Types of Adhesive bonding-Design considerations in welding-Friction Stir Welding. UNIT 3 FORMING PROCESSES 9 Hrs.
Stress-strain relations in elastic and plastic deformation; concept of flow stress, deformation mechanisms: Hot working and cold working of metals: Types-Advantages-Disadvantages-Forging: Classification of forging processes - Types of Forging Machines – Typical forging operations-- Forging defects and inspection-Rolling: Classification of rolling processes - rolling mill - rolling of bars and shapes-Extrusion: Classification of extrusion processes -examples-Classification of Drawing: rod, wire and tube, Deep Drawing-Design Calculations-Forging-wire-Deep drawing.
UNIT 4 SHEET METAL AND NON-TRADITIONAL MACHINING PROCESSES 9 Hrs.
Sheet metal forming methods: Shearing-Piercing-Blanking- Bending- Stretch Forming- deep forming. Spinning: Spinning processes. High Velocity Forming: Explosive forming- Electro hydraulic forming - magnetic pulse forming - pneumatic - mechanical high velocity forming .Non-Traditional machining: Working principle & Applications-AJM-USM-ECM-ECG-EBM-EDG-LBM.
UNIT 5 MANUFACTURING OF PLASTIC COMPONENTS 8 Hrs.
Types of plastics - Characteristics of the forming and shaping processes – Moulding of Thermoplastics – Working principles and typical applications of - Injection moulding – Plunger and screw machines – Compression moulding, Transfer moulding - Typical industrial applications – Introduction to Blow moulding – Rotational moulding – Film blowing– Extrusion - Thermoforming - Bonding of Thermoplastics.
Max.45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Jain R.K., Production Technology, Khanna Publishers, 2001.
2. Hajra Choudhury, Elements of Workshop Technology, Vol –I Media Promoters & Publishers, 1994. 3. Tata McGraw-Hill, Production Technology by HMT, 2002. 4. Chapman, W.A.J., Workshop Technology, Vol - II, Oxford & IBH Publishing Co. Ltd., 1972 5. Kalpakjian S and S R Schmid, Manufacturing Processes for Engineering Materials, Pearson education, 2009.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E../ B.Tech REGULAR 50 REGULATIONS 2015
SPR1208 METAL FORMING PROCESSES L T P C r e d i t s
T o t a l M a r k s
(For Mech & Prod) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE
The objective of this course is to provide the student with a set of skills which can be applied directly to the metal forming, materials processing and manufacturing industries.
UNIT 1 PLASTIC FLOW OF METALS 9 Hrs.
Fundamentals of mechanical working of metals – deformation of metals – Mechanism of plastic deformation – Factors affecting - yielding by slip – twinning – behaviour of strain hardening – recrystallization and grain growth - Variables affecting stress-strain curves, Ideal and Practical stress-strain curves - the flow curve - yields criteria for ductile metals – metal flow theories - Tresca’s and Von Mises’s yield criteria-surface plastic.
UNIT 2 FUNDAMENTALS OF METAL FORMING 9 Hrs.
Metal forming - Classification of forming processes - hot, warm and cold working - mechanics of metal forming - effect of temperature, speed and metallurgical microstructure on forming processes – formability –types of formability tests - forming limit diagrams
UNIT 3 FORGING AND ROLLING 11 Hrs.
`Forging: Principle of forging - Classification of forging processes – Smith and impression die forging – forging operations - forging equipments - principles of forging dies - load and strain calculations, forging defects - residual stresses and remedies.
Rolling: Principle of rolling - process parameters - Types of rolling mill - rolling billets - slabs and plates – forces and geometrical relationships in rolling – defects – causes and remedies
UNIT 4 EXTRUSION AND SHEET METAL WORK 9 Hrs.
Extrusion: Principle of extrusion -Types of extrusion - process variables - metal flow during extrusion - defects - manufacturing of tubes - wire and tube drawing- principle of extrusion die. Sheet Metal Work: Blanking – piercing – bending - drawing and deep drawing - load calculation in each process and defects.
UNIT 5 UNCONVENTIONAL FORMING 7 Hrs.
Comparison of Conventional and unconventional forming methods - Explosive forming – electro-magnetic forming - electro-hydraulic forming – High speed forming - petro forge machine – Dynapack machine - advantages and limitations
Max.45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Dieter G.E, Mechanical Metallurgy – McGraw Hill, 1988
2. Harris J.N, Mechanical working of Metals – Theory and Practice, first Edition, Pergamon, New York, 1983.
3. Heinrich Makelt, Mechanical Presses, Edward Arnold (Pvt) Ltd., London, 1968.
4. ASM, Handbook- Forming, Vol – IV, USA
5. Kameschikov, Forming Practice, MIR Publishers, Moscow, 1970.
6. ASTME, High Velocity Forming Methods, Michigan, 1968.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN:
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks.
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks.
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E../ B.Tech REGULAR 51 REGULATIONS 2015
SPR1301 MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY – II L T P C r e d i t s
T o t a l M a r k s
(For Mechanical) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To understand the concept and basics of metal cutting processes and working of standard machine tools To understand the basic concepts of abrasive process and gear cutting To understand CNC codes and implementation through CAD. To understand the fundamentals of CAD, CIM and CAPP
UNIT 1 THEORIES OF METAL CUTTING 9 Hrs.
Introduction: material removal processes, types of machine tools – theory of metal cutting: chip formation, heat generation, cutting fluids, cutting tool life - recent developments and applications (Dry machining and high speed machining).
UNIT 2 CENTRE LATHE AND SPECIAL PURPOSE LATHES 9 Hrs.
Centre lathe, constructional features, cutting tool geometry, various operations, taper turning methods, thread cutting methods, special attachments, machining time and power estimation. Capstan and turret lathes – automats – single spindle, Swiss type, automatic screw type, multi spindle - Turret Indexing mechanism, bar feed mechanism.
Abrasive processes: grinding wheel – specifications and selection, types of grinding process – cylindrical grinding, Surface grinding, centreless grinding – honing, lapping, super finishing, polishing and buffing, abrasive jet machining -Gear cutting, forming, generation, shaping, hobbing.
UNIT 5 CNC MACHINE TOOLS AND FUNDAMENTALS OF CAD/CAM 9 Hrs.
Numerical control: Brief principles and description of numerical control application to M/c tools. DNC, CNC and adaptive control. Programming of CNC M/C tools, CNC programming based on CAD. Fundamentals of CAD/CAM, Computer integrated manufacturing, Compute Aided Process Planning, Computer Integrated Production Planning system.
Max.45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Hajra Choudhury. S.K. and Hajra Choudhury A.K, “Elements of Manufacturing Technology, Vol II”, 3rd Edition, Media Publishers 2007.
2. RAO.P.N, “Manufacturing Technology, Metal cutting and Machine tools”, 2nd Edition, TMH, 2007. 3. Chapman. W.A.J, “Workshop Technology Vol II”, 5th Edition, Arnold Publishers, 2003. 4. Roy A. Lindberg, “Process and Material Manufacturers”, 4th Edition, PHI, 1995. 5. Pabla B.S. and Adithan M., “CNC Machines”, 1st Edition, New Age International, 2009. 6. H.M.T Production Technology Tata McGraw Hill, 2005. 7. Hastle Hurst M, Manufacturing Technology, 3rd Edition ELBS, 1998.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTER
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E../ B.Tech REGULAR 52 REGULATIONS 2015
SPR1302
PROCESSING OF PLASTICS
AND COMPOSITE MATERIALS L T P C r e d i t s
T o t a l M a r k s
(For Mech & Prod) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
The scope of the subject is to introduce the student to the world of polymers, focusing on plastic materials, their properties and applications, processing techniques To understand the need and importance of plastics and composite materials To learn the various testing processes of plastics and composites
UNIT 1 PLASTICS & COMPOSITE MATERIALS 9 Hrs.
Basic chemistry of plastics- organic structure, addition and condensation polymerisation reactions Types of plastics – Thermoplastics, Thermoset plastics, Engineering Properties of Plastics-Relative merits, limitations and different types of plastics. Composite materials – definition and classification – Fiber reinforced plastics,
Types of fiber, Forms of fiber – Chopped strand mat., Woven ring mat, Unidirectional fiber etc. Types of resins- Polyester, epoxy, vinyl ester etc, Engineering properties – Relative advantages of different fibers, resins, composites and application of composite materials. Recycling and disposal of plastics and composites- common methods
UNIT 2 CASTING & MOULDING 9 Hrs.
Casting – Dip, slush and rotational casting, Low pressure casting – Casting films and sheets – Encapsulation – Casting of foams.
Extrusion of Plastic, heat and vacuum forming of thermoplastics, Joining of plastics by mechanical fasteners, welding and adhesive bonding, thermal bending and press fitting.
UNIT 4 PROCESSING OF FIBER REINFORCED PLASTICS 9 Hrs.
Hand layup – Contact moulding – vacuum bag method- Pressure bag method – Autoclave – Spray layup – Filament winding- Matched metal die moulding – Wet process – Bulk moulding compound, Sheet moulding compound – Pultrusion – Resin transfer moulding.
1. Seamour E.B., Modern Plastic Technology, Prentice Hall, 1975. 2. George Lubin, Handbook of Composites, Springer, 2001. 3. Doyle L.E., Manufacturing Process and Materials for Engineers, Prentice Hall, 2006. 4. John Dalmonte, Plastic Mould, John Wiley, 1990. 5. Mallick. P K, Fiber Reinforced Composites, Marcel Dekker Inc, 2006. 6. Introduction to plastics and composites, Miller, CRC press, 1997
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E../ B.Tech REGULAR 53 REGULATIONS 2015
SPR1303 PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY – II L T P C r e d i t s
T o t a l M a r k s
(For Mech & Prod) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To understand the Capstan and Turret lathe, semi automatic and automatic machines constructional features and working principles To understand the concepts of gear manufacture, CNC machines constructional features, working and programming To learn about various unconventional machining processes, the various process parameters and their influence on performance and their applications
UNIT 1 CAPSTAN AND TURRET LATHES 9 Hrs.
Capstan and turret lathes-types-Main parts-Attachment used-Methods of holding jobs-Tooling principle and operations of various types of tools-tool layout for typical components. Copying lathes- types-Main parts –working Principle-mechanical, Hydraulic mechanism
UNIT 2 SEMI-AUTOMATIC AND AUTOMATIC MACHINES 9 Hrs.
Automatic and semi Automatic type of lathes-Introduction, Classification of Automatics-sliding head, single speed-Swiss type automat-Turret automatic screw machines-Multi spindled automats-Kinematics arrangement – tool layout for single spindle and multi-spindle automats-Elements of Automatic feeding mechanisms-Bar stock feeding-Magazine feeding and hopper feeding.
Transfer Machines -Introduction-advantage-components and accessories.
UNIT 3 GEAR MANUFACTURING PROCESSES 9 Hrs.
Gear manufacture-different methods-gear hobbing and gear shaping machines-Specifications-Principles of operations-Applications Advantages-bevel gear generation-gear finishing and shaving-Grinding and lapping of Hobs and shaping cutters-gear honing, gear broaching for various types of gears.
UNIT 4 CNC MACHINE TOOLS AND PART PROGRAMMING 9 Hrs.
Numerical control (NC) machine tools – CNC: types, constructional details, special features – design considerations of CNC machines for improving machining accuracy – structural members – slide ways – linear bearings – ball screws – spindle drives and feed drives. Part programming fundamentals – manual programming – computer assisted part programming.
UNIT 5 NON CONVENTIONAL MACHINING 9 Hrs.
Introduction, Ultra sonic machining, Abrasive jet machining, Electrical Discharge machining, Electrical Discharge wire cut machining, Laser beam machining, Electron beam machining, Chemical machining, Electrochemical grinding; Thermal and non thermal analysis and applications
Max.45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Hajra Choudhury, C.J. Elements of Workshop Technology, Vol.I and Vol.II, Asia Publishing House, 2007.
2. Jain R K, Production Technology, Khanna Publication, 2001
4. Sharma P C, Production Technology, S Chand, 2007.
5. Yoram Koran Computer Control of Manufacturing Systems, McGraw Hill, 2005
6. Radhakrishnan P, Computer Numerical Control Machines, New Central Book Agency, 2008.
7. Groover, Automation, Production Systems and CIM, Prentice Hall, 2013.
8. Abdel, H. and El-Hofy, G. “Advanced Machining Processes”, McGraw -Hill, USA, 2005.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E../ B.Tech REGULAR 54 REGULATIONS 2015
SPR1304 INDUSTRIAL MECHATRONICS L T P C r e d i t s
T o t a l M a r k s
(For Mech, Mech & Prod & Auto) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To enable the student to understand the modern mechatronics components To present the underlying principles and alternatives for mechatronics systems design To provide the student with the opportunity for hands-on experience with the related components of the technology for diverse domains of application
UNIT 1 MECHATRONICS, SENSORS AND TRANSDUCERS 10 Hrs.
Introduction to Mechatronics Systems – Key elements, Information systems, Real time interfacing, Elements of data acquisition system. Sensors and Transducers – Performance Terminology – Sensors for Displacement, Position and Proximity; Velocity, Motion, Force, Fluid Pressure, Liquid Flow, Liquid Level, Temperature, Range sensors, Light Sensors, Humidity, Vibration. Special transducers - Piezoelectric transducer - Magnetostrictive transducer - Shape memory alloy (SMA) transducer. – Selection of Sensors.
UNIT 2 SIGNAL CONDITIONING 8 Hrs.
Signal Conditioning & Interfacing Microcontroller- Comparison between microprocessor and micro controller, organization of a microcontroller system, architecture of controller and Applications. Computer Numerical Control systems (a) Position and velocity control loops (b) Adaptive Control applications for machine tools like lathe, grinding etc. Digital Logic Control – Micro Processors Control.
UNIT 3 SYSTEM MODELS AND CONTROLLERS 10 Hrs.
Building blocks of Mechanical, Electrical, Fluid and Thermal Systems. Rotational – Translational Systems, Electromechanical Systems – Hydraulic – Mechanical Systems. Continuous and discrete process Controllers – Control Mode – Two Step mode – Proportional Mode – Derivative Mode – Integral Mode – PID Controllers – Digital Controllers – Velocity Control – Adaptive Control.
UNIT 4 PROGRAMMING LOGIC CONTROLLERS 9 Hrs.
PLC: Introduction to the design and mode of operation of programmable logic control (PLC) – Basic Structure – Input / Output Processing – Programming – Mnemonics – Timers, Internal relays and counters – Shift Registers – Master and Jump Controls – Data Handling – Analog Input / Output – Selection of a PLC.
UNIT 5 DESIGN OF MECHATRONICS SYSTEM 8 Hrs.
Introduction to MEMS, Micro sensors in mechatronics, Sensors for condition monitoring, Artificial intelligence in mechatronics, Stages in designing Mechatronics Systems – Traditional and Mechatronic Design Possible Design Solutions. Case studies of Mechatronics systems- Pick and place Robot- piece counting system, Autonomous mobile robot-Wireless surveillance balloon- Engine Management system- Automatic car park barrier.
Max.45 Hours.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Bolton, “Mechatronics”, Pearson education, second edition, fifth Indian Reprint, 2003 2. Smaili.A and Mrad.F, "Mechatronics integrated technologies for intelligent machines", Oxford university press, 2008 3. Rajput. R.K, A textbook of mechatronics, S. Chand & Co, 2007 4. Michael B. Histand and David G. Alciatore, “Introduction to Mechatronics and Measurement Systems”, McGraw-Hill
International Editions, 2000. 5. Bradley D. A., Dawson D., Buru N.C. and. Loader A.J, “Mechatronics”, Chapman and Hall, 1993. 6. Dan Necsulesu, “Mechatronics”, Pearson Education Asia, 2002 (Indian Reprint). 7. HMT, Mechatronics, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi 2004.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E../ B.Tech REGULAR 55 REGULATIONS 2015
SPR1305 CNC MACHINES L T P C r e d i t s
T o t a l M a r k s
(For Mech & Prod) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To enable the student to understand the CNC machine components To present the underlying principles and alternatives for CNC machine systems To provide the student with the opportunity for hands-on experience with the related components of the technology.
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION TO CNC MACHINES 9 Hrs.
History - Introduction to Numerical Control (NC) – Types of NC Machine tools - Advantages and disadvantages of CNC, block diagram of CNC - Principle of operation in CNC systems - Vertical and horizontal machining centers – NC Tooling- Preset tooling – Automatic tool changers – Direct Numerical Control (DNC) and Computer Numerical Control (CNC) machine
UNIT 2 TYPES OF CNC MACHINES 8 Hrs.
Types and constructional features of machine tools- Turning centres, machining centres, Applications Of Machining Process, EDMs, laser and water jet cutting machines, Design consideration, Axis representations, Various operating modes of a CNC machine.
UNIT 3 CONTROL UNITS 9 Hrs.
Functions of CNC, system hardware, Contouring control - interpolation, software development process. Parameters and diagnosis features. Interfacing with keyboard, monitor, servo drives, field inputs, outputs, feedback devices. Open architecture systems and PC based controllers. Stepper motor, servo principle, DC and AC servomotors
UNIT 4 SUB SYSTEMS IN CNC MACHINES 10 Hrs.
Fluid power systems - Hydraulic power pack - pumps, valves, cylinders, design of hydraulic circuits, functional diagram. Electrical systems - Switch gear items, limit switches, sensors, drives and controls, controls for CNC, motors, specification, variable drives, feed drives, feedback devices, spindle drives, interpolators, integral motors, linear motors
UNIT 5 CNC PROGRAMMING 9 Hrs.
ISO and EIA standards, G and M codes, lathe programming, machining centre programming, canned cycles, programming using CAM packages ACCESSORIES: Coolant pumps, filtering equipments, chip conveyor, dust extraction, mist control, air conditioning for control panels, automatic lubrication, door closing, safety windows
Max.45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Peter Smid, “CNC Programming Hand Book”, Industrial Press Inc., New York, 2007. 2. CMTI, “Machine Tool Design Hand Book”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2006. 3. Steve Krar, “Computer Numerical Control Simplified”, Industrial Press, 2001. 4. HMT, “Mechatronics”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1998. 5. Mehta N K, “Machine Tool Design”, Tata McGraw Hill Co., New Delhi, 2002. 6. Sen G C and Bhattacharya A., “Principles of Machine Tools”, New Century Book Agency, Calcutta, 2006. 7. Acharkan N, “Machine Tool Design”, Vol. 1 to 4, MIR Publications, Moscow, 1968. 8. Jonathan Lin.S.C., Computer Numerical Control from Programming to Networking, Delmar Publishers, 1994.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E../ B.Tech REGULAR 56 REGULATIONS 2015
SPR1306 PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL L T P C r e d i t s
T o t a l M a r k s
(For Mechanical) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To study production planning and control techniques information knowing across the various stages and various departments in manufacturing industries and to train them in process planning.
UNIT 1 PRINCIPLES OF PPC 9 Hrs
Introduction to PPC- Objectives and benefits of PPC – Organization for PPC -Factory planning – Production Systems – Job, Batch and Mass production – Elements of Product development and design – marketing, functional and operational aspects. Durability and dependability – standardization, specialization and simplification- Break even analysis-Economics of a new design.
UNIT 2 SALES FORECASTING 9 Hrs
Sales forecasting – needs and benefits – types of forecasting – trend analysis – regression lines and correlation analysis -simple problems – effect of forecasting on production order – accuracy of forecast – plant capacity and machine capacity – EOQ.
UNIT 3 PREPLANNING 9 Hrs
Production planning – process planning – economics of new design – value analysis, material layout planning– case studies – elements of MRP and ERP- Inventory Control , EOQ – Selective control systems – ABC, VED, FNS analysis – inventory control parameters
UNIT 4 PRODUCTION PLANNING 9 Hrs
Aggregate planning – Machine balancing – routing, scheduling and loading - information required and documentation – Process planning layout, route cards - priority scheduling – forward and backward scheduling – master production schedules.
UNIT 5 PRODUCTION CONTROL 9 Hrs
Phases of production control – principles and documents for dispatching, expediting and follow up – progress report – Gantt charts and Schedule graphs – Japanese techniques of production control – JIT system – kanban – system and procedures for PP & C, application of computers in PP & C
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Jain K.C and L.N Agarwal, “Production Planning and Industrial Management”, Oscar Publications, 2007.
2. Seetharama L.Narasimhan, Dennis W.McLeavy, Peter J.Billington, “Production Planning and Inventory Control”, PHI, 1997.
3. Kesavan,C.Elanchezhian and Vijaya Ramnath, Production Planning and Control”, Anuradha Publication,2008.
4. Buffa E.S., Modern Production Management – John Wiley, 1971.
5. Samual Eilon, "Elements of Production planning and Control", Mac Millan 1970
6. Stephen N, Chapman, "Fundamentals of Productions Planning and Control", Pearson Edition, India 2006
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E../ B.Tech REGULAR 57 REGULATIONS 2015
SPR1307 RESOURCE MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES L T P C Total. Marks
(For Mech, Mech&Prod, Aero & Auto) 2 1 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To develop in a student efficient and effective deployment of an organization's resources when they are needed. Such resources may include financial resources, inventory, human skills, production resources, or information technology.
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION AND LINEAR PROGRAMMING 9 Hrs.
Operations Research(OR)- Nature – Characteristics – Phases - Role of OR in Decision making - Outline of OR Models Linear Programming – Formulation of L.P.problems –Solution by graphical method, simplex method, Two Phase Method, Big M methods, Dual Simplex method (Qualitative)
UNIT 2 TRANSPORTATION AND ASSIGNMENT MODEL 9 Hrs.
Transportation problem – Initial Basic feasible solution- Northwest corner method, Least Cost method, Vogel’s approximation method – Test for optimality-MODI method. Assignment problems- Hungarian assignment models-Travelling salesman problems
UNIT 3 RESOURCE SCHEDULING AND NETWORK ANALYSIS 9 Hrs.
Problem of Sequencing – Problem with N jobs and 2 machines N Jobs 3 machines N Jobs and m machines and 2 Jobs m machines (Graphical method). Project Management -Basic concepts–Network construction and scheduling Critical Path Method (CPM) & Program evaluation review technique (PERT) and resource leveling by network techniques, time – Cost trade off.
UNIT 4 INVENTORY CONTROL 9 Hrs.
Inventory Control – Various Types of inventory models – deterministic inventory models – Production model, Purchase model– with and without shortage- Economic Order Quantity (EOQ) – Buffer stock – Shortage quantity, Probabilistic inventory models – Quantity Discount and Price Breaks
UNIT 5 QUEUEING THEORY AND REPLACEMENT MODELS 9 Hrs.
Queuing theory – Poisson arrivals and exponential service times, Single channel models only, Replacement policy for items whose maintenance cost increases with time- Consideration of time value of money - Replacement policy- Individual, Group replacement of items that fail completely and suddenly.
5. Hiller & Liberman., Introduction to Operations Research, 5th Edition, Mc Graw Hill, 2001
6. Ravindran,Phillips &Solberg, Operations Research: principles and practice, 2nd Edn., Wiley India Lts, 2007
7. Ronald L. Rardin, Optimization in Operations Research, Prentice Hall, 1998
END SEMESTER EXAMINATION QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 10 questions of 2 marks each - No choice 20 Marks
PART B : 2 questions from each unit of internal choice; each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E../ B.Tech REGULAR 58 REGULATIONS 2015
SPR1308 THEORY OF METAL CUTTING AND TOOL DESIGN L T P C r e d i t s
T o t a l M a r k s
(For Mech & Prod) 3 1 0 4 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To introduce students to basic conventional and non conventional production methods. To provide students with opportunities to develop their knowledge of metal cutting theory and cutting processes in various machine tools.
UNIT 1 THEORY OF METAL CUTTING 12 Hrs.
General motion of machine tools – Nomenclature of single point cutting tool – tool signature-Classifications of metal cutting – Orthogonal and Oblique cutting -– Mechanics of metal cutting – Chip formation–Types of chips, Chip thickness ratio - Chip control and Chip breakers – Merchant circle diagram and assumptions – stress-strain – velocity relations - Ernst- Merchant theory, Lee and Shaffer’s theory – Work done-power - Specific cutting energy- metal removal rate - Cutting force measurements – Dynamometers and strain gauges.
UNIT 2 TOOL LIFE AND TOOL WEAR 12 Hrs.
Tool life – Taylor’s tool life equation - Mechanism of tool wear – adhesion, abrasion and diffusion - Types of wear in metal cutting – Crater wear - Flank wear - Machinability - Economics of metal cutting operations – Cost analysis – Tooling, machining and non-productive costs - Tool life for minimum cost and maximum production – Cutting fluids – types - properties, direction of fluid application – Heat generation and temperature distribution in metal cutting– Measurement of tool-chip inter-face temperature.
UNIT 3 TOOL DESIGN 12 Hrs.
Tool design - Objectives and procedure - Types of tool materials - properties, selection and heat treatments - Design of single point and multipoint contact tools – turning tool, form tools (both graphical and analytical method), drills, milling cutters and broaches.
UNIT 4 PRESS TOOL DESIGN 12 Hrs.
Types of press - press specifications – operations - Press tool design - types of dies - simple, progressive and compound die – centre of pressure - clearance - punch force – punch design - die sets - types - selection - Shear action in cutting - cutting forces – reduction of cutting forces - stripping forces - press tonnage - methods to reduce force – pilot - stripper plate - pressure pad and automatic stops - center of pressure -- scrap strip layout.
UNIT 5 DIE DESIGN 12 Hrs.
Bending methods - bend radius - bending forces - bend allowance - spring back - bending pressure - design of bending die - forming –operations - types of forming dies – drawing - metal flow in drawing – factors affecting drawing - drawing dies - single and double action die - development of blank - drawing force - draw ratio – percentage reduction - design of drawing die.
Max. 60 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Acherkan N, Machine Tool Design, Volume 1 to 4, MIR Publishers, Moscow, 2000.
2. Sen G.C. and Bhattacharya. A, Principle of Metal Cutting – New Central Book Agency, 1988
3. Shaw M C. Metal cutting principles – CBS Publications, New Delhi, 2005
4. Bhattacharyya, Metal cutting – Central book publishers, Calcutta – 1996.
5. Geoffrey Boothroyed, Fundamentals of Metal Machining and Machine Tools, McGraw Hill International, 1996.
6. Donaldson C, Lecain G.H, Goold V.C, Tool Design – Tata McGraw Hill of India P Ltd, 1991.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E../ B.Tech REGULAR 59 REGULATIONS 2015
SPR1401 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING L T P C r e d i t s
T o t a l M a r k s
(For Mech & Prod) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To impart the knowledge about various industrial engineering techniques To impart the exposure on quality control, work study, facility planning and economics.
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 9 Hrs.
History, Development, Definition, Functions &Applications of Industrial Engineering. Tools and techniques of industrial engineering, Contribution of F.W.Taylor, Gilberth, Gantt and Maynard to the field of Industrial Engineering, Productivity: Definition-factors of productivity, productivity cycle - Productivity and living standards, total productivity; labor Productivity, measurement of productivity, improvement techniques of productivity- Japanese techniques responsible for higher productivity
UNIT 2 QUALITY CONTROL 9 Hrs.
Quality-Definition, types of inspection and procedure Statistical quality control - Basic theory of quality control, Process capability Control charts for variables - and R, relationship between control limits and specification limits. Control chart for fraction defective (p), control chart for number of defect (c) Acceptance quality level (AQL), lot tolerance percentage defective (LTPD), producer's risk, consumer's risk. Operating characteristic curve, simple problems.
UNIT 3 WORK STUDY 9 Hrs.
Definition, advantages and procedure of work-study. Difference between production and productivity, Factors to improve productivity,
Method Study: Definition, objectives and procedure of method study. Symbols, flow process chart (man-machine-material), flow diagram, machine chart, two hand chart Critical examination. Work Measurement -time study, definition, principle and method of time study Work Sampling - Definition, method, advantages and disadvantage of work sampling Applications.
UNIT 4 FACILITY PLANNING 9 Hrs.
Facility location, important factors affecting location decision, Cost and non cost factors, location theories, basic layouts, layout planning & designing for job, batch, mass production layout, hybrid layouts, computerized layout planning, Systematic layout Planning procedure-Computerized layout programs, Computerized Relative Allocation Facility Techniques (CRAFT), Computerized relationship Layout Planning (CORELAP) &Automated Layout Design program (ALDEP).
UNIT 5 ENGINEERING ECONOMICS 9 Hrs.
Economics- Definition, Scope, basic terms, Classification-Importance of Economics in Engineering, Demand-Law of Demand – Demand curve- Factors affecting demand- Demand Elasticity-Estimation of Demand Elasticity-Methods of Demand Forecasting- Trend, Projection, Correlation and Regression Methods – Problems in Demand Forecasting. Break Even Point- Applications of BEP - Problems- Limitations.
Max.45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Khanna. O.P., “Industrial Engineering and Management”, Dhanpat Rai Publications, 2010
2. Arun Viswanath V, Anoop S Nair and Sabu S L., “Industrial Engineering and Management”, Scitech Publications, 2013.
3. Mahajan.M, “Industrial Engineering and production Management”, Dhanpat Rai Publication, 2011.
4. Ray Wilde, Holt, Reinhardt, Wiston, Masaki Imai, Kaizen, “Production and Operations Management”, McGraw hill, 1991
5. Marthand Tselang, “Industrial Engineering and Production Management” – S. Chand & Co., 1998
6. Kjell Zandin, Harold Maynard, “Maynard s’ Handbook of Industrial Engineering and Management” – PHI, 2001
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E../ B.Tech REGULAR 60 REGULATIONS 2015
S P R 1 4 0 2 T O T A L Q U A L I T Y M A N A G E M E N T L T P C r e d i t s
To ta l Ma rks
(For Mech & Mech & Prod ) 3 0 0 3 1 0 0
COURSE OBJECTIVE
• To expose the students to the various quality control techniques and the design concepts for quality management system aspects in industries.
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 9 Hrs.
Definition of Quality, Dimensions of Quality, Quality Planning, Quality costs – Analysis Techniques for Quality Costs, Basic concepts of Total Quality Management, Historical Review, Principles of TQM, Leadership – TQM framework, Quality Council, Quality Statements, Strategic Planning, Deming Philosophy, Barriers to TQM Implementation.
UNIT 2 TQM PRINCIPLES 9 Hrs.
Customer satisfaction – Customer Perception of Quality, Customer Complaints, Service Quality, Customer Retention, Employee Involvement – Motivation, Empowerment, Teams, Recognition and Reward, Performance Appraisal, Benefits, Continuous Process Improvement – Juran Trilogy, Plan-do-study-act (PDSA) Cycle, 5S, Kaizen, Supplier Partnership – Partnering, sourcing, Supplier Selection, Supplier Rating, Re lationship Development, Performance Measures.
UNIT 3 QUALITY CONTROL TECHNIQUES 9 Hrs.
The seven tools of quality, Statistical Fundamentals – Measures of central Tendency and Dispersion, Population and Sample, Normal Curve, Control Charts for variables and attributes, Process capability, Concept of six sigma, New seven Management tools.
UNIT 4 TQM TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES 9 Hrs. Benchmarking – Reasons for Benchmark, Benchmarking Process, Quality Function Deployment (QFD) – House
of Quality, QFD Process, Benefits, Taguchi Quality Loss Function, Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) – Concept, Improvement Needs, Failure Mode and Effect Analysis (FMEA) – Stages of FMEA
UNIT 5 QUALITY SYSTEMS 9 Hrs.
Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems, ISO 9000:2000 Quality System – Elements, Implementation of Quality System, Documentation, Quality Auditing, QS 9000, ISO 14000 – Concept, Requirements and Benefits, Case studies of TQM implementation in manufacturing and service sectors including IT.
Max.45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Dale H.Besterfiled, “Total Quality Management”, Pearson Education India, Revised third edition, 2004
6. Narayana V and N.S. Sreenivasan, Quality Management – Concepts and Tasks, New Age International 1996.
7. Zeiri. “Total Quality Management for Engineers Wood Head Publishers, 1991.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E../ B.Tech REGULAR 61 REGULATIONS 2015
SPR1403 MODERN MANUFACTURING PROCESSES L T P Credits
Total Marks
(For Mechanical) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To understand the basic concepts of different machining process.
To understand the basic concepts of non traditional machining
UNIT 1 MECHANICAL PROCESSES 9 Hrs. Ultrasonic Machining- Elements of process, cutting tool system design, effect of parameters, economic
considerations, applications, limitations of the process, advantages and disadvantages. Abrasive Jet Machining-Variables in AJM, metal removal rate in AJM. Water Jet Machining- Jet cutting equipments, process details, advantages and applications
UNIT 2 ELECTROCHEMICAL AND CHEMICAL METAL REMOVAL PROCESSES 9 Hrs. Electrochemical Machining- Elements of ECM process, tool work gap, chemistry of the process, meta l removal
rate, accuracy, surface finish and other work material characteristics, economics, advantages, applications, limitations. Electrochemical Grinding – Material removal, surface finish, accuracy, advantages, applications.
UNIT 3 THERMAL METAL REMOVAL PROCESSES 9 Hrs. Electric Discharge Machining (EDM) or spark erosion machining processes, mechanism of metal removal,
spark erosion generators, electrode feed control, dielectric fluids, flushing. Electrodes for spark erosion, selection of electrode material, tool electrode design, surface finish, machining accuracy, machine tool selection and applications. Wire cut EDM. Laser beam machining (LBM) - Apparatus, material removal, cutting speed and accuracy of cut, metallurgical effects, advantages and limitations
UNIT 4 PLASMA ARC MACHINING (PAM) 9 Hrs. Plasma, non thermal generation of plasma, mechanism of metal removal, PAM parameters, equipments for
D.C. plasma torch unit, safety precautions, economics, other applications of plasma jets - Electron Beam Machining (EBM)– Generation and control of electron beam, theory of electron beam machining, process capabilities and limitations..
UNIT 5 ULTRASONIC MACHINING AND HYBRID PROCESSES 9 Hrs. Ultrasonic machining system, mechanics of cutting, process parameters, analysis, capability, grain growing
model, grain hammering model, limitations and applications Introduction, working principle, equipment, process parameters, process capabilities and applications of electro chemical grinding (ECG), electrical discharge g rinding (EDG), electro chemical discharge grinding (ECDG).
Max.45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Pandey P.C., Shan H.S., Modern Machining Processes – Tata McGraw Hill, 1980. 2. Ghosh and Malik, Machining Science Affiliated East-West Press, 2002. 3. Jain V.K., Unconventional Machining, 2004. 4. Benedict G.F. & Marcel Dekker Non Traditional Manufacturing Processes, 1995. 5. McGeongh Chapman J.A. and Hall - Advanced Methods of Machining, Kulwer Academic Publishers Group, 1988 6. Gunsekaran A., Agile Manufacturing, Elsevier, 2001. 7. Hartely J.R., Cambridge M.A., Concurrent Engineering by Productivity by Press, 1992.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks. PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks.
B.E./B.Tech REGULAR 62 REGULATIONS 2015
SAE1101 FUNDAMENTALS OF AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING L T P C r e d i t s T o t a l M a r k s
(For Aeronautical) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To familiarize with the basics of aircraft structures, aerodynamics systems & instruments.
To give exposure to the power plants cased in Aircraft
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 10 Hrs.
Early Airplanes- Pre Wright Brothers era, Wright Flyer, Components of an Airplane and their functions. Different Types of Flight Vehicles, Classifications. Conventional Control, Powered Controls, basic Instruments for flying, Typical Systems for control Actuation.
UNIT 2 AERODYNAMICS 7 Hrs. Evolution of Lift, Drag and Moment., types of wing plan forms, aerodynamic characteristics of Airfoils, concept of boundary layer, Mach Number, Maneuvers.
UNIT 3 AIRPLANE PROPULSION 11 Hrs.
Requirement of power to fly, balance of forces, various means of producing power for forward flight Basic Ideas about Piston, Turboprop and Jet Engines, Use of Propeller and Jets for Thrust Production. Comparative Merits, Principles of Operation of Rocket, Types of Rocket and typical applications, Exploration into Space.
UNIT 4 AIRPLANE STRUCTURES AND MATERIALS 10 Hrs.
General Types of Construction, Monocoque, Semi Monocoque and Geodesic Construction, Typical Wing and Fuselage Structure. Different materials from wood to super alloys for airplane and engine applications. M aterials for space vehicles, FRP materials.
UNIT 5 AIRWORTHINESS 7 Hrs. Airplane design, type certification and airworthiness certificate, Air Safety, Role of DGCA in air safety and regulatory authority, accident investigation
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Ralph D. Bent & James L. Mackinley, Aircraft Basic Science, 1988
2. Kroes et al, Aircraft Maintenance and Repair , GLENCOE,1993 3. Clark O. Millikan Airplane Aerodynamics, Wiley and sons 1942 Clark B.Millikan,1942
4. Richard S. Shevel, Fundamentals of flight Prentice Hall, 2010
5. Anderson, J.D., “Introduction to flight”, McGraw Hill, 1995 (Computational problems can be given as assignments)
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN:
SATHYABAMA UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks. PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks.
B.E./B.Tech REGULAR 63 REGULATIONS 2015
SAE1102 AIRCRAFT PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES L T P C r e d i t s T o t a l M a r k s
(For Aeronautical) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To get proper understanding about the aircraft component manufacturing technoiques casting,welding, machining, metal forming, power metallurgy etc.
UNIT 1 AIRCRAFT GENERAL ENGINEERING TOOLS & MEASUREMENTS 9 Hrs.
UNIT 2 LATHE AND SPECIAL PURPOSE LATHES 7 Hrs. Centre lathe, constructional features, cutting tool, geometry, various operations, taper turning methods, thread cutting methods; capstan and turret lathes; Automats – single spindle, multi spindle, automatic screw type.
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks.
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks.
B.E./B.Tech REGULAR 64 REGULATIONS 2015
SAE1201 AVIONICS L T P C r e d i t s T o t a l M a r k s
(For Aeronautical) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To introduce the basic of avionics and its need for civil and military aircrafts
To impart knowledge about he avionic architecture and various avionics data buses
To gain more knowledge on various avionics subsystems
UNIT 1 DISPLAYS TECHNOLOGY 10 Hrs. Basics of Avionics-Basics of Cockpits-Need for Avionics in civil and military aircraft and space systems –Early
flight deck-Attitude Direction Indicator-The Horizontal Situation Indicator-altimeter-Airspeed Indicator (ASI) -glass cockpit-Display system architectures-Electronic flight instrument systems -Combined EFIS ,EICAS/ECAM systems – CRT-The Active Matrix Liquid Crystal Display-Large area HDD-Three-dimensional and four-dimensional display formats -Touch screen – Direct voice input (DVI) -ARINC 818-Civil cockpit and military cockpit-MFDS, PFDS-HUD, HMD, HMI
UNIT 2 AVIONICS TECHNOLOGY 10 Hrs. Avionics Bus architecture–Data buses MIL–RS 232- RS422-RS 485-AFDX/ARINC-664-MIL STD 1553 B– ARINC
429–ARINC 629- Aircraft system Interface Digital data buses -integration of aircraft systems -Fiber-optic buses-avionics packaging – LRU-Integrated Modular Avionics-System design-Key agencies and documentation-certification techniques-US and European Specifications -Fault Tree Analysis-Failure Modes and Effects Analysis (FMEA)-Component reliability-Dispatch reliability-Systems Integration -Open architecture -definition of IMA cabinets – first-, second-, and third-generation Implementations - ‘V’ diagram -ETOPS and LROPS requirements
UNIT 3 SENSORS 8 Hrs. Air data - Air Data and Inertial Reference Systems (ADIRS) -Magnetic sensing - Magnetic Heading Reference
System (MHRS) - Inertial navigation -Inertial platforms –Strap down systems - Antenna Fundamentals ~Common Types of Antennas ~Fundamentals and Definitions-Nature of Radar and Applications, Simple form of Radar Equation, Radar Block Diagram and Operation, Prediction of Range Performance, Minimum Detectable Signal, Radar Receivers Radar sensors -Radar altimeter - Doppler radar -Weather radar
UNIT 4 NAVIGATION&LANDING AIDS 8 Hrs. Basic navigation - Radio navigation - Oceanic crossings - Inertial navigation - Satellite navigation -GPS -
Differential -Integrated navigation- phases of flight -Flight Management System (FMS)-FMS Control and Display Unit (FMS CDU) -FANS -Terrain Awareness and Warning System (TAWS)-GPWS and EGPWS - Satellite navigation systems-Instrument Landing System-Transponder Landing System -Microwave Landing System (MLS)
UNIT5 COMMUNICATIONS AND NAVIGATION AIDS 9 Hrs. Radio Frequency spectrum -Communications systems-HF-VHF-Satellite communications-Air Traffic Control (ATC)
transponder -Traffic Collision and Avoidance System-Communications control system-Navigation aids - Automatic Direction Finding -Very High Frequency Omni-Range-Distance Measuring Equipment –TACAN-VORTAC - - Airborne early warning -Ground surveillance -Electronic warfare principles
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Collinson R.P.G. “Introduction to Avionics”, Chapman & Hall Publications, 1996. 2. Cary R .Spitzer, “The Avionics Handbook”, CRC Press, 2000. 3. Civil Avionics Systems ,Ian Moir , Allan G Sea bridge, Professional Engineering Publishing Limited, London, UK,2003 4. Myron Kyton, Walfred Fried, Avionics Navigation systems, 2nd edition, John Willy & Sons,1997. 5. Albert D Helfrick, Modern Aviation Electronics: 2nd Ed., PHI, 1994 6. Skolnik M.I, Introduction to Radar Systems, McGraw hill, 2000.
(Computational problems can be given as assignments)
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks. PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks.
B.E./B.Tech REGULAR 65 REGULATIONS 2015
AIRCRAFT ELECTRICAL L T P C r e d i t s T o t a l M a r k s
S A E 1 2 0 2 AND ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3 100 (For Aeronautical)
COURSE.OBJECTIVES To study the basics of Electronics and electrical systems used for aircrafts.
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 5 Hrs. Electrical fundamentals - Electronic fundamentals -Semiconductor theory - Diodes -2.3 Transistors- Digital
fundamentals-Logic gates-Combinational logic systems – Mono stable devices - Bistable devices -Decoders - Encoders –Multiplexers- Bus systems-microprocessors –microcontrollers - Computers
UNIT 2 GENERATORS AND MOTORS BATTERIES & POWER SUPPLIES 9 Hrs. Description and applications of single - phase and three - phase motors. Connection and starting of three -
phase induction motors by star - delta starter. Motors used for driving pumps, compressors, centrifuge, Generator and motor principles - AC generators - Three-phase generation and distribution - AC motors - Practical aircraft generating systems – Storage cells - Lead-acid batteries - Nickel-cadmium batteries - Lithium batteries - Nickel-metal hydride batteries- Battery locations - Battery venting - Battery connections - Regulators - External power - Inverters - Transformer rectifier units - Transformers - Auxiliary power unit (APU) - Emergency power - Wiring and circuit protection - Construction and materials - specifications - Shielding/screening - Circuit protection - Electrical and magnetic fields - Electromagnetic interference - EMI reduction
UNIT 3 AC POWER GENERATION DC POWER GENERATION BASICS 12 Hrs. Types of alternator – alternator rectifier unit – constant speed alternator – wild frequency alternator – brush
less alternator – alternator control unit - synchronizing of alternator – charging and cooling - Disconnection and connection GCU: - Line contactors/ Transfer contactors Static invertors- testing the operation. Auto transformers. Current transformers- differential protection APU – purpose – operation – starting of engine– precautions to be observed before starting –– limitations of starting APU. DC generators – construction – Starter generator – checking and testing of generator parts – functional check of generator on aircraft. Paralleling of DC buses. TRUs and DC power generation.
UNIT4 DISTRIBUTION OF POWER SUPPLIES 12 Hrs. single engine/general aviation - Twin engine general aviation aircraft - Larger aircraft systems - Split bus
system - Parallel bus system - Split/parallel bus system - Standby and essential power - Battery charging - Control and protection - Load shedding - Fire and overheat protection - Engine/APU fire detection - Cargo bay/baggage area - Fire extinguishing
system - Galley equipment -In-flight entertainment (IFE) - Satellite communications -Multiplexing - Fiber optics -Air conditioning -Pressurization Air stairs
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Aircraft Electrical and Electronic Systems : Principles, operation and maintenance , Mike Tooley and David Wyatt , 2. Butterworth-Heinemann is an imprint of Elsevier USA , First edition, 2009
6. Mehta VK Basic Electronics;S Chand and Co., New Delhi
(Computational problems can be given as assignments)
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks. PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks.
B.E./B.Tech REGULAR 66 REGULATIONS 2015
S A E 1 2 0 3 INTRODUCTION TO AERODYNAMICS L T P C r e d i t s T o t a l M a r k s
(For Aeronautical) 3 1 0 4 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To Study the applications of the conservation laws to flow through pipes and hydraulic machines.
To understand the importance of dimensional analysis.
To understand the importance of various types of low in pumps and turbines.
To understand the properties of basic flows.
UNIT 1 FLUID PROPERTIES & EQUATIONS OF MOTION 14 Hrs. Properties of fluids–Specific gravity, specific weight, viscosity, compressibility, vapor pressure and gas laws –
capillarity and surface tension. Flow characteristics: concepts of system and control volume. Application of control volume to continuity equation, energy equation, momentum equation and Bernoulli’s principle and its applications– Orifice meter, venturimeter, pitot –tube.
UNIT 2 DIMENSIONAL ANALYSIS AND FLUID FLOW IN CLOSED CONDUICTS 13 Hrs.
Dimensional Analysis -, Buckingham Pi - theorem, Derivations and applications of important dimensionless numbers, basic modeling and similitude.Types of flow - velocity field and acceleration. Viscous fluid flow - Laminar and turbulent flow . Hagen - Poiseuille flow in circular pipes, Development of flow in pipes, Pipe friction, Darcy-Weisbach equation and chezy's formula, Pipe losses - Major and Minor losses - Problems of parallel, series and branched pipes.
UNIT3 DYNAMICS 11 Hrs.
Equation of streamline, Stream function, velocity potential, relation between stream function and velocity potential, circulation. Basic elementary flows–Source, sink, free and forced vortex, uniform parallel flow and their combinations, pressure and velocity distributions on bodies with and without circulation in ideal and real fluid flows. Magnus effect, D’Alembertz paradox and Karman vortex street.
UNIT 4 FLUID FLOW OVER BODIES 11 Hrs.
Boundary layer theory-boundary layer development on a flat plate, displacement thickness, momentum thickness, Energy thickness, momentum integral equation, drag on flat plate- Nature of turbulence, Separation of flow over bodies- stream lined and bluff bodies, Lift and Drag on cylinder and Aero foil
UNIT5 PUMPS AND TURBINES 11 Hrs.
Impact of jets Centrifugal Pumps: Definition–Operations–VelocityTriangles–Performancecurves–Cavitations– Multistaging. Hydraulic Turbines: Classification of hydraulic turbines – Working principle of Pelton wheel, Francis and Kaplan turbines –velocity triangles –draft tube–hydraulic turbine characteristics.
3. Irving H. Shames, Fluid Mechanics, 3rd Edition, McGraw-Hill.
4. Robert W. Fox and Alan T. McDonald, Introduction to Fluid Mechanics, 5th Edition, John Willey and Sons, Inc., U.K.
5. Douglas. J. F., Gasiorek. J. M., Swaffield. J. A., “Fluid Mechanics ELBS”, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall,2000.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks. PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks.
B.E./B.Tech REGULAR 67 REGULATIONS 2015
S A E 1 2 0 4 INTRODUCTION TO AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES L T P C r e d i t s Total Marks
(For Aeronautical) 3 1 0 4 1 0 0
COURSE OBJECTIVES
At the end of this course, the student will have knowledge about the behavior of aircraft structural members
Subjected to various types of forces. The subject can be mastered best by solving numerous problems
UNIT 1 CONCEPTOF SIMPLE STRESSES AND STRAINS 14 Hrs.
Concept of stress and strain, Hooke 's law-Tension, Compression, and Shear, stress-strain diagram-Poisson 's ratio, elastic constants and their relationship- Deformation of simple and compound bars. Thermal stresses– simple and Composite bars. Principal plane, principal stress, maximum shearing stress - Uniaxial, biaxial state of stress-Mohr 's circle for plane stresses.
UNIT2 ANALYSIS OF BEAMS 14 Hrs.
Types of beams and loads-shear force and bending moment diagrams for cantilevers, simply supported and overhanging beams. Theory of pure bending- assumptions in the simple bending theory, Flexure formula: its app lication to beams of rectangular, circular and channel, I&T Sections,: Combined direct and bending stresses in fore mentioned sections, composite/ flitched beams.
UNIT 3 DEFLECTION OFBEAMS 11 Hrs. Differential Equation of the Elastic Axis-Deflection and slope of beams-Double Integration, Area Moment and Macaulay’s methods for simply supported, Cantilever and overhanging beams.
UNIT4 STRESSES IN SHAFTS, HELICAL SPRINGS AND THIN PRESSURE VESSELS 10 Hrs. Torsion of Circular Shafts–Shear Stresses and Twist in Solid and Hollow Shafts. Closely Coiled Helical springs. Stresses in Thin Walled Pressure Vessels
UNIT5 COLUMNS AND FAILURE THEORIES 11 Hrs. Columns- Member subjected to combined bending and axial loads, Euler 's theory, Crippling load, Rankine 's theory
Failure theories - Maximum Stress theory – Maximum Strain Theory – Maximum Shear Stress Theory – Distortion Theory – Maximum Strain energy theory
Max.60 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Malhotra,D.R.andGupta,H.C. ,“The Strength of Materials”, Satya PrakasanTech.India Publications,NewDelhi,1987.
2. Kazimi.S.M.A., “Solid Mechanics”, TataMcGrawHill,1976.Dym.C.L.and Shames I.H.,Solid Mechanics”, McGraw hill, Kogakusha, Tokyo, 1973.
3. Timoshenko.S.,Young,"Elements of Strength of Material", VolI&II,T.VanNostrandCoInc,Princeton,N.J.1 988.
4. FerdinandP.Beer, and Rusel l Johnston,E .,”Mechanics of Materials”, SI Metric Edition,McGrawHill,201 1.
5. Rajput. R.K.,”Strength of materials”,FourthEdition,S.ChandLim ited,2007. (Computational problems can be given as assignments)
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks. PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks.
B.E./B.Tech REGULAR 68 REGULATIONS 2015
S A E 1 2 0 5 AERODYNAMICS- I L T P C r e d i t s Total Marks
(For Ae ronaut ica l ) 3 1 0 4 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To introduce the concepts of mass, momentum and energy conservation relating to aerodynamics.
To make the student understand the concept of vorticity, irotationality, theory of airfoils andwing sections.
To introduce the basics of viscous flow.
UNIT1 GENERAL INTRODUCTION AND POTENTIAL FLOW 12 Hrs.
Atmosphere, Air speeds, Aerodynamic definitions Types of Drag, General Aerodynamic characteristics of airfoil
(Computational problems can be given as assignments)
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks. PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks.
B.E./B.Tech REGULAR 69 REGULATIONS 2015
S A E 1 2 0 6 AIRCRAFT CONTROL ENGINEERING L T P C r e d i t s T o t a l M a r k s
(For Aeronautical) 2 1 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES To introduce the mathematical modeling of systems, open loop and closed loop systems and analyses in time domain and frequency domain. To impart the knowledge on the concept of stability and various methods to analyze stability in both time and frequency domain. To introduce sampled data control system.
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION TO CONTROL SYSTEMS 12 Hrs. Introduction - Examples of Control Systems - Closed-Loop Control Versus Open-Loop Control -1 An Overview and
Brief History of Feedback Control- Perspective on Feedback Control- Simple Feedback System-First Analysis of Feedback-Examples of Aircrafts systems - Mathematical Modeling of Control Systems - Transfer Function and Impulse-Response Function - Automatic Control Systems - Mathematical Modeling of Mechanical Systems signal flow graphs- block diagram reduction techniques - Mathematical Modeling of Electrical Systems ,Fluid Systems , Pneumatic Systems, Hydraulic Systems, Thermal Systems.
UNIT 2 TIME RESPONSE ANALYSIS 10 Hrs. Time response- test signals- order-First-Order -Second-Order –time domain specifications- type number –
Steady-State Errors in Unity-Feedback Control Systems – static error constants-steady state errors- - generalized error coefficients-
UNIT3 DESIGN BY ROOT-LOCUS METHOD 7 Hrs. Root-Locus Plots - Root-Locus Plots of Positive Feedback Systems - Root-Locus Approach to Control-Systems
Design - Lead Compensation Lag Compensation - Lag–Lead Compensation - Parallel Compensation – problems in aircraft systems
UNIT4 FREQUENCY-RESPONSE ANALYSIS 9 Hrs. Bode Diagrams - Polar Plots -Nyquist Stability Criterion - Closed-Loop Frequency Response of Unity-Feedback
Systems -Control Systems Design by Frequency-Response Approach - Lead Compensation Lag Compensation Lag–Lead Compensation - problems in aircraft systems
UNIT 5 STABILITY, CONTROLLERS, STATE SPACE METHODS 7 Hrs. The Concept of Stability - ,Routh’s Stability Criterion –Automatic Control Systems-Controllers-response with ,
PI,PD,PID-Effects of Integral and Derivative Control Actions on System Performance - Control Systems Analysis in State Space -Representations of Transfer-Function- Invariant State Equation - Controllability - Observability - Aircraft Flight Control System Example.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Katsuhiko Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall of Indiapublishers, New Delhi, 2006.
2. Norman S Nise, Control Systems Engineering, Wiley India, 4th ed, 2003 3. D’Azzo, Houpis, Feedback Control System Analysis and Synthesis, CRC Press, 2007 4. Gopal M. ,Control systems, Principle and Design, Tata McGraw Hill publishing NewDelhi, 1997.
5. Kuo B.C., Automatic control systems, Prentice Hall India ltd, New Dehli, 1995. 6. Mutambara, Design and Analysis of Control Systems, CRC Press, 2008 7. Roy Langton, Stability and Control of Aircraft Systems introduction to classical feedback control , john Wiley and Sons, USA,
2006
(Computational problems can be given as assignments)
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks. PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks.
B.E./B.Tech REGULAR 70 REGULATIONS 2015
S A E 1 2 0 7 AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS AND INSTRUMENTS L T P C r e d i t s T o t a l M a r k s
(For Aeronautical) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES To impart knowledge of the hydraulic and pneumatic systems components and types of instruments and its operation including navigational instruments to the students
UNIT 1 AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS 9 Hrs. Hydraulic Systems – Types of Hydraulic oil -and its properties. Study of Typical Workable System –
Components– Hydraulic System Components – Modes of Operation – Pneumatic Systems – Advantages – Working Principles –Components, case studies in modern aircrafts
UNIT 2 LANDING GEAR SYSTEMS 9 Hrs. Landing Gear Systems – Classification – Purpose and types of Shock Absorbers. construction and its
operation– LG -Retraction/extension Mechanism. Brake System types, components and advantages, anti -skid system. conventional and tubeless tires construction, advantages and common defects, modern advancements in tyre technologies
UNIT 3 AIRPLANE CONTROL SYSTEMS 9 Hrs. Conventional Systems –Modern Flight Control Systems Control Actuation Digital Fly By Wire systems –
Autopilot System -Active Control Technology – CCV, The Control Problem, Principles of actuation systems, Types of actuation systems. Actuators, Valves, Servo amplifiers pick-offs, Synchronous data transmission system
UNIT 4 FUEL AND ENVIRONMENTALCONTROLSYSTEM 9 Hrs. Fuel system – Layout, Types of fuel tanks, locations, control pressure, sequence of fuel consumption, venting
Basic Air Cycle Systems – Vapour Cycle Systems,– Evaporative Vapour Cycle systems – Evaporative air Cycle systems –Pressurization system – Principle-components-limitation- Oxygen systems – Fire Protection Systems, Deicing and Anti Icing Systems
UNIT 5 AIRCRAFT INSTRUMENTS 9 Hrs. Flight Instrument and Navigation Instruments – Accelerometers, Air data instruments-airspeed, altitude,
Vertical speed indicators. Static Air temperature, Angle of attack, Air Speed Indicators – Mach Meters – Altimeters – Gyroscopic Instruments – principles and Operation and types– Study of Various Types of Engine Instruments – Tachometers –Temperature Gauges – Pressure Gauges – Operation and Principles.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Mekinly, J.L. and Bent, R.D., “Aircraft Power Plants”, McGraw Hill, 1993. 2. Pallet, E.H.J., “Aircraft Instruments & Principles”, Pitman & Co., 1993. 3. Treager, S., “Gas Turbine Technology”, McGraw Hill, 1997. 4. Mckinley, K.L., and Bent, R.D., “Aircraft Maintenance & Repair”, McGraw Hill1993 5. General Hand Books of Airframe and Power plant Mechanics”, U.S. Dept. of Transportation, Federal Aviation Administration, .
the English Book Store, New Delhi, 1995.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E./ B.Tech REGULAR 71 REGULATIONS 2015
S A E 1 2 0 8 AIRCRAFT PERFORMANCE L T P C r e d i t s T o t a l M a r k s
(For Aeronautical) 2 1 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To study the performance of airplanes under various operating conditions and the static and dynamic response of aircraft for both voluntary and involuntary changes in flight conditions
UNIT 1 FORCE AND DRAG 9 Hrs. International Standard Atmosphere, Forces and moments acting on a vehicle in flight. Equations of motion of a rigid flight vehicle Various types of drags. Drag polar of vehicles from low speeds to hypersonic speeds.
UNIT 2 AIR BREATHING ENGINES AND ROCKETS 9 Hrs. Review of the variation of thrust/power and SFC with altitude and velocity, for various air breathing engines and rockets.
UNIT3 UNACCELERATED FLIGHT 8 Hrs. Performance of airplane in level flight, range, endurance. glide, climb, Maximum speed in level flight - Conditions for minimum drag and power required
UNIT4 ACCELERATED FLIGHT 9 Hrs. Accelerated flight, turn, maneuvers, take-off and landing. Flight limitations of pull up and push over - V-n diagram and load factor
UNIT 5 FLIGHT TESTING 10 Hrs. Flight - testing: Altitude definitions, Speed definitions, Air speed, altitude and temperature measurements. Errors and calibration. Measurement of engine power, charts and corrections. Flight determination of drag polar.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Edward Lewis Houghton, N. B. Carruthers, Aerodynamics for Engineering Students, Butterworth-Heineman,2003
2. Anderson J. D., Jr., Airplane Performance and Design, McGraw Hill Publishing Co., 1999 3. Jan Roskam, chuan- Tau Edward Lan, Airplane Aerodynamics and Performance, DAR Corporation, 2007.
4. Warren. F. Phillips, Mechanics of Flight, John Wiley and Sons, 2004.
5. Bandu N.Pamadi, Performance, Stability, Dynamics and Control of Airplane, AIAA,2004
(Computational problems can be given as assignments)
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks.
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks.
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks. PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks.
B.E./B.Tech REGULAR 72 REGULATIONS 2015
S A E 1 3 0 1 AERODYNAMICS-II L T P C r e d i t s Total Marks
(For Aeronautical) 3 1 0 4 1 0 0
(Usage of Gas table is permitted for End Semester Examination)
COURSE OBJECTIVES • To introduce the concepts of compressibility, • To make the student understand the theory behind the formation of shocks and
flows. • To introduce the methodology of measurements in Supersonic flows. UNIT 1 CONCEPTS OFCOMPRESSIBLE FLOW
Basic concepts of compressible flow, Review of continuity, energy and dimensional inviscid flow; Stagnation quantities; Isentropic conditions. Speed Isentropic relations; Area-velocity relation. Flow through constant area duct.
expansion fans in Supersonic
10 Hrs. momentum equations. One of
sound and Mach number;
UNIT 2 COMPRESSION AND EXPANSION WAVES 14 Hrs. Normal shock –Prandtl equation and Rankine–Hugonoit relation .Oblique shock and supersonic compression
by turning. Weak shocks and Mach waves; Super sonic expansion by turning. Prandtl-Meyerexpansion fan; Reflection and intersection of shocks. Shock detachment and bow shock; Shock Expansion theory with application to thin airfoils.
UNIT 3 FLOW THROUGH DUCTS 11 Hrs. Flow through converging and converging diverging ducts. Flow through constant area duct with friction (Fanno
flow)-fanno flow equations and solutions-variation of flow properties- variation of Mach number with duct length. Flow through constant area duct with heat addition (Rayleigh flow)- Rayleigh line, Rayleigh flow equations-variation of flow properties.
UNIT 4 LINEARIZED THEORY 14 Hrs. Small Perturbation Equation-Subsonic ,Supersonic and Transonic flows, Prandtl-Glauert affine transformation
relations for subsonic flows, Linearized subsonic and supersonic flow theory, Ackeret's problem; Lift, drag pitching moment andcenter of pressure of supersonic profiles-thin flat plate, Double wedged airfoils and Double concave airfoils.
UNIT 5 METHOD OF CHARECTERISTICS 11 Hrs. Method of characteristics; Compatibility equations and method of solutions for isentropic and nonisentropic
flows; Method of finite waves Critical Mach number of an airfoil- Lower and upper critical mach numbers, Lift and drag divergence, shock induced separation, Characteristics of swept wings, Effects of thickness, camber and aspect ratio of wings, Transonic area rule, Tip effects
Max. 60 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Shapiro, Ascher. H., The Dynamics and Thermodynamics of Compressible Fluid Flow (Vol I and II ),Ronald . Press,1953. 2. Anderson J. D., Jr., Modern Compressible Flow with Historical Perspective, McGraw Hill Publishing Co.,2004 3. Edward.R.C. Miles, Supersonic Aerodynamics, Dover, New York, 1950. 4. Radhakrishnan, Ethirajan., Gas Dynamics, John Wiley & Sons,2010 5. H W Liepmann and A Roshko, Elements of Gas Dynamics, John Wiley & Sons.
(Computational problems can be given as assignments)
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E./ B.Tech REGULAR 73 REGULATIONS 2015
S A E 1 3 0 2 AIRCRAFT PROPULSION L T P C r e d i t s T o t a l M a r k s
(For Aeronautical) 3 0 0 3 100
(Usage of Gas table is permitted for End Semester Examination)
COURSE OBJECTIVE To introduce basic concepts and salient features of engine components of jet propelled engines which are operated in atmosphere to students. This course is also aimed at making students familiarize with advanced jet propulsion methods like hypersonic propulsion
UNIT 1 FUNDAMENTALS OF GAS TURBINE ENGINES 9 Hrs.
Illustration of working of gas turbine engine – The thrust equation – Factors affecting thrust– Effect of pressure, velocity and temperature changes of air entering compressor – Methods of thrust augmentation – Characteristics of turboprop, turbofan and turbojet – Performance characteristics.
UNIT 2 INLETS AND NOZZLES 9 Hrs Types of inlet, Internal flow and Stall in subsonic inlets – Boundary layer separation – Major features of
external flow near a subsonic inlet – Supersonic inlets – Starting problem on supersonic inlets – Modes of inlet operation. Theory of flow in isentropic nozzles – nozzle choking – – Nozzle efficiency – Losses in nozzles – – Ejector and variable area nozzles – Interaction of nozzle flow with adjacent surfaces – Thrust reversal.
UNIT 3 COMBUSTION CHAMBERS 9 Hrs.
Classification of combustion chambers – Important factors affecting combustion chamber design – Combustion process – Combustion chamber performance – Effect of operating variables on performance – Flame tube cooling – Flame stabilization – Use of flame holders – Numerical problems.
UNIT4 COMPRESSORS 8 Hrs.
Principle of operation of centrifugal compressor – Work done and pressure rise – Velocity diagrams – Elementary theory of axial flow compressor – Velocity triangles – degree of reaction – Three dimensional flow – Air angle distributions for free vortex and constant reaction designs – Compressor blade design – Centrifugal and Axial compressor performance characteristics.
UNIT 5 TURBINES 10 Hrs.
Impulse and reaction blading of gas turbines – Velocity triangles and power output – Elementary theory – Choice of blade profile pitch and chord – Estimation of stage performance – Limiting factors in gas turbine design-Overall turbine performance –Methods of blade cooling – Matching of turbine and compressor.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Cohen, H. Rogers, G.F.C. and Saravanamuttoo, H.I.H. “Gas Turbine Theory”, Longman, 1989.
2. Oates, G.C., “Aero thermodynamics of Aircraft Engine Components”, AIAA Education Series, New York, 1985.
3. “Rolls Royce Jet Engine” – Third Edition – 1983.
4. Mathur, M.L. and Sharma, R.P., “Gas Turbine, Jet and Rocket Propulsion”, Standard Publishers & Distributors, Delhi, 1999.
5. Hill, P.G. & Peterson, C.R. “Mechanics & Thermodynamics of Propulsion” Addison – Wesley Longman INC, 1999
(Computational problems can be given as assignments)
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks. PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks.
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks.
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks.
B.E./B.Tech REGULAR 74 REGULATIONS 2015
S A E 1 3 0 3 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES L T P C r e d i t s T o t a l M a r k s
(For Aeronautical) 3 1 0 4 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To provide the students various methods for analysis of aircraft wings and fuselage.
To provide the behavior of major aircraft structural components.
UNIT 1 STATICALLY DETERMINATE AND INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES 14 Hrs. Truss: Analysis of plane truss–Method of joints–3DTruss. - Load transmission in multiple span beam-Clapeyron's Three Moment Equation- Moment Distribution Method.
UNIT 2 ENERGY METHODS 12 Hrs. Strain Energy due to axial, bending and Tensional loads-Castigliano's theorem-Maxwell's Reciprocal theorem ,Unit load method ,The principle of virtual work- application to beams ,trusses, Circular frames, rings,- redundant center.
UNIT 3 UNSYMMETRICAL BENDING 10 Hrs. Bending stresses in beams of unsymmetrical sections– Bending of symmetric sections with skew loads.non linear stress distribution.
UNIT 4 SHEAR FLO WIN OPEN AND CLOSED SECTIONS 13 Hrs.
Concept of shear flow, shear centre, Elastic axis. With one axis of symmetry, with wall effective and ineffective in bending, unsymmetrical beam sections. Bredt–Batho formula, Shear flow in single&multi cell structure sunder torsion.
UNIT 5 STRESS ANALYSIS IN WING AND FUSELAGE 11 Hrs.
Structural lay out of the Airplane and components, Structural design V-n diagram, loads acting on major components such as wing, fuselage, tails, landing gear etc., Concept of allowable stress and margin of safety.Procedure–Shear and bending moment distribution for semi cantilever and other types of wings and fuselage, thin webbed beam. With parallel and nonparallel flanges, Shear resistant web beams, Tension field web beams(Wagner’s).
Max: 60 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Megson, T.M.G., “Aircraft Structures for Engineering Students”, Edward Arnold, 1995.
2. Bruhn. E.H. “AnalysisandDesign of FlightvehiclesStructures”,Tri– stateoff set company,USA, 1985.
3. Millard V.Barton, ‘Fundamentals of Aircraft Structures ”Prentice Hall, 1948 4. Timoshenko,S., “Strengthof Materials”,Vol.I andII, PrincetonD. Von Nostrand Co,1990.
5. Donaldson, B.K., “Analysis of Aircraft Structures– An Introduction”,McGraw-Hill, 1993.
(Computational problems can be given as assignments)
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E./ B.Tech REGULAR 75 REGULATIONS 2015
S A E 1 3 0 4 AIRCRAFT STABILITY AND CONTROL L T P C r e d i t s T o t a l M a r k s
(For Aeronautical) 3 1 0 4 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To get clear cut idea about the stability of aircraft at various flight conditions.
UNIT 1 BASIC CONCEPTS 11 Hrs. Aircraft Axis System, Coordinate Transformation, Aircraft Force Equations, Moment Equations, Basic Concept Of Stability And Control, Longitudinal And Lateral- Directional Equations, Kinematic Equation
UNIT 2 LONGITUDINAL DYNAMIC STABILITY AND CONTROL 12 Hrs. Stick - fixed stability, control effectiveness, hinge moment, tabs, aerodynamic balancing, effects of freeing the stick. Control forces and force gradients. Critical conditions for stability and control.
UNIT 3 MANEUVERABILITY 11 Hrs. Effect of maneuvers. Longitudinal dynamic stability, equations of motion of a disturbed aircraft, stability derivatives, characteristic equation for stick fixed case, modes and stability criterion, effect of freeing the stick.
UNIT 4 DYNAMIC STABILITY 11 Hrs. Brief description of lateral and directional dynamic stability- spiral, divergence and Dutch roll. Response, automatic control, autorotation and spin. Determination Of Neutral Points And Maneuver Points In Flight Tests
UNIT5 MODERN CONTROL THEORY 15 Hrs.
Classical Vs modern control theory, introduction – state-space modeling, canonical transformation, controllability and observability, state-feedback design, application of modern control theory to aircraft autopilot design- stability augmentation, autopilot design, state observer, optimal control, problems . Introduction to aircraft autopilot design using classic control theory. Introduction to nonlinear problems in aircraft flight dynamics - Inertia coupling. - High angle of attack phenomena - Flexibility effects -Divergence.
Max.60 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Thomas R. Yechout, ‘An introduction to Aircraft Flight Mechanics’, AIAA educational Series; 2003.
2. Bernard Etkin, Lloyd Duff Reid, Dynamics of Flight, Stability & Control, 3rd ed, John Wiley & Sons, 1995
3. Malcom J Abzug, E E. Larrabee, Airplane Stability & Control , 2nd ed, Cambridge University Press,, 2002
4. Nelson. R.C., Flight Stability and Automatic Control, McGraw Hill, 1989.
(Computational problems can be given as assignments)
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks.
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks.
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E./ B.Tech REGULAR 76 REGULATIONS 2015
S A E 1 3 0 5 EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS L T P C r e d i t s T o t a l M a r k s
(For Aeronautical) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To get knowledge about various experimental methods in aerodynamics
To know about the functions of various wind tunnels
To get idea about flow visualization techniques.
UNIT 1 WIND TUNNEL TESTING 5 Hrs. Introduction - Need of experiments - Wind tunnel - Classification of wind tunnels- Applications of wind tunnels - Model making, non-dimensional simulation Parameters
UNIT 2 LOW SPEED WIND TUNNELS 11 Hrs.
Irregularities of flow in low speed tunnels, Reduction of turbulence - Effect of screens on turbulence - Honeycombs - Wind tunnel contractions -The diffuser, Losses in wind tunnel circuit, Power requirements, Power economy by pressurization - Power economy by choice of working fluid - Power economy by reduction in stagnation temperature.
UNIT 3 HIGH SPEED WINDTUNNEL 13 Hrs.
Types of high speed tunnels , Supersonic wind tunnels - Test section flow parameters - Dynamic pressure - Mass flow rate - Test section velocity -Maximum velocity - Free stream Reynolds’s number, Components of supersonic wind tunnels - Air storage tanks - Settling chamber /wide angle diffusers -Convergent-divergent (C-D) nozzle – Diffuser, Power required for the operation of supersonic wind tunnels, Closed circuit supersonic wind tunnel, Actual flow in the supersonic wind tunnel - Starting the wind tunnel with the model in the test section, Sizing of the wind tunnel model, Problems in the operation of the supersonic wind tunnel - Condensation and Liquefaction, Shock tubes –operation and equations.
UNIT 4 FLOW VISUALIZATION AND ANALOGUE METHODS 7 Hrs.
Principles of Flow Visualization – Hele-Shaw apparatus - Interferometer – Fringe-Displacement Method, Schlieren system – Shadowgraph -.Smoke and tuft grid techniques – dye injection special techniques- Hydraulic analogy – Hydraulic jumps – Electrolytic tank.
UNIT 5 MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES 9 Hrs. Steady and unsteady pressure, velocity and temperature measurements – Force and moment measurements, three components and six components balances – internal balances – Principles of Hotwire anemometer, PIV, LDV.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Bendat J. S., and Peirsol A. G., “Random Data Analysis and Measurement Procedures”, 4th Edition, Wiley, 2010.
2. Rathakrishnan. E “Instrumentation, Measurement and Experiments in Fluids” ,CRC Press, London, 2007 3. Goldstein R. J. (Ed.), Francis T., “Fluid Mechanics Measurements”, Taylor Francis, Washington 1996.
4. W-J Yang, “Handbook of Flow Visualization”, 2nd Edition, Taylor and Francis, 2001.
5. Tropea C., Yarin A., Foss F. J. (Eds.), “Handbook of Experimental Fluid Mechanics”, Springer, 2007
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E./ B.Tech REGULAR 77 REGULATIONS 2015
HEAT TRANSFER TECHNIQUES L T P C r e d i t s T o t a l M a r k s
S A E 1 3 0 6 FOR AEROSPACE APPLICATIONS 3 1 0 4 100 (For Aeronatical)
(Heat and mass transfer Data Book is permitted for END SEMESTER Examination)
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To impart knowledge on various modes of heat transfer and methods of solving problems. Also To give exposure to numerical methods employed to solve heat transfer problems.
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION AND CONDUCTION HEAT TRANSFER 12 Hrs.
Basic modes of heat transfer – One dimensional steady state heat conduction – Cartesian, cylindrical and spherical coordinates – Composite medium – Critical thickness – Effect of variation of thermal conductivity – Extended surfaces. Conduction with heat generation. Unsteady state heat conduction – Heat transfer analysis of Lumped system, Semi infinite and infinite solids – Use of Transient-Temperature charts - Applications of numerical techniques.
UNIT 2 CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER 12 Hrs.
Introduction-Forced convection-Development of velocity and thermal boundary layer by a flow on a vertical flat plate – Laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer analysis in flows over a flat plate, circular pipe and spherical surface. Free convective heat transfer over vertical flat plate, cylinders and spheres – Empirical relations , applications of numerical techniques in problem solving.
UNIT 3 RADIATIVE HEAT TRANSFER 12 Hrs. Introduction – Physical mechanism of radiation – Radiation properties – Characteristics of surfaces- Emissivity – Radiation shaper factor – Heat exchange between non-black bodies – Radiation shields.
UNIT 4 HEAT EXCHANGERS 12 Hrs. Classification of heat exchangers – Temperature distribution – Overall heat transfer coefficient – Heat exchange analysis – LMTD Method and E-NTU Method.
UNIT 5 HIGH SPEED FLOW HEAT TRANSFER 12 Hrs High-Speed flow heat transfer - Heat transfer problem in gas turbine combustion chamber-ablative heat transfer- Aerodynamic heating – Rocket thrust chambers - Numerical treatment.
Max. 60 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Holman J.P, “Heat Transfer”, McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc., New York, 6th Edition, 1991.
2. Yunus A. Cengel, Heat Transfer – A Practical Approach Tata McGraw Hill Edition, 2003
3. S.C. Sachdeva, “Fundamentals of Engineering Heat & Mass Transfer”, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi, 1981.
4. John H. Lienhard, “A Heat Transfer Text Book”, Prentice Hall Inc., 1981.
5. MathurM.Sharma, R.P., “Gas Turbine and Jet and Rocket Propulsion”, Standard Publishers, New Delhi, 1988.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks.
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks.
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks.
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks.
B.E./B.Tech REGULAR 78 REGULATIONS 2015
S A E 1 3 0 7 AEROSPACE PROPULSION L T P C r e d i t s T o t a l M a r k s
(For Aeronautical) 2 1 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To impart knowledge in non air-breathing and hypersonic propulsion methods to students so thatthey are familiar with various propulsion technologies associated with space launch vehicles,missiles and space probes.
UNIT 1 RAMJET PROPULSION 9 Hrs.
Operating principle – Sub critical, critical and supercritical operation – Combustion in ramjet engine – Ramjet performance – Sample ramjet design calculations – Introduction to scramjet– Preliminary concepts in supersonic combustion – Integral ram- rocket- Numerical problems.
UNIT 2 FUNDAMENTALS OF ROCKET PROPULSION 9 Hrs. Operating principle – Specific impulse of a rocket – internal ballistics- Rocket nozzle classification – Rocket performance considerations – Numerical Problems.
UNIT 3 ROCKET SYSTEM 9 Hrs.
Ignition System in rockets – types of Igniters – Igniter Design Considerations – Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber, Injector Propellant Feed Lines, Valves, Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems – Propellant Slosh and Propellant Hammer
UNIT 4 CHEMICAL ROCKETS 9 Hrs.
Solid propellant rockets – Selection criteria of solid propellants – Important hardware components of solid rockets – Propellant grain design considerations – Liquid propellant rockets – Selection of liquid propellants – Thrust control in liquid rockets – Cooling in liquid rockets – Limitations of hybrid rockets – Relative advantages of liquid rockets over solid rockets- Numerical Problems.
UNIT 5 ADVANCED PROPULSION TECHNIQUES 9 Hrs. Electric rocket propulsion – Ion propulsion techniques – Nuclear rocket – Types – Solar sail-Preliminary Concepts in nozzle less propulsion.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Sutton, G.P., “Rocket Propulsion Elements”, John Wiley & Sons Inc., New York, 5thEdn., 1993.
2. Hill, P.G. & Peterson, C.R. “Mechanics & Thermodynamics of Propulsion” Addison – Wesley Longman INC, 1999.
4. Gorden, C.V., “Aero thermodynamics of Gas Turbine and Rocket Propulsion”, AIAA Education Series, New York, 1989.
5. Mathur, M., and Sharma, R.P., “Gas Turbines and Jet and Rocket Propulsion”, Standard Publishers, New Delhi, 1988.
(Computational problems can be given as assignments)
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E./ B.Tech REGULAR 79 REGULATIONS 2015
S A E 1 3 0 8 AIRCRAFT DESIGN L T P C r e d i t s T o t a l M a r k s
(For Aeronautical) 2 1 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To get clear cut idea about aerodynamic design, aircraft structural design and power plant design
UNIT 1 PRELIMINARY DESIGN 11 Hrs.
Introduction, Aircraft Design Requirements, specifications, role of users, Aerodynamic and Structural Consideration, Importance of weight. Airworthiness requirements and standards. Classifications of airplanes. Special features of modern airplane, Airplane Weight Estimation, Weight estimation based on type of airplane, trends in wing loading, weight-estimation based on mission requirements, iterative approach.
UNIT 2 AERODYNAMIC DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE 10 Hrs.
Basics of Wing Design, Selection of airfoil selection, influencing factors. Span wise load distribution and plan form shapes of airplane wing. Stalling,take-off and landing considerations. Wing drag estimation. High lift devices, Air Loads in Flight, Symmetrical measuring loads in flight, Basic flight loading conditions, Load factor, Velocity - Load factor diagram, gust load and its estimation, Structural limits.
UNIT 3 STRUCTURAL DESIGN 10 Hrs.
Cockpit and aircraft passenger cabin layout for different categories, types of associated structure, features of light airplanes using advanced composite materials, Structural aspects of design of airplane, Bending moment and shear force diagram. Design principles of all metal stressed skin wing for civil and military applications.
UNIT 4 POWER PLANT DESIGN 7 Hrs.
Estimation of Horizontal and Vertical tail volume ratios. Choice of power plant and various options of locations, considerations of appropriate air –intakes .Integration of wing, fuselage, empennage and power plant. Estimation of center of gravity.
UNIT 5 ADVANCED DESIGN CONCEPTS 7 Hrs
Supercritical Wings, relaxed static Stability, controlled configured vehicles, V/STOL aircraft and, rotary wing vehicles .Layout peculiarities of supersonic aircraft – optimization of wing loading to achieve desired performance – loads on undercarriages and design requirements.
Review of Basic Equations of Mechanics and Materials and Linear Elasticity in 3D and 2 -D plane stress and plane
strain - Number of elastic constants for different materials. Stress-Strain Relations for a unidirectional and orthotropic
lamina using macro Mechanics Analysis. Micro Mechanics-Effective Moduli of a continuous fiber-reinforced lamina -
Models based on mechanics of materials, theory of elasticity.
UNIT 3 MECHANICS OF COMPOSITE LAMINA AND SANDWICH PANELS 9 Hrs.
Failure of Continuous Fibre-reinforced orthotropic Lamina ,Maximum stress/strain criteria, Tsai-Hill and Tsai-Wu
criterion. Hygrothermal effects on material properties on response of composites. Basic concepts of sandwich
construction-Materials used for sandwich construction –Failure modes of sandwich panels.
UNIT 4 MECHANICAL BEHAVIOUR OF COMPOSITE LAMINATES 7 Hrs.
Classical lamination theory- A,B,D matrix for symmetric, Anti-symmetric, non-symmetric and quasi isotropic
laminates. Determination of mid plane strains and curvatures .Inter laminar stresses. Effects of stacking sequence, Design
guidelines.
UNIT 5 BENDING, BUCKLING AND VIBRATIONS OF LAMINATED BEAMS AND PLATES 11 Hrs.
Governing equations and boundary conditions, Solution techniques, deflection of composite beams and plates under
transverse loads for different boundary conditions, buckling of laminated beams and plates under in -plane loads, vibration of
laminated beams and plates under different boundary conditions..
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Autar K .Kaw Mechanics of Composite Materials, CRC Press 1997
2. Jones, R.M., Mechanics of Composite Materials, 2ndEdition, Taylor &Francis, Philadelphia, PA, 1999
3. Kollar L. P, George S,” Mechanics of Composite Structures” -. Springer, Cambridge University Press.
4. Agarwal, B.D.,and Broutman, L.J., “Analysis and Performance of Fiber Composites”, John Wiley and sons. Inc., New
York, 1995.
5. Madhujit Mukhopadhyay, Orient Longman “Mechanics of Composite Materials and Structures”.
(Computational problems can be given as assignments)
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E./ B.Tech REGULAR 81 REGULATIONS 2015
S A E 1 4 0 2 ROCKETRY AND SPACE DYNAMICS L T P C r e d i t s T o t a l M a r k s
(For Aeronautical) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To give exposure on important topics like rocket motion, rocket aerodynamics and staging & control of rockets to students to enrich their knowledge in the area of missile flight
UNIT 1 ROCKETS SYSTEM 9 Hrs.
Ignition System in rockets – types of Igniters – Igniter Design Considerations – Design Consideration of liquid Rocket Combustion Chamber, Injector Propellant Feed Lines, Valves, Propellant Tanks Outlet and Helium Pressurized and Turbine feed Systems – Propellant Slosh and Propellant Hammer – Elimination of Geysering Effect in Missiles – Combustion System of Solid Rockets.
UNIT 2 AERODYNAMICS OF ROCKETS 9 Hrs.
Airframe Components of Rockets – Forces Acting on a Rocket While Passing Through Atmosphere – Classification of rockets – methods of Describing Aerodynamic Forces and Moments – Lateral Aerodynamic Moment – Lateral Damping Moment and Longitudinal Moment of a Rocket – lift and Drag Forces – Drag Estimation – – Rocket Dispersion – Numerical Problems
UNIT 3 BASIC CONCEPTS 9 Hrs. The Solar System – References Frames and Coordinate Systems – The Celestial Sphere – The Ecliptic – Motion of Vernal Equinox – Sidereal Time – Solar Time – Standard Time – The Earth’s Atmosphere.
UNIT 4 THE GENERAL N-BODY PROBLEM 9 Hrs.
The many body Problem – Lagrange – Jacobian Identity –The Circular Restricted Three Body Problem – Libration Points- Relative Motion in the N-body Problem –Two –Body Problem – Satellite Orbits – Relations Between Position and Time – Orbital Elements.
UNIT 5 ORBIT DYNAMICS 9 Hrs.
Basic physical principles, Two body problem, Moment of momentum, Equation of motion of a particle in a central force field, Time and Keplerian orbits, Keplerian orbits in space, Perturbed orbits: Non -Keplerian orbits, Perturbing forces and their influence on the orbit, Perturbed geostationary orbits, Euler –Hill equations
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Sutton, G.P., “Rocket Propulsion Elements”, John Wiley, 1993.
2. Van de Kamp, P., “Elements of Astro-mechanics”, Pitman, 1979.
3. Parker E.R., “Materials for Missiles and Spacecraft”, McGraw-Hill Book Co. Inc., 1982
4. Cornelisse, J.W., “Rocket Propulsion and Space Dynamic”, W.H. Freeman & Co., 1984.
(Computational problems can be given as assignments)
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks.
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks.
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks.
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks.
B.E./B.Tech REGULAR 82 REGULATIONS 2015
S A E 1 4 0 3 AVIATION MANAGEMENT L T P C r e d i t s T o t a l M a r k s
(For Aeronautical) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE To apply planning, controlling and organizing principles in the air transportation sectors
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 9 Hrs. Introduction to Aviation Management – Aviation – Aviation Sector in India - Civil Aviation – Airport – Air Traffic
Control – International Air Transport Association (IATA) – Fact Sheet – Financial Services – IATA at the Air Transport Industry - IATA Industrial Priorities – IATA Partners – IATA Corporate and Corporate Governance Structure – IATA Human Capital – IATA Committee’s – Cargo, Mandate, Environment, Financial, Legal, Operations, Industry Affairs – Rules and Regulations of the Industry Committee
UNIT 2 ICAO 9 Hrs. International Civil Aviation Organization – Aerosol Aviation Services Corporation – Aviation Management
Consulting Group - AOPA – International Association of Airport Executives – Federal Aviation Interactive Reporting Systems - Aircraft Regulations and Guidance – Convention on International Civil Aviation – Inter Agency Committee for Aviation Policy – Active Level of Services Reviews – Aircraft Engineers International Affiliation – AVSEC Rules and Regulations – Overview of Indian Air Travel – Case Study
UNIT 3 AIR LAW 9 Hrs. The Distinctiveness and Content of International Aviation Law - Introduction to the Chicago Convention - The
Geneva Convention (1948) - The Tokyo Convention (1963)- The Hague Convention (1970)- The Montreal Convention (1971) - The Cape Town Convention (2001)The International Civil Aviation Organization - Public and Private International Aviation Law The Role of International - The Freedoms of the Air - The International Law Regime for Airline Investment - and Global Alliances - . Circumventing the Nationality Rule: Global Alliances - The International Law Regime for Aircraft Financing - and Aircraft Nationality - International Aircraft Financing - Third-Party Effects of Secured Financing of Aircraft - Overview of International Aircraft Leasing
UNIT 4 AIR SAFETY 9 Hrs. Air Safety – FAA Aviation Safety Draft Documents – Aircraft Management Interagency Committee for Aviation
Policy Safety Standards – Aircraft Management Safety Standards Guidelines for Federal Flight Programmes – National Transportation Safety Board – Airline Water Supplies – JFIM
UNIT 5 AVIATION INDUSTRY 9 Hrs. Overview of Contemporary Global Industry – Airline Industry Profitability – Present State of the Air Transport Industry – Aviation Industry – Global Aviation Industry – Indian Aviation- Case Studies
2. “Aircraft Manual – Volume 1 and Volume 2”, Sterling Book House. 3. Kathleen M. Sweet, “Aviation and Airport Security”, Pearson Education, 2004 4. “Aircraft Manual – Volume 1 and Volume 2”, Sterling Book House
5. Senguttuvan P.S, “Fundamentals of Air Transport Management”, Excel Books, First Edition 2006
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E./ B.Tech REGULAR 83 REGULATIONS 2015
S A U1 2 0 1 FUELS AND LUBRICANTS L T P Credits T o t a l M a r k s
(For Automobile) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To understand the manufacturing, properties and testing of fuels and lubricants used in automotive applications
UNIT 1 MANUFACTURE OF FUELS AND LUBRICANTS 8 Hrs.
Structure of petroleum, refining process, fuels, thermal cracking, catalytic cracking, polymerization, alkylation, isomerisation, blending, products of refining process, manufacture of lubricating oil base stocks, manufacture of finished automotive lubricants, distillation curve
UNIT 2 THEORY OF LUBRICATION 7 Hrs.
Engine friction: introduction, total engine friction, effect of engine variables on friction, hydrodynamic lubrication, elastic hydrodynamic lubrication, boundary lubrication, bearing lubrication, functions of the lubrication system, introduction to design of a lubricating system.
UNIT 3 LUBRICANTS 10 Hrs.
Specific requirements for automotive lubricants, oxidation deterioration and degradation of lubricants, additives and additive mechanism, synthetic lubricants, classification of lubricating oils, properties of lubricating oils, tests on lubricants, grease, classification, properties, test used in grease.
UNIT 4 PROPERTIES AND RATING OF FUELS 10 Hrs.
Types of fuels, liquid and gaseous fuels, heating value of fuels, higher and lower heating values, chemical structure of hydro-carbons SI engine fuels, volatility characteristics, desirable characteristics of SI engine fuels, knock rating and additives, alternate fuels for SI engines, CI engine fuels, desirable characteristics, cetane rating, alternate fuels for CI engines, biodiesels.
UNIT 5 COMBUSTION & ANALYSIS 10 Hrs.
Stoichiometry - calculation of theoretically correct air required for combustion of liquid and gaseous fuels, volumetric and gravimetric analysis of the dry products of combustion, mass of dry gas per kg of fuel burnt, mass of carbon in the exhaust gas, mass of carbon burnt to carbon-monoxide per kg of fuel, heat loss due to incomplete combustion, exhaust gas analysis by Orsat apparatus.
Max. 45Hours.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Ganesan. V. “Internal Combustion Engines”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co., New Delhi, 2003.
5. Francis. W “Fuels and Fuel Technology”,Published by Pergamon Press Inc, 1980.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks.
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks.
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks.
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks.
B.E./ B.Tech REGULAR 84 REGULATIONS 2015
S A U1 2 0 2 AUTOMOTIVE ENGINES L T P Credits T o t a l M a r k s
(For Automobile) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE To understand the basic principles of engines used for automobiles and working principle of different systems
UNIT 1 CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATION 9 Hrs.
Fundamentals of I.C Engine, engine nomenclature, constructional details of Spark Ignition (SI) and compression Ignition (CI) engines, working principles, two stroke SI and CI engines, comparison of SI and CI engines and four stroke and two stroke engines ,engine classification, firing order. Otto, diesel and dual cycles, theoretical & actual valve timing & port timing diagram.
UNIT 2 SI ENGINES 9 Hrs.
Air fuel ratio requirements – carburetion – types of carburetor,automobile carburetor, injection system in SI engines –MPFI & GDI system ignition system – battery coil, magneto & electronic ignition system, combustion in SI engines – combustion chambers, factors controlling combustion chamber design, stages of combustion – factors affecting flame propagation, turbulence air motion, knock in SI engines, variables affecting knocking.
UNIT 3 CI ENGINES 9 Hrs
Diesel fuel injection system, CRDI system,function of components, jerk type pump, distributor pump, mechanical and pneumatic governor, fuel injector, types of nozzle, importance of swirl, squish and air motion, combustion in CI engines – combustion chambers, factors controlling combustion chamber design, stages of combustion, factors affecting ignition delay, knock in CI engines, variables affecting knocking.
UNIT 4 AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9 Hrs
Types of supercharging and turbo charging, relative merits, matching of turbocharger, cooling system - types of cooling systems- air and liquid cooling systems, thermo siphon and forced circulation and pressurized cooling systems – lubrication system - requirements of lubrication systems, types-mist, pressure feed, dry and wet sump systems.
UNIT 5 PERFORMANCE TESTING AND MODERN ENGINE TECHNOLOGY 9 Hrs
Necessity and limitations, charge cooling, basic performance parameters, performance characteristics, factors affecting performance characteristics, performance maps - SI and CI engines, heat balance test, morse test, introduction to modern engine technologies - lean burn engines, stratified charged engines, low heat rejection engines, homogeneously charged compression ignition engines engine management systems.
Max. 45Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Ganesan.V, “Internal Combustion Engines”4th edition, Tata McGraw Hill publication 2011
2. Rajput R. K, “A textbook of Internal Combustion Engines”, 2nd edition, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd, 2007.
3. Mathur and Sharma “Internal Combustion Engines” “Dhanpat Rai and Sons Publication, 2002
4. John B. Heywood, “Fundamentals of Internal Combustion Engine”1st edition, 1998, Tata McGraw Hill publication.
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E./ B.Tech REGULAR 85 REGULATIONS 2015
S A U1 3 0 1 AUTOMOTIVE CHASSIS L T P Credits T o t a l M a r k s
(For Automobile) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE To make the students to realize the study of the constructional details and theory of important drive line, structural, steering, braking and suspension systems of automobiles.
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 8 Hrs. Types of chassis lay out with reference to power plant locations and drives, vehicle frames, various types of
frames,passenger car frames, x member type frame, box section type frame, load acting on frames, constructional details, materials, sub frame, testing of vehicle frames, effect of brake application of frame stresses, conventional & integral frame construction, frame repairs and alignment – checking of frame alignment.
UNIT 2 FRONT AXLE AND STEERING SYSTEM 9 Hrs. Types of front axles, construction details, materials, front wheel geometry: castor, camber, king pin inclination,
toe-in and toe-out, condition for true rolling motion of wheels during steering, steering geometry, Ackermann and Davis steering system, constructional details of steering linkages, different types of steering gear boxes, slip angle, over–steer and under–steer, reversible and irreversible steering, steering linkages and layouts, turning radius, wheel wobble, power assisted steering, steering of crawler tractors, overall steering ratio – power steering – centre point steering, hard steering - looseness in steering.
UNIT 3 DRIVE LINE 10 Hrs. Effect of driving thrust and torque reactions, Hotchkiss drive, torque tube drive and radius rods, propeller shaft,
universal joints, front wheel drive, different types of final drive , double reduction and twin speed final drives, differential principle, construction details of differential unit, non-slip differential locks, differential housings, construction of rear axles, types of loads acting on rear axle , fully floating , three quarter floating and semi floating rear axles, construction of different types of axle housings, multi axle vehicles. final drive differential: worm and worm wheel, straight bevel gear, spiral bevel gear and hypoid gear final drives, fifth wheel coupling.
UNIT 4 SUSPENSION SYSYTEM 9 Hrs.
Need of suspension system, type of suspension , suspension springs, constructional details and characteristics of leaf spring, variable rate leaf suspension, coil and torsion bar springs, anti-roll bar, front wheel & rear wheel independent suspension, rubber suspension, pneumatics suspensions, shock absorbers, torque reaction, air suspension system-electronically controlled, hydro-gas suspension.
UNIT 5 BRAKING SYSTEM 9 Hrs. Classification of brakes, drum brakes and disc brakes, constructional details, theory of braking, determination of
3. Rajput R.K., “A Text–Book of Automobile Engineering”, Laxmi Publications Private Limited 4. Heldt.P.M. “Automotive Chassis”, 3rd edition Chilton Co. Publications, New York, 1990.
5. Heinz heisler “Advanced vehicle technology”2nd edition Edward Arnold publication 2002.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 EXAM DURATION : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks.
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks.
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks.
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks.
B.E./ B.Tech REGULAR 86 REGULATIONS 2015
S A U1 3 0 2 AUTOMOTIVE ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS L T P Credits T o t a l M a r k s
(For Automobile) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE To understand the concepts of electrical and electronic systems and their application in automobile
UNIT 1 BATTERIES, STARTING SYSTEM AND CHARGING SYSTEM 9 Hrs. Types of batteries – principle, construction and electrochemical action of lead – acid battery, electrolyte,
efficiency, rating, charging, testing and maintenance, condition at starting and behavior of starter during starting, starter motors –characteristics, capacity requirements, drive mechanisms, starter switches. D.C generators and alternators their characteristics, cut out, regulators, regulations for charging, charging circuits for D.C generators and A.C generators.
UNIT 2 LIGHTING, IGNITION AND INJECTION SYSTEM 9 Hrs. Wiring requirements, insulated and earth return system, details of head light and side light, head light dazzling
and preventive methods, vehicle interior lighting system, vehicle exterior lighting system, lighting design, dashboard instruments, horn, wiper mechanism, speedometer, odometer. Types, construction & working of battery coil and magneto ignition, electronic ignition systems – spark plugs, variable ignition timing, distributor less ignition, CDI electronic spark timing control, TBI, MPFI, GDI systems, engine mapping.
UNIT 3 AUTOMOTIVE ELECTRONICS &DIGITAL ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM 9 Hrs. Components for electronic engine management and electronic chassis management system, vehicle motion
control, open loop and closed loop control systems-engine cranking and warm up control-acceleration enrichment-deceleration leaning and idle speed control, distributor less ignition-integrated engine control systems, exhaust emission control engineering, electronic dashboard instruments-onboard diagnosis system.
UNIT 4 SENSORS AND MICROPROCESSOR 9 Hrs. Basic sensor arrangement, types of sensors such as exhaust oxygen level sensor, crankshaft position sensor-fuel
metering, vehicle speed sensor and detonation sensor, altitude sensor, flow sensor, throttle position sensors, mass flow sensor, camshaft position sensor, steering position sensor, tire pressure sensor, engine temperature sensor.
Microprocessor and microcomputer controlled devices in automobiles such voice warning system, travel information system, keyless entry system, automatic transmission system, electronic steering system.
UNIT 5 AUTOMOTIVE INFOTRONICS 9 Hrs. Telematics: global positioning system, geographical information systems, navigation system, architecture,
automotive vision system and road recognition. Safety systems: active and passive safety, airbags, seat belt tightening system, forward collision warning systems, anti-lock braking systems, traction control system and lane departure warning system, anti-theft technologies,security and warning system.
Max. 45Hours.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Robert Bosch, “Automotive Electrics Automotive Electronics”, Professional Engineering publishing, 2004.
2. William B R, “Understanding Automotive Electronics”, Butter worth Heinemann Woburn, 1998. 3. Young A P and Griffiths L, “Automotive Electrical Equipment”, ELBS & New Press, 1999. 4. Judge A W, “Modern Electrical Equipment of Automobiles”, Chapman & Hall, London, 1992. 5. Kholi P L, “Automotive Electrical Equipment”, Tata McGraw Hill Co., Ltd., New Delhi, 1975.
6. Al Santini, “Automotive Technology (Electricity and Electronics)”, Cengage Learning Yes Dee Publishing Pvt.Ltd, 2011 7. Course W.H. Automotive Electrical equipment, McGraw Hill Book Co. Inc., New York, 2005
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E./ B.Tech REGULAR 87 REGULATIONS 2015
S A U1 3 0 3 AUTOMOTIVE ENGINE COMPONENTS DESIGN L T P Credits T o t a l M a r k s
(For Automobile) 3 1 0 4 100 (Use of PSG Design data book is permitted in END SEMESTER EXAM)
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To understand the various standards and procedures involved in the design of automotive engine components
UNIT I INTRODUCTION 12 Hrs. Engineering material and their physical properties applied to design, selection of materials. Stress and strain, theory of failures, factor of safety,endurance limit, notch sensitivity, stress concentration, Limits, Fits and Tolenrances
UNIT II CYLINDER AND PISTON – MATERIALS AND DESIGN 12 Hrs.
Choice of materials of cylindrical piston, piston friction, piston slap, design of piston, piston pin (Gudgeon pin), piston ring, piston failures, lubrication and piston assembly. Design of cylinder. Ceramic coating – Engine performance, Emission.
UNIT III DESIGN OF CONNECTING ROD, CRANKSHAFT 12 Hrs.
Material for connecting rod, determining minimum length of connecting rod, small end and big end design, shaft design, design of big end cap bolts, connecting rod failures, balancing of I.C. Engines, significance of firing order,material for crankshaft, design of crankshaft under bending and twisting, balancing weight calculations.
UNIT IV DESIGN OF VALVES AND FLYWHEEL 12 Hrs. Design aspects of intake and exhaust manifolds, inlet and Exhaust valves, valve springs, tappets, valve train.Materials and design of flywheel.
UNIT V DESIGN OF TRANSMISSION SHAFTS, BEARINGS AND SPRINGS 12 Hrs. Design of transmission shafts, materials used for bearings, classification of bearings. Viscosity of lubricants, theory of hydrostatic and hydrodynamic lubrication, design of sliding contact bearings and design of helical springs
Max.60 Hours.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Jain.R.K, “Machine Design”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 1997.
2. “Design Data Book”, PSG College of Technology, Coimbatore, 2000
6. John L Lumley, “Engine – An Introduction”, Cambridge University Press, 1999
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks.
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks.
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks.
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks.
B.E./ B.Tech REGULAR 88 REGULATIONS 2015
S A U1 3 0 4 VEHICLE DYNAMICS L T P Credits T o t a l M a r k s
(For Automobile) 3 1 0 4 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To understand basic principles of vibration and dynamic analysis of vehicles
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 12 Hrs.
Classification of vibrations- mechanical vibrating systems, single degree of freedom, two degree of freedom, multi degree of freedom, free, forced and damped vibrations, modeling and simulation studies, model of an automobile, magnification factor, transmissibility, vibration absorber.
UNIT 2 APPLIED NUMERICAL METHODS 12 Hrs.
Close-coupled and far-coupled systems, determination of mass & stiffness matrices -eigen value problems- - orthogonality of mode shapes, modal analysis, approximate methods for determining fundamental frequency, Dunkley’s lower bound, Rayleigh upper bound, Holzer method for closed coupled system and branched system.
UNIT 3 SUSPENSION SYSTEM 12 Hrs. Vehicle dynamics and suspension requirements, natural spring frequencies, force acting on a semi-elliptic
suspension, design of laminated spring, design of coil spring and torsion bar, spring characteristics, mechanics of an independent suspension system, roll axis and the vehicle under the action of side forces, coupled front and rear suspension effects, relative pitch and bounce frequencies, anti-roll rates, roll angles in cornering, attitudes changes due to brakes, traction and independent suspension.
UNIT 4 PERFORMANCE OF AUTOMOBILES 12 Hrs.
Forces and couples on the wheels, tractive and braking properties of tires, cornering properties of tires, slip angle, cornering force, camber thrust, deformation of wheel and ground, power of propulsion, road performance curves, resistances- air, rolling and grade, determination of center of gravity of vehicle, load distribution, stability on a curved track slope and a banked road, calculation of tractive effort and reactions for different drives.
UNIT 5 WHEELS AND TYRES 12 Hrs.
Automobile wheels, pneumatic tires, tire- construction, properties, characteristics, tread, bite, operation and inflation pressure, wheel balancing, tire, dynamics, ride characteristics power consumed by a tire, over steer, under steer, steady state cornering, effect of braking, driving torques on steering, effect of camber, transient effects in cornering.
5. Wong J.Y. Theory of Ground Vehicles, 4th edition, Wiley
6. Thomas D. Gilespie, “Fundamental of Vehicle Dynamics, Society of Automotive Enginers”, USA 1992.
7. Rajesh Rajamani, “Vehicle Dynamics and Control”, Springer, 2012.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN:
B.E./ B.Tech REGULAR 89 REGULATIONS 2015
FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
S A U 1 3 0 5 AUTOMOTIVE CHASSIS DESIGN L T P C r e d i t s Total Marks
(For Automobile) 3 0 0 3 1 0 0 (Use of PSG Design data book is permitted in End Semester Examination)
COURSE OBJECTIVE
• To understand the various standards and procedures involved in the design of automotive chassis components
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION TO ERGONOMICS 9 Hrs. Anthropometry, ergonomics design methodology, environmental terms influencing human perfo rmance – design of seat.
UNIT 2 VEHICLE FRAME AND SUSPENSION 9 Hrs. Study of loads, moments and stresses on frame members, computer aided design of frame for passenger and commercial vehicles, computer aided design of leaf springs, coil springs and torsion bar springs.
UNIT 3 FRONT AXLE AND STEERING SYSTEMS 9 Hrs.
Analysis of loads, moments and stresses at different sections of front axle, determination of bearing loads at kingpin bearings, wheel spindle bearings, choice of bearings, determination of optimu m dimensions and proportions for steering linkages ensuring minimum error in steering .
UNIT 4 CLUTCH DESIGN CALCULATION 9 Hrs. Design of single plate clutch, multi plate clutch, Design of centrifugal clutch and cone clutch. Energy dissipated, Torque capacity of clutch. Design of clutch components, design details of roller.
UNIT 5 GEAR BOX, FINAL DRIVE AND REAR AXLE 9 Hrs.
Performance of vehicle, total resistance to motion, traction and tractive effort, acceleration, calculation of gear ratio, design of three speed gear box, design of four speed gear boxes. Design of propeller shaft, design details of final drive gearing, design details of full floating, semi-floating and three quarter floating rear shafts and rear axle housings.
M a x . 4 5
H o ur s .
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Giri.N.K- “Automobile Mechanics”- Khanna Publisher, New Delhi- 2002
2. Khurmi.R.S – “Machine Design” - S.Chanb – Eurasia Publications House pvt Ltd, Ramnagar, New Delhi.
3. Heldt.P.M - “Automotive Chassis”- Chilton Co., New York- 1992
4. Steeds. W -“Mechanics of Road Vehicles”- Illiffe Books Ltd., London- 1990
5. Giles.K.G - Steering, Suspension and tyres”- Illiffe Books Ltd., London – 1988
6. Newton Steeds & Garret- “Motor Vehicle”- Illiffe Books Ltd., London – 2000
7. Heldt.P.M- “Torque converter” - Chilton Book Co., New York – 1982
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks.
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks.
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E./ B.Tech REGULAR 90 REGULATIONS 2015
SAU1306 AUTOMOTIVE POLLUTION AND CONTROL L T P Credits T o t a l M a r k s
(For Automobile) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE To make the students to realize the impact of automobile emissions on the environment and expose students to factors affecting the formation and control of automobile pollutants
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 8 Hrs. History back ground, exhaust gas pollutants, vehicle population assessment in metropolitan cities and
contribution to pollution, effect on human health and environment, global warming, acid rain, type of emission-exhaust & non exhaust emission, transient operational effect on pollution
UNIT 2 POLLUTANT FORMATION IN S.I ENGINES 9 Hrs. Pollutant formation in SI engines, mechanism of HC and CO formation in four stroke and two stroke SI engines,
NOx formation in SI engine,effects of design and operating variables on emission formation, control of evaporative emission, modern evaporative emission control device, charcoal canister, two stroke engine pollution.
UNIT 3 POLLUTANT FORMATION IN C.I ENGINES 9Hrs. Pollutant formation in CI engines, smoke and particulate emissions in CI engines, effects of design and operating
variables on CI engines emissions, NOx formation and control, noise pollution from automobiles, vehicle body noise, measurement standards, smoke & smoke measurements, particulate emission and control, diesel pollution control methods – CO – UBHC – low heat rejection engine.
UNIT 4 CONTROL OF EMISSION FROM SI AND CI ENGINES 10 Hrs. Design of engine, optimum selection of operating variables for control of emissions, EGR, thermal reactors,
secondary air injection, catalytic converters, catalyst, fuel modifications, post combustion treatments , fuel cells, two stroke engine pollution controls, supply of fuel – establishment of national test centers, construction of road networks, estimation of petroleum reserve – need for alternate fuels – merits & demerits and uses of CNG, LPG, alcohols, hydrogen, bio-fuels, electric energy, solar energy, noise control, noise control devices and noise proof materials & vibration control – muffler.
UNIT 5 MEASUREMENT TECHNIQUES, EMISSION STANDARDS & TEST PROCEDURE 9 Hrs. NDIR, FID, chemiluminescent analyzers, gas chromatograph, smoke meters, emission standards, driving cycles –
USA, JAPAN, EURO and INDIA, test procedures – ECE, FTP tests. SHED test – chassis dynamometers, dilution tunnels, measurements of invisible emissions –ORSAT sat apparatus, evaluation of emission standards – mandatory tests for emission measurement type approval & production conformity tests – driving cycles, Bharat stages & Euro emission standards.
2. Ganesan.V, “Internal Combustion Engines”4th edition, Tata McGraw Hill publication, 2011 3. Mathur and Sharma “Internal Combustion Engines” “Dhanpat Rai and Sons Publication, 2002 4. John B. Heywood, “Fundamentals of Internal Combustion Engine”1st edition, Tata McGraw Hill publication, 1988.
5. SAE Transaction “Automobiles and Pollution”, 1995. 6. Paul Degobert, “Automobiles and Pollution”,SAE International 1991
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E./ B.Tech REGULAR 91 REGULATIONS 2015
S A U1 3 0 7 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AND RECONDITIONING L T P Credits T o t a l M a r k s
(For Automobile) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To know about the various methods of maintenance of vehicles and their subsystems
UNIT 1 MAINTENANCE, WORKSHOP PRACTICES, SAFETY AND TOOLS 10 Hrs.
Maintenance – need, importance, primary and secondary functions, policies - classification of maintenance work - vehicle insurance - basic problem diagnosis, automotive service procedures – workshop operations – workshop manual - vehicle identification. safety –personnel, machines and equipment, vehicles, fire safety - first aid, basic tools – special service tools – measuring instruments – condition checking of seals, gaskets and sealants, scheduled(preventive) maintenance unscheduled (breakdown) maintenance services – service intervals - towing and recovering, reports, log sheets, trip sheets and other forms.
UNIT 2 ENGINE AND ENGINE SUBSYSTEM MAINTENANCE 10 Hrs.
General engine service- dismantling of engine components- engine repair- working on the underside, front, top, ancillaries- service of basic engine parts, cooling and lubricating system, fuel system, intake and exhaust system, electrical system - electronic fuel injection and engine management service - fault diagnosis- servicing emission controls
UNIT 3 TRANSMISSION AND DRIVELINE MAINTENANCE 8 Hrs.
Clutch- general checks, adjustment and service- dismantling, identifying, checking and reassembling transmission, transaxle- road testing- removing and replacing propeller shaft, servicing of cross and yoke joint and constant velocity joints- rear axle service points removing axle shaft and bearings- servicing differential assemblies-fault diagnosis.
UNIT 4 STEERING, BRAKE, SUSPENSION, WHEEL MAINTENANCE 9 Hrs.
Inspection, maintenance and service of hydraulic brake, drum brake, disc brake, parking brake, bleeding of brakes. inspection, maintenance and service of mc person strut, coil spring, leaf spring, shock absorbers, dismantling and assembly procedures, wheel alignment and balance, removing and fitting of tyres, tyre wear and tyre rotation, inspection, maintenance and service of steering linkage, steering column, rack and pinion steering, recirculating ball steering service-worm type steering, power steering system.
UNIT 5 AUTO ELECTRICAL AND AIR CONDITIONING MAINTENANCE 8 Hrs.
Maintenance of batteries, starting system, charging system and body electrical -fault diagnosis using scan tools, maintenance of air conditioning parts like compressor, condenser, expansion valve, evaporator - replacement of hoses- leak detection- AC charging- fault diagnosis, vehicle body repair like panel beating, tinkering, soldering, polishing, painting.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCES BOOKS
1. Ed May, “Automotive Mechanics”, Volume 1 and 2 , McGraw Hill Publications, 2003
2. Vehicle Service Manuals of reputed manufacturers
3. Bosch Automotive Handbook, Sixth Edition,2004
4. John Doke, “Fleet Management”, McGraw Hill Co., 1984
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks
Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. 20 Marks. 80 Marks.
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks. PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks.
B.E./ B.Tech REGULAR 92 REGULATIONS 2015
S A U 1 4 0 1 AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING L T P C r e d i t s T o t a l M a r k s
(For Mech & Mech & Prod) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE
• To understand the construction and working principle of various parts of an automobile
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 8 Hrs.
Automobile history and development, classifications,vehicle layout-engine location and drive arrangement, safety regulations, specifications of vehicles, chassis types, constructional details, frames, sub frames, frameless vehicles, vehicle dimensions, details of chassis material, IC engines-components-functions and materials, emissions from automobiles, pollution standards - national and international-pollution control techniques
UNIT 2 DRIVELINE 10 Hrs.
Classification of clutches, single plate, multi plate, cone diaphragm spring, centrifugal, c lutch materials, electromagnetic, vacuum operated, fluid flywheel, necessity of gear box, manual gear box –constant mesh, synchromesh, geared automatic transmission ,torque converter ,epicycle, continuous variable transmission, electronic transmission control, overdrive, propeller shaft, constant velocity joint, differential and final drive, non -slip differential.
UNIT 3 FRONT AXLE, STEERING SYSTEM, REAR AXLE, WHEEL AND TYRES 10 Hrs
Purpose and requirement front axle, steering geometry- castor, camber, king pin inclination ,toe-in, toe out, center point steering; types of steering mechanism, steering linkages, power steering, Live and dead axles, live axle arrangement, wheel construction, alloy wheel, wheel alignment and balancing, types of tyres , tyre cons truction, thread design.
UNIT 4 SUSPENSION SYSYTEM AND BRAKES 8 Hrs.
Objects and principles of suspension system, types, rigid axle and independent suspension for front and rear ends, leaf spring, torsion bar, shock absorber Types of brake systems-drum, disc, operation-mechanical, hydraulic, air brakes, servo and power braking, ABS.
UNIT 5 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 9 Hrs.
Classification of batteries, battery construction, maintenance, testing and charging, cutout, lighting circuit, horn, indicators, sprays, wipers, starting system, instruments, sensors and actuators, electric control unit, electric stability program, traction control devices, electrical car layout
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Kirpal Singh, “Automobile Engineering Vol 1 and 2 ”12 th edition Standard Publishers 2011
4. Heldt.P.M. Automotive Chassis, 3 rd edition Chilton Co. Publications, New York, 1990.
5. Heinz heisler “Advanced vehicle technology”2nd edition Edward Arnold publication 2002
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E./ B.Tech REGULAR 93 REGULATIONS 2015
S A U1 4 0 2 AUTOMOTIVE TRANSMISSION L T P Credits T o t a l M a r k s
(For Automobile) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To understand the transmission systems and their applications in automobile
UNIT 1 CLUTCH AND GEAR BOX 9 Hrs.
Transmission system – requirements of transmission system, clutches –types of clutches, functions, construction and working of friction clutches, problems on clutches, gear boxes – necessity and types of gear boxes, determination of gear box ratios for different vehicle applications, speed synchronizing devices, gear materials, lubrication, and gear shifting mechanisms, problems on gear boxes, epicyclical gear transmission, transfer box.
UNIT 2 FLUID COUPLING AND TORQUE CON VERTORS 9 Hrs.
Principles, performance and limitations of fluid coupling, constructional details of a typical fluid coupling, torque capacity, slip in fluid coupling, torque convertor, reduction of drag torque, principle, construction and advantages of hydrodynamic torque converters, performance characteristics, converter couplings, multi-stage torque converter and poly phase torque converter, overdrive and over running clutches, comparison of fluid coupling and torque convertors.
UNIT 3 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 9 Hrs.
Automatic transmission: relative merits and demerits when compared to conventional transmission, hydrodynamic transmission. Ford – T model gear box, Wilson gear box- Cotal electromagnetic transmission – hydraulic control systems of automatic transmission.
UNIT 4 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION APPLICATIONS 9 Hrs.
Chevrolet turbo glide transmission, Toyota’s automatic transmission with electronic control system, continuously variable transmission (CVT) – types – operations, Mercedes Benz automatic transmission, hydraulic actuation system for automatic transmission system.
UNIT 5 HYDROSTATIC DRIVE AND ELECTRIC DRIVE 9 Hrs.
Principle of hydrostatic drive systems,comparison of hydrostatic drive with hydrodynamic drive, construction and working of typical drives, Janney hydrostatic drive working - advantages and limitations, control of hydrostatic transmissions, principle of electric drive, early and modified ward Leonard control systems, modern electric drive for buses and performance characteristics.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Heinz Heisler, “Advanced Vehicle Technology”, second edition, Butterworth – Heinemann, New York, 2002
2. N. K. Giri, “Automobile Mechanics”, Seventh reprint, Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 2005
3. Design Practices, passenger Car Automotive Transmissions- SAE Hand book- 1994.
4. Judge. A.W., Modern Transmission systems, Chapman and Hall Ltd., 1990.
5. Crouse. W.H., Anglin. D.L, Automotive Transmission and Power Trains construction, McGraw Hill, 1976.
6. Heldt P.M.”Torque Converters”, Chilton Book Co, 1992.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks.
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks.
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 94 REGULATIONS 2015
SAU1403 VEHICLE BODY ENGINEERING L T P Credits T o t a l M a r k s
(For Automobile) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE To make the students to understand different types of bodies and ergonomics of the vehicle
UNIT 1 CAR BODY DETAILS 9 Hrs. Types of car bodies, visibility: regulations, driver’s visibility, tests for visibility, methods of improving visibility
and space in cars safety: safety design, safety equipment for cars, car body construction - front assembly, roof assembly, under floor, bonnet; design criteria, prototype making, initial tests, crash tests on full scale model,
UNIT 2 VEHICLE AERODYNAMICS 9 Hrs. Objectives, vehicle drag and its types; various types of forces and moments, effects of forces and moments, side
wind effects on forces and moments, various body optimization techniques for minimum drag, wind tunnel testing: flow visualization techniques, scale model testing, component balance to measure forces and moments, aerodynamic study for heavy vehicles, effects of different cabin to trailer body, pressure distribut ion, effects of a cab to trailer body roof height.
UNIT 3 BUS BODY AND COMMERCIAL VEHICLE DETAILS 9 Hrs. Types: mini bus, single decker, double-decker, two level and articulated bus. bus body layout; floor height,
engine location, entrance and exit location, seating dimensions, constructional details: frame construction, double skin construction, types of metal sections used, regulations, conventional and integral type construction. commercial vehicle:types of body; flat platform, drop side, fixed side, tipper body, tanker body, light commercial vehicle body types, dimensions of driver’s seat relation to controls, drivers cab design.
electronic displays, commercial vehicle cabin ergonomics, mechanical package layout, goods vehicle layout. Vehicle stability: Introduction, longitudinal, lateral stability, vehicle on a curvilinear path, critical speed for toppling and skidding,
effect of operating factors on lateral stability, steering geometry and stabilization of steerable wheels, mass distribution and engine location on stability.
UNIT 5 BODY MATERIALS, TRIM AND MECHANISMS 9 Hrs. Steel sheet, timber, plastic, glass, GRP, properties of materials; corrosion, anticorrosion methods, selection of paint and painting process, adhesives, insulation, body trim items, body mechanisms.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Powloski J, “Vehicle Body Engineering”, Business Books Ltd., London 1989.
2. John Fenton, “Vehicle body layout and analysis”, Mechanical Engg. Publication ltd, London, 1982. 3. Kohli P. L, “Automotive Chassis & Body”, Papyrus Publishing House, New Delhi, 2010. 4. Wolf-Heinrich Hucho, “Aerodynamics of Road Vehicles” SAE International,USA,1998.
5. Robinson A.,Livesey W. A, “The Repair of Vehicle Bodies”, Butterworth - Heinemann Ltd,1989 6. Sumantran V. and Gino Sovram, “Vehicle Aerodynamics”, SAE International, USA, 1994. 7. John Fenton, “Vehicle Body Layout & Analysis”, Hutchinson, London, 1998.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 95 REGULATIONS 2015
S A U1 4 0 4 VEHICLE DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS L T P Credits T o t a l M a r k s
(For Automobile) 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To make the students understand the design concepts and principles of various vehicle characteristics.
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 9 Hrs
Assumptions to be made in designing a vehicle, range of values for gross vehicle weight, frontal area, maximum speed, maximum acceleration, gradabilty in different gears, basics of automobile design, vehicle design considerations, drive arrangement.
UNIT 2 PERFORMANCE CURVES 9 Hrs
Resistance, power and torque curve, driving force against vehicle speed – acceleration and gradability in different gears for a typical car or truck plotted from specifications,calculation of engine cubic capacity, bore and stroke length,calculation, tabulation and plotting of torque and mechanical efficiency for different vehicle speeds
UNIT 3 RESISTANCE TO VEHICLE MOTION 9 Hrs
Calculation and plotting the curves of air, rolling and gradient resistances, driving force – engine power, speed, rear axle ratio, torque and mechanical efficiency at different vehicle speeds, calculation and plotting of driving force, power requirement for different loads andacceleration, maximum power calculation
UNIT 4 ENGINE DESIGN 9 Hrs
Pressure volume diagram, frictional mean effective pressure, engine capacity, velocity and acceleration, gas force, inertia and resultant force at various crank angles – side thrust on cylinder walls, calculation of the displacement- velocity- acceleration of piston and connecting rod.
UNIT 5 GEAR RATIOS 9 Hrs Determination of gear ratios- four speed constant mesh gear box- sliding mesh gear box, acceleration and gradability - typical problems on vehicle performance of four wheeler, alternate methods for obtaining gear ratios, algebraic method, tabular method, compound epicycle gear train.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Giri. N.K. “Automobile Mechanics” Khanna Publishers – New Delhi – 2002.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks.
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks.
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 96 REGULATIONS 2015
SPH4051 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB
(For Mech, Mech&Prod, Aero & Auto ) L T P Credits Total Marks
0 0 2 1 50
SUGGESTED LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 1. Quincke’s method – Determination of magnetic susceptibility of a liquid.
2. Semiconductor diode - Determination of the forbidden energy gap.
3. Optical Fibre – Determination of Numerical aperture and attenuation loss.
4. Torsional pendulum – Determination of Moment of inertia and Rigidity modulus of the wire. 5. Young’s modulus – non-uniform bending- Determination of Young’s modulus of the material of beam.
6. Spectrometer – Hallow prism – Determination of Refractive index of a liquid.
7. Copper Voltammeter – determination of electrochemical equivalent of copper.
8. Lees Disc – Determination of thermal conductivity of bad conductor. 9. LASER grating – Determination of wavelength of laser light.
10. Newton’s Rings – Determination of Radius of Curvature of convex lens.
SCY4051 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB L T P Credits Total Marks
(For Mech, Mech&Prod, Aero & Auto) 0 0 2 1 50
SUGGESTED LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 1. Estimation of ferrous ion by potentiometric method.
2. Determination of pKa value of glycine using pH meter.
3. Estimation of mixture of acids by conductometric method.
4. Estimation of Nickel by using photo colorimeter. 5. Determination of viscosity of polymers by using Ostwald’s viscometer.
6. Estimation of total hardness of water sample by EDTA / AAS method.
SCS4101 PROGRAMMING IN C LAB L T P Credits Total Marks
(For Mech, Mech&Prod, Aero & Auto) 0 0 4 2 50
SUGGESTED LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 1. Program to understand the basic data types and input/output functions.
2. Program for Looping and decision statements.
3. Program on Functions.
4. Program on Arrays. 5. Program on String Manipulations
6. Program on Structures and Union.
7. Program on Pointers.
8. Program to demonstrate the Command Line Arguments. 9. Program using Dynamic memory allocation.
10. Program to implement the Random Access in Files.
11. Program to implement math function.
12. Program to Implement sorting algorithms 13. Program to Implement searching algorithms
14. Programs to solve some of the Engineering applications.
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 97 REGULATIONS 2015
SME4051 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS I L T P Credits Total Marks
( Common to Mech, M&P, Aero & Auto ) 1 0 2 2 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE: The student is expected to acquire the drafting proficiency depending on the operational function in order to
perform the day to day activity USING MINI DRAFTER AND BY USING AUTOCAD.
FUNDAMENTALS
Use of drafting instruments – Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) – Lettering – Vertical and Inclined – Dimensioning – Aligned and Unidirectional systems – Scaling – Importance of graphics in engineering applications.
GEOMETRICAL CONSTRUCTIONS
Dividing a given straight line into any number of equal parts – Bisecting a given angle – Trisecting a right angle – Drawing a regular pentagon and hexagon given one side.Conic sections- Construction of ellipse, parabola and hyperbola by eccentricity method.
PROJECTION OF POINTS AND LINES Types of projection - Introduction to orthographic projection – Orthographic projection of points lying in four
quadrants – Orthographic projection of lines in first quadrant - Parallel to both the planes – Perpendicular to one plane – Parallel to one plane and inclined to other plane – Inclined to both the planes.
PROJECTION OF SOLIDS
Orthographic projection of prisms, pyramids, cone and cylinder in first quadrant – Axis perpendicular to HP – Axis perpendicular to VP – Axis inclined to only one plane of projection – Change of position method only.
COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING
Introduction to AutoCAD2015 – Basic commands – Coordinate systems (Absolute, Relative, Polar) – Drawing of title block with necessary text and projection symbols - Create basic drawing objects -Creation of simple figures like polygon and general multi-line figures using points, lines, circles, arcs and their combination – Setup a drawing with correct scales – Draw with precision using Coordinate input and object snaps – Dimensioning commands, Editing Dimensions and Dimension text – Dimension styles, Updating Dimensions, adding text to drawings –Drawing of front view and top view of simple solids like prism, pyramid, cylinder, cone and dimensioning.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Natarajan, K.V., A text book of Engineering Graphics, Dhalakshmi Publishers, 2006
6. SP 46: Engineering Drawing Practice for schools and colleges, Bureau of Indian Standards. 7. AutoCAD – 2D CAD Reference Guide.
END SEMESTEREXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
By using mini drafter: 50 marks By using AutoCAD : 50 marks Note : Only after submission of all drawing sheets prescribed by staff member, the students will be allowed for university practical examination.
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 98 REGULATIONS 2015
SME4052 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS II L T P Credits Total Marks
( Common to Mech, M&P,& Auto ) 1 0 2 2 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE The student is expected to acquire the 3D drafting proficiency depending on the operational function in order to perform the day to day activity.
SECTION OF SOLIDS
Sectioning of prisms, pyramids, cylinder and cone in simple vertical positions with cutting planes perpendicular to one plane and parallel or inclined to other plane.
DEVELOPMENT OF SURFACES
Need for development of surfaces – Development of prisms, pyramids, cylindrical and conical surfaces.
ISOMETRIC PROJECTION Isometric scale – Isometric View and Isometric Projection of simple solids and combination of solids.
ORTHOGRAPHIC PROJECTION
Drawing orthographic views (plan, elevation and profile) of objects from their isometric views.
COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING
AutoCAD 2015 Advanced commands – Drawing sectional views of prism, pyramid, cylinder, cone, etc., - Drawing isometric projection of simple objects – Combination of basic geometric entities like cone, cylinder, prisms, pyramids and cube – Preparation of fabrication drawing (Development of surfaces) – Drawing front view, top view and side view of objects from the given pictorial views (e.g. V-block, mixie base, simple stool, objects with holes, grooves and curves, hexagonal nut and bolt etc.) –Creation of 3-D models of simple objects and obtaining 2-D multi-view drawings.
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Natarajan, K.V., A text book of Engineering Graphics, Dhalakshmi Publishers, 2006
6. SP 46: Engineering Drawing Practice for schools and colleges, Bureau of Indian Standards.
7. AutoCAD – 2D CAD Reference Guide.
END SEMESTEREXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
By using mini drafter: 50 marks By using AutoCAD : 50 marks Note : Only after submission of all drawing sheets prescribed by staff member, the students will be allowed for university practical examination.
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 99 REGULATIONS 2015
SME4054 FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY LAB L T P C r e d i t s T o t a l M a r k s
1. Measurement of friction factor in pipe flow. 2. Determination of discharge coefficient for venturimeter.
3. Determination of discharge coefficient for orifice meter.
4. Determination of discharge coefficients for notches.
5. Determination of Meta centric height of ship model. 6. Determination of Co-efficient of discharge of Orifice and Mouth Piece.
7. Determination of Co-efficient of velocity in Pitot tube.
FLUID MACHINERY LAB:
1. Study and Performance characteristics of Centrifugal Pump. 2. Study and Performance characteristics of Reciprocating Pump.
3. Study and Performance characteristics of Multistage Centrifugal Pump.
4. Study and Performance characteristics of Gear Pump.
5. Study and Performance characteristics of Jet Pump. 6. Study and Performance characteristics of Deep well Turbine Pump.
7. Study and Performance characteristics of Pelton Wheel Turbine.
8. Study and Performance Characteristics of Francis Turbine.
9. Study and Performance characteristics of Kaplan Turbine.
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 100 REGULATIONS 2015
SME4055 MACHINE DRAWING PRACTICE L T P Credits T o ta l M a r k s
(For Mech Mech&Prod & Auto ) 1 0 2 2 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE
x To make the students to visualize and interpret drawings of machine components so that the students can
prepare assembly drawings from exploded views either manually and by using standard CAD packages. x
The students will be expected to make acquainted with the standard machined components.
DRAWING STANDARDS
BIS code of practice for Engineering Drawing – Machine drawing conventions – Conventional representation of common machine elements such as bolts, screws, bolts, nuts, keys, gears, bearings and springs – Abbreviations and symbols used in machine drawing – Types of sections – Half section - Full section – Partial or local section – Removed section – Revolved section.
LIMITS, FITS AND TOLERANCES
Limits – Upper limit – Lower limit – Fits – Types of fits – Clearance fit – Interference fit – Transition fit – Hole basis system – Shaft basis system – Tolerance – Tolerance grades – Use of tolerance table and specification of tolerance.
ASSEMBLY DRAWING (MANUAL AND USING CAD PACKAGES)
Preparation of assembled views given part details of components foll owed by practicing the same using standard CAD packages - Suggested assemblies: Sleeve and cotter joint, Universal coupling, Screw jack, Snug type plummer block, Octagon type plummer block, Swivel bearing, Tail stock, Machine vice, Steam stop valve.
4. Lakshminarayanan V, Mathur M.L., Text Book on Machine Drawing with Computer Graphics, Jain Brothers, 12th Edition, 2007.
5. SP 46: Engineering Drawing Practice for schools and colleges, Bureau of Indian Standards.
6. AutoCAD – 2D and 3D CAD Reference Guide.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
By using mini drafter: 50 marks by using CAD: 50 marks Note: Only after submission of all drawing sheets prescribed by staff member, the students will be allowed for university practical examination.
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 101 REGULATIONS 2015
SME4056 MATERIAL TESTING LAB L T P C r e d i t s Total Marks
(For Mech, M e c h & P r o d & Auto ) 0 0 4 2 1 0 0
SUGGESTED LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
METALLURGY LAB
1. To study the metallurgical microscope. 2. Studying the preparation of a specimen for metallographic examination 3. To study the microstructure of plain carbon steel (Low carbon steel, medium carbon steel and high
speed steel).
4. To study the effect of heat treatment on plain carbon steel (Annealing, Normalizing and Hardening) 5. To study the microstructure of alloy steels (Stainless steels, Tool steels) 6. To study the microstructure of cast iron (Grey cast iron, white cast iron, malleable cast iron and
spheroidal graphite cast iron) 7. To study the microstructure of light alloys (Aluminium alloy and Magnesium alloy)
8. To study the microstructure of heavy alloys (Copper alloy, Nickel alloy) 9. determine the Hardenability of steel by Jominy end quench testing. 10. To study the hardness of ferrous and non-ferrous alloys.
MATERIAL TESTING LAB 1. Hardness test on metals- Brinell, Vicker and Rockwell Hardness tests. 2. Impact test on metals-Charpy, Izod impact tests.
3. Shear test on metals-direct shear strength, single shear, double shear. 4. Deflection test on beams-load deformation characteristics, Young’s modulus, Maxwell’s reciprocal
law verification. 5. Torsion test on beams-torque and angle of twist characteristics, shear stress, modulus of rigidity,
energy.
6. Tests on helical springs-compression, tension springs-load deformation characteristics, stiffness, shear stress, modulus of rigidity, energy.
7. Compression test on given specimen on universal testing machine. 8. Tension test on metals-stress strain characteristics, ductility, resilience, toughness.
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 102 REGULATIONS 2015
SME4057 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING LAB L T P Credits Total Marks
(For Mech&Prod) 0 0 4 2 100
SUGGESTED LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
EXPERIMENTS WITH FLUID SYSTEMS
1. Measurement of friction factor in pipe flow. 2. Determination of discharge coefficient for venturimeter.
3. Determination of discharge coefficient for orifice meter.
4. Determination of metacentric height of ship model.
5. Study and Performance characteristics of Centrifugal Pump. 6. Study and Performance characteristics of Reciprocating Pump.
7. Study and Performance characteristics of Pelton Wheel Turbine.
8. Study and Performance Characteristics of Francis Turbine.
9. Study and Performance characteristics of Kaplan Turbine.
EXPERIMENTS WITH THERMAL SYSTEMS:
1. Determination of thermal conductivity of insulating material.
2. Heat transfer by free and forced convection.
3. Effectiveness comparison of parallel and counter flow heat exchanger.
4. Study and performance test on refrigeration.
5. Study and performance test on air conditioning test rig. 6. Performance characteristics of a four stroke multi-cylinder petrol engine.
7. Performance test on a multi cylinder diesel engine.
8. Determination of Mechanical efficiency using retardation test.
9. Determination of Mechanical efficiency using negative horse power method.
SME4058 MECHATRONICS LAB L T P Credits Total Marks
(For Mech&Mech & Prod ) 0 0 4 2 100
SUGGESTED LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 1. Basic cylinder sequencing operations using Pneumatic trainer Kit.
2. Simulation of basic Hydraulic and Pneumatic circuits using software
3. Experiment on cylinder sequencing for A+ B+ A- B- using pneumatic trainer kit.
4. Development of ladder logic programs based on Timer and Counter instructions 5. Proportional Integral Derivative (PID) controller interfacing
6. Basic operations and interfacing of Sensors in Lab view.
7. Modeling and analysis of basic electrical, hydraulic and pneumatic systems using LAB VIEW software
8. Speed control of stepper and servo motor using micro processor kit. 9. A/D and D/A Conversion
10. Study of frequency response of closed loop systems using MATLAB
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 103 REGULATIONS 2015
SME4059 METROLOGY AND DYNAMICS LAB L T P Credits T o ta l M a r k s
(For Mechanical) 0 0 4 2 100
SUGGESTED LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
METROLOGY
1. Angle measurement using Sine bar 2. Angle measurement using Bevel Protractor.
3. Bore Measurement by two ball and four ball method
4. Testing Squareness of a Tri-square using Slip Gauges. 5. Measurement of dimensions with CMM
6. Measurement of gear tooth thickness 7. Gear profile checking using Profile projector
8. Composite error in gears using Parkinson Gear Tester 9. Measurement of surface finish.
10. Electronic Comparator
11. Straightness measurement using autocollimator 12. Vibration study of machine tools using accelerometer
13. Measurement of cutting force using dynamometer
DYNAMICS
1. Longitudinal vibration of spring mass system. 2. Undamped free vibration of equivalent spring mass system.
3. Undamped torsional vibration of single rotor system. 4. Critical speed of whirling shafts.
5. Amplitude and frequency of forced vibration using vibration exciter and vibration meter.
6. Characteristics of Governors – Watt Porter and Proell. 7. Gyroscopic torque measurement.
8. Drawing profile of the cam. 9. Velocity ratio of epicyclic gear train.
10. Balancing of rotating and reciprocating masses
SME4060 THERMAL ENGINEERING LAB L T P C r e d i t s T o t a l M a r k s
(For Mechanical) 0 0 4 2 100
SUGGESTED LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES LAB
1. Performance characteristics of a two stroke petrol engine.
2. Performance characteristics of a four stroke multi -cylinder petrol engine.
3. Performance test on a four stroke diesel engine.
4. Performance test on a multi cylinder diesel engine.
5. Determination of Mechanical efficiency using retardation test.
6. Heat balance test on a multi-cylinder diesel engine.
7. Determination of Optimum speed for engine fuel consumption.
8. Determination of indicated power of multi cylinder petrol engine - Morse test.
9. Determination of Mechanical efficiency using negative horse power method
10. Valve timing diagram of a four stroke engine, Port timing diagram of a two stroke engine.
11. Determination of viscosity of liquid using saybolt viscometer and redwood viscometer.
12. Determination of Calorific value of liquid and gaseous fuel
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 104 REGULATIONS 2015
SME4061 HEAT TRANSFER LAB L T P Credits T o t a l M a r k s
11. Machining Center – A typical job production-Milling, Drilling, Reaming.
12. Unconventional machines: Study (Any of the following – Ultrasonic, EDM, ECM, Abrasive jet machining).
SPR4053 JIGS ,FIXTURES AND COST ESTIMATION LAB L T P Credits T o t a l M a r k s
(For Mechanical and Production) 0 0 4 2 100
PART – I : DESIGN OF JIG AND FIXTURE
SUGGESTED LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Study of Jig, Fixture and Clamping devices.
2. Study of Press tools and simple die.
3. Design of Channel Jig.
4. Design of Indexing Jig. 5. Design of Milling Fixture.
6. Design of Welding Fixture.
PART – II : PRODUCTION DRAWING AND COST ESTIMATION
SUGGESTED LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Introduction to production drawing – Types –Elements of a Production drawing– Machining symbols – Surface roughness indication - Conventional representation of common machine elements and representation of weld symbols
2. Concept of Cost estimation – Procedure – Elements of cost – Estimation – Methods of estimation – Estimation of material cost, labour cost and over head cost – Simple Problems
3. Drawing and estimating the manufacturing cost of Spacing piece
4. Drawing and estimating the manufacturing cost of Stepped cone pulley
5. Prepare production drawing of individual components and estimate the manufacturing cost of Flange coupling
6. Prepare production drawing of individual components and estimate the manufacturing cost of Bushed bearing
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 106 REGULATIONS 2015
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Goroshkin, A.K., Jigs & Fixtures, Handbook – Mir Publications, Moscow, 1979.
5. Hariprasad, Mechanical Estimating and Costing, Khanna Publications, 1984.
6. Chitale.A.V. and Gupta.R.C., “Product Design and Manufacturing”, PHI, 2nd Edition, 2002.
SPR4054 CAD /CAM LAB L T P Credits T o t a l M a r k s
(For Mech, Mech&Prod & Auto ) 0 0 4 2 100 SUGGESTED LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
A.CAD LAB
CAD ANALYSIS USING ANALYSIS SOFTWARE Exercises will be given on Analyzing of mechanical components using Suitable Software
1. Cantilever beam with Point load at the end 2. Simply supported beam with inclined load 3. Overhanging beam with Uniformly distributed load (UDL) 4. Determination of deflection for a Truss system 5. Determination of deflection in a Pressure vessel 6. Determination of deflection in a Bent tube 7. Determination of temperature distribution in a stepped bar 8. Analysis of a bicycle frame 9. Thermal - mixed boundary example
B.CAM LAB
1. CNC Milling (i). Part Programming for: Point to point motions, Contour motions, Circular milling, Linear motions, Pocket
milling, Mirroring Commands, Circular interpolations (both CW & CCW), Rectangular milling. (ii). Part Programming involving fixed or canned cycles: Drilling, Peck drilling, Boring and Tapping. (iii). Part programming using: Do loops, Sub Routines.
Interpolation. (ii). Part programming using standard fixed cycles: Turning, Facing, Taper Turning, Thread Cuttings.
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 107 REGULATIONS 2015
SPR4055 METAL CUTTING AND METAL FORMING LAB L T P Credits Total Marks
(For Mech&Prod) 0 0 4 2 100
SUGGESTED LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 1. Measurement of cutting force in turning, drilling, and milling by using Dynamometer.
2. Temperature measurement in turning, drilling, and milling by using Dynamometer
3. Vibration study of machine tools
4. Verification of Taylor’s tool life equation by using Lathe Machine. 5. Estimation of cutting force using Merchant Circle Analysis and Study of chip formation and types of chips.
6. Study of Effect of blank holding in deep drawing.
7. Influence of clearance on punching/blanking load in a mechanical press.
8. Forming Diagram for Aluminum / Steel Sheets in Hydraulic Machine (Water Hammer Test)
SAE4051 AIRCRAFT PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY LAB L T P Credits Total Marks
(For Aeronautical) 0 0 4 2 100
SUGGESTED LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Lathe Machine
1. Study of lathe and precision tools
2. Facing, Step, taper and turning
3. Internal and external thread cutting 4. Eccentric turning
5. Grooving & knurling
6. Drilling & Boring
Milling Machine
1. Spur gears
Shaping machine
1. Key way & Angular cutting
Radial Drilling Machine
1. Drilling and Taping
Grinding Machine
1. Cylinder grinding
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 108 REGULATIONS 2015
SAE4052 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES LAB L T P Credits Total Marks
(For Aeronautical) 0 0 4 2 100
SUGGESTED LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 1. Tensile testing using UTM, Mechanical and Electrical extensometers. Stress Strain curves and
strength tests for Steel and Aluminum
2. Comparison of hardness values of steel, copper and aluminum using Brinell and Rockwell hardness measuring machines
3. Compression test on bricks, Concrete blocks and Double shear test using double shear test.
4. Estimation of spring constant under tension and compression.
5. Estimation of notch toughness of Steel using Charpy / Izod impact testing machine
6. Tensile tests on riveted and bolted joints.
7. Verification of Castigliano’s theorems. Influence coefficients 8. Bending tests, Stress and deflection of beams with various end conditions.
9. Verification of Maxwell’s theorem.
10. Compression tests on long columns. Critical buckling loads, Euler load by Southwell plot
SAE4053 AIRCRAFT COMPONENT DESIGN AND DRAWING LAB L T P Credits Total Marks
(For Aeronautical) 0 0 4 2 100
SUGGESTED LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 1. Layout of simple structural components.
2. Design and drafting of welded joints.
3. Design and drafting control components cam
4. Design and drafting control components bell crank
5. Design and drafting control components gear 6. Three view diagram of a typical aircraft
7. Layout of typical wing structure.
8. Layout of typical fuselage structure.
9. Layout of landing gear structure 10. Dimensional Design of blower components
11. Layout of control system surfaces (Flaps, aileron, elevator, rudder etc.)
12. Dimensional Design of radial engine components
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 109 REGULATIONS 2015
SAE4054 AERODYNAMICS LAB L T P Credits Total Marks
(For Aeronautical) 0 0 4 2 100
SUGGESTED LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 1. Calibration of subsonic wind tunnel.
2. Pressure distribution over cylinder.
3. Pressure distribution over symmetric airfoils.
4. Pressure distribution over cambered airfoils 5. Study of lift, drag characteristics of airfoils using wind tunnel.
6. Study of pitching moment characteristics of airfoil.
7. Measurement of boundary layer thickness.
8. Flow visualization technique by using water flow channel
9. Flow visualization studies in low speed flows over cylinders and Airfoils using smoke techniques. 10. Force measurements using wind tunnel balances.
11. Schlieren Techniques
12. Pressure measurements using supersonic wind tunnel
13. Shock Tubes
SAE4055 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES AND COMPOSITE LAB L T P Credits Total Marks
(For Aeronautical) 0 0 4 2 100
SUGGESTED LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 1. Unsymmetrical Bending of a Cantilever Beam
2. Combined bending and Torsion of a Hollow Circular Tube
3. Material Fringe Constant of a Photo elastic Model
4. Shear Centre calculation of an open and closed sections. 5. Free Vibration of a Cantilever Beam-
6. Wagner beam – Tension field beam
7. Determination of Stresses in the Pressure Vessels
9. Determination of Natural frequency and mode shape of metal plate with various end conditions 10. Determination of Natural frequency and mode shape of composite plate with various end conditions
11. Fabrication of composites using open/closed moulding process.
12. Determination of material constants of composite materials using UTM
13. Stress determination of composite aircraft wing structure due to aerodynamic loading. 14. Fabrication of sandwich panel.
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 110 REGULATIONS 2015
SAE4056 COMPUTATION LAB L T P Credits Total Marks
(For Aeronautical) 0 0 4 2 100
SUGGESTED LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Introduction to Fluid mechanics. 2. Introduction to computational fluid mechanics.
3. Introduction to grid generation techniques
4. Introduction to cfd solvers
5. Flow over the airfoil(2D)
6. Flow over the wing(3D)
7. Cl, Cd formulation for swept back wing.
8. Supersonic flow analysis of delta wing.
9. Jet impinging
10. Flow analysis of Aircraft engine combustion chamber.
11. Nozzle flow analysis (CD nozzle).
SAE4057 PROPULSION LAB L T P Credits Total Marks
(For Aeronautical) 0 0 4 2 100
SUGGESTED LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of heat of combustion of aviation fuel 2. Study of an aircraft piston engine.
3. Study of aircraft jet engine
4. Study of an aircraft jet engine compressor.
5. Combustion performance studies of in a jet engine combustion chamber.
6. Study of aircraft jet engine magneto ignition system.
7. Characteristics of free jet and wall jet
8. Cascade testing of model of a compressor blade row
Study and measurement of the following chassis frames
1. Heavy duty vehicle frame (Leyland, Tata etc.).
2. Light duty vehicle frame (Ambassador, Maruti van etc.).
Study, dismantling and assembling of
1. Front Axle. 2. Rear Axle.
3. Differential.
4. Steering systems along with any two types of steering gear box.
5. Braking systems – hydraulic servo vacuum, compressed air power brakes. 6. Leaf spring, coil spring, torsion bar, Hydraulic shock absorber.
Study, Dismantling and Assembling of
1. Clutch assembly of different types.
2. Gear Box.
3. Transfer case. 4. Study of propeller shaft.
AUTOMOTIVE ENGINE COMPONENTS LAB
SUGGESTED LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 1. Dismantling of 4 cylinder petrol engine.
2. Assembling of 4 cylinder petrol engine.
3. Dismantling of 6 cylinder diesel engine.
4. Assembling of 6 cylinder diesel engine. 5. Study of oil filter, fuel filter, fuel injection system, carburettor, MPFI.
6. Study of ignition system components – coil, magneto and electronic ignition systems.
7. Study of engine cooling system components.
8. Study of engine lubrication system components. 9. Ovality and taper measurement of cylinder bore and comparison with standard specifications.
10. Ovality and taper measurement of engine crank shaft and comparison with standard specification.
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 115 REGULATIONS 2015
SAU4054 TWO WHEELER AND THREE WHEELER LAB L T P Credits Total Marks
(For Automobi le) 0 0 4 2 100 SUGGESTED LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
TWO – WHEELER LAB 1. Road performance test of a two wheeler using chassis dynamometer. 2. Dismantling and assembling of two wheeler engine. 3. Performance test of a shock absorber. 4. Performance test on coil spring. 5. Two wheeler chain tension test. 6. Brake and clutch adjustment as per specification. 7. Dismantling and assembling of two wheeler gear box and finding gear ratio.
THREE – WHEELER LAB 1. Dismantling and assembling of three wheeler engine. 2. Dismantling and assembling of three wheeler gear box and finding gear ratios. 3. Three wheeler brake and clutch play adjustment 4. Dismantling and assembling of three wheeler steering system. 5. Study of three wheeler chassis frame and power transmission system
SAU4055 COMPUTER AIDED ENGINE DESIGN
AND CHASSIS DESIGN LAB L T P Credits Total Marks
(For Automobi le) 0 0 4 2 100
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.
COMPUTER AIDED ENGINE DESIGN LAB
SUGGESTED LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Design and drawing of piston. Piston pin and piston rings and drawing of these components. Design of connecting rod small end and big end, shank design, design of big end cap, of the connecting rodassembly Design of crankshaft, balancing weight calculations. Development of short and long crank arms, front end and rear end details, drawing assembly. Design and drawing of flywheel. Ring gear design, drawing of the flywheel including the development of ring gear teeth. Design and drawing of the inlet and exhaust valves. Design of cam and camshaft, cam profile generation, drawing of cam and camshaft. Design of combustion chamber.
COMPUTER AIDED CHASSIS DESIGN LAB
SUGGESTED LIST OF EXPERIMENTS Design of heavy duty vehicle frame (Leyland, Tata etc.) Design of light duty vehicle frame (Ambassador, Maruti van etc.) Front bumper crashworthiness optimization. Simulation of full-scale passenger car impacts. Design of front axle and rear axle Automotive styling: sketching, modeling, surfacing and visualization. Design of differential Design of steering systems along with any two types of steering gear box Design of braking systems – hydraulic servo vacuum, compressed air power brakes. Design of leaf spring, coil spring, torsion bar spring, hydraulic shock absorber Design of clutch assembly of different types Design of gear Box
bolts and drawing
of the crankshaft
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 116 REGULATIONS 2015
SAU4056 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AND RECONDITIONING LAB L T P Credits Total Marks
(For Automobile) 0 0 4 2 100
STUDY EXPERIMENTS 1. Tools and instruments required for maintenance.
2. Safety aspects with respect to man, machine and tools.
3. General procedures for servicing, maintenance schedule and record maintenance.
SUGGESTED LIST OF EXPERIMENTS 1. Cylinder reboring-checking the cylinder bore and setting the tool and reboring.
2. Valve grinding, valve lapping.
3. Setting the valve angle and checking for valve leakage
4. Calibration of fuel injection pump 5. Wheel alignment – testing of camber, caster.
6. Testing kingpin inclination, toe-in and toe-out.
7. Chassis alignment testing
8. Brake adjustment and brake bleeding.
9. Head light adjustment. 10. Tyre changing.
11. Wheel balancing.
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 117 REGULATIONS 2015
SME1601 ADVANCED INTERNAL L T P Credits Total Marks
COMBUSTION ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To Provide an overview of the underlying principle of operation of IC Engines and their subsystem components. x To provide Knowledge on modern engine technologies
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION TO I.C ENGINES 9 Hrs.
Classification of I.C Engines-Thermodynamics of Air Standard Otto and Diesel Cycles – Working of 4 Stroke and 2 stroke –S.I and C.I engines– Comparison of S.I and C.I Engines-I.C engine fuels,types,Combustion of fuels-Rating of fuels – composition of petrol and diesel fuels - importance Of valve and port timing.
UNIT 2 SI ENGINES 9 Hrs.
Air Fuel ratio requirements-Carburetion-types of Automobile carburetor-working principle, injection system in SI Engines. Combustion in SI Engines-Combustion Chambers, Factors controlling combustion chamber design, stages of combustion-Factors affecting Flame propagation, Knock in SI engines, variables affecting Knocking.
UNIT 3 CI ENGINES 9 Hrs.
Diesel Fuel injection system, MPFI&CRDI, Function of components, jerk type pump, Distributor pump. Mechanical and pneumatic Governor, Fuel injector, Types of nozzle, importance of swirl, squish, Turbulence air motion, Combustion in CI Engines-Combustion Chambers, Factors controlling combustion chamber design. Stages of combustion, Factors affecting ignition delay, knock in CI Engines, variables affecting knocking
UNIT 4 IGNITION, COOLING AND LUBRICATION SYSTEM 9 Hrs.
Types of ignition systems, inlet and exhaust manifold arrangements, engine Cooling System: Cooling requirement, Air cooling, Type of liquid cooling system, Advantage and disadvantage of air cooling and water cooling system, Antifreeze mixture. Lubrication System: Function of lubricating system, Properties of lubricating oil, Wet sump, Dry sump and mist lubrication system.
UNIT 5 RECENT TRENDS 9 Hrs.
Introduction to Modern engine technologies- Lean Burn Engine, Stratified Charge Engine, Surface Ignition Engine-Measurement Techniques. Four Valve and Overhead cam Engines, Electronic Engine Management, Common Rail Direct Injection Diesel Engine, Gasoline Direct Injection Engine, Data Acquisition System –pressure pick up, charge amplifier PC for Combustion and Heat release analysis in Engines.
2. Ganesan, "Internal Combustion Engines", II Edition, TMH, 2002.
3. John Heywood – Internal Combustion engines, McGraw Hill, 1988.
4. R .B .Mathur and R.P Sharma. – Internal Combustion engines, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, 1994. 5. Internal Combustion engines, Maleev.V.L, McGraw Hill
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 118 REGULATIONS 2015
S M E 1 6 0 2 W I N D A N D S O L A R E N E R G Y L T P C r e d i t s T o t a l M a r k s
3 0 0 3 1 0 0
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To understand the fundamentals of wind and solar energy and its conversion system
To study the various types of wind machines and to analyze its performance
To study the radiation principles with respective solar energy estimation To discuss about solar thermal technologies and its applications
To learn about PV technology principles and techniques of various solar cells
UNIT 1 WIND ENERGY FUNDAMENTALS & WIND MEASUREMENTS 9 Hrs. Introduction: Scope of wind power potential in India. Wind Energy Basics, Wind Speeds and scales, Terrain,
Roughness, Wind Mechanics, Power Content, Classification of wind turbines, Atmospheric Boundary Layers, Turbulence. Instrumentation for wind measurements, Wind data analysis, tabulation, Wind resource estimation, Betz’s Limit, Turbulence Analysis.
UNIT 2 WIND MACHINES 9 Hrs. Types of wind machines, analysis of aerodynamic forces acting on blade, performance, generating systems, energy storage – Applications.
UNIT 3 SOLAR RADIATION AND COLLECTORS 9 Hrs.
Solar angles – Sun path diagrams – Radiation – extra terrestrial characteristics - measurement and estimation on horizontal and tilted surfaces - flat plate collector thermal analysis - testing methods- evacuated tubular collectors - concentrator collectors – classification - design and performance parameters - tracking systems - compound parabolic concentrators - parabolic trough concentrators - concentrators with point focus - Heliostats – performance of the collectors.
UNIT 4 SOLAR THERMAL TECHNOLOGIES 9 Hrs. Principle of working, types, design and operation of Solar heating and cooling systems – Thermal Energy storage systems – Solar Desalination – Solar cooker : domestic, community – Solar pond – Solar drying.
UNIT 5 SOLAR PHOTO VOLTAIC SYSTEM DESIGN AND APPLICATIONS 9 Hrs.
Semiconductor – properties - energy levels - basic equations of semiconductor devices physics. Solar cells - p-n junction - Solar cell array system analysis and performance prediction - solar cell array design concepts - PV system design - design process and optimization - detailed array design - variation of efficiency with band-gap and temperature - efficiency measurements - high efficiency cells – Solar thermo-photovoltaic - System installation - operation and maintenance - field experience - PV market analysis and economics of SPV systems.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Rai G.D., Non Conventional Sources of energy,. Khanna publications, 4th Edn., 1999. 2. Garg H.P. and Prakash J., Solar energy, Fundamentals and application, 2006.
3. David M.Eggleston and Stoddard S., Wind turbine Engineering designing, – Van Noustrand, 1987. 4. Putnam, C Palmer, Power from wind., Van Noustrand, 1984.
5. Le Couriers D., Wind power plants. Theory and design, Permagon press, 1982. 6. Sukhatme S P, J K Nayak, Solar Energy – Principle of Thermal Storage and colection, Tata McGraw Hil, 2008.
7. Freris, L .L. Wind Energy Conversion Systems, Prentice Hall, 1990.
8. Wind and Solar Power Systems, Mukund. R. Patel, 2nd Edition, Taylor & Francis, 2001 9. Wind energy Handbook, Edited by T. Burton, D. Sharpe, N. Jenkins and E. Bossanyi, John Wiley & Sons, 2001
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 119 REGULATIONS 2015
SME1603 ALTERNATE FUELS & ENERGY SYSTEMS L T P Credits Total Marks
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To Explain the various alternate fuel sources available and their compatibility
To provide knowledge on their properties, performance and economic viability
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 9 Hrs.
Need for alternate fuel, availability and properties of alternate fuels, general use of alcohols, LPG, hydrogen, ammonia, CNG and LNG, vegetable oils and biogas, merits and demerits of various alternate fuels, introduction to alternate energy sources- EV, hybrid, fuel cell and solar cars.
UNIT 2 ALCOHOLS 9 Hrs.
Properties as engine fuel, alcohols and gasoline blends, performance in SI engine, methanol and gasoline blends, combustion characteristics in CI engines, emission characteristics, Di-Methyl Esters, , Di- Ethyl Esters, properties performance analysis, performance in SI & CI Engines.
UNIT 3 NATURAL GAS, LPG, HYDROGEN AND BIOGAS 9 Hrs.
Availability of CNG, properties, modification required to use in engines, performance and emission characteristics of CNG using LPG in SI & CI engines, performance and emission of LPG. Hydrogen; storage and handling, performance and safety aspects.
UNIT 4 VEGETABLE OILS 9 Hrs.
Various vegetable oils for engines, Biodiesel and its characteristics esterification, performance, Combustion and emission Characteristics
UNIT 5 ELECTRIC, HYBRID, FUEL CELL AND SOLAR CARS 9 Hrs.
Layout of an electric vehicle, advantage and limitations, specifications, system components, electronic control system, high energy and power density batteries, hybrid vehicle, fuel cell vehicles, solar powered vehicles.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Richard L. Bechfold, Alternative Fuels Guide Book - SAE International Warren dale - 1997.
2. MaheswarDayal, “Energy Today & Tomorrow”, I & B Horsier India - 1982.
4. “Alcohols as motor fuels progress in technology”, Series No.19, SAE Publication USE - 1980.
5. SAE Paper Nos. 840367, 841333, 841334, 841156, Transactions, SAE, USA
6. A.Demirbas,”Biodiesel a realistic fuel alternative for Diesel engines “Springer , Verlog London limited-2008
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 120 REGULATIONS 2015
SME1604 BIO-ENERGY CONVERSION TECHNOLOGIES L T P Credits Total Marks
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To impart knowledge of Bio- energy with respect to its availability, utilization and economic viability.
UNIT 1 BIOMASS CHARACTERISTICS & PREPARATION 9 Hrs.
Biomass sources and classification.Advantages and drawbacks.Indian scenario.Characteristics .carbon Neutrality.Chemical composition and properties of biomass.Energy plantations.Preparation of biomass.Size reduction, Briquetting of loose biomass, Drying, Storage and handling of biomass.fuel assessment studies.
UNIT 2 BIOGAS TECHNOLOGY 9 Hrs.
Feedstock for producing biogas, Aqueous wastes containing biodegradable organic matter, animal residues-sugar rich materials. Microbial and biochemical aspects and operating parameters for biogas production.Kinetics and mechanism.Dry and wet fermentation. Digesters for rural application-High rate digesters for industrial waste water treatment.
UNIT 3 PYROLYSIS AND THERMO CHEMICAL CONVERSION 9 Hrs.
Thermo chemical conversion of lignocelluloses biomass.Incineration for safe disposal of hazardous waste.Biomass processing for liquid fuel production.Pyrolysis of biomass-pyrolysis regime. Effect of particle size, temperature, and products obtained.
UNIT 4 GASIFICATION OF BIOMASS AND POWER GENERATION 9 Hrs.
Thermo chemical Principles: Effect of pressure, temperature and introducing, steam and oxygen. Design and operation of fixed and fluidized bed Gasifiers, partial Gasification of Bio-mass By circulating fluidized bed, Safety aspects, PartialgasificationofbiomassbyCFB.Utilisation of gasifier for electricity generation; Operation of spark ignition and compression ignition engine with wood gas, methanol, ethanol &Biogas; Biomass integrated gasification/combinedcycles systems.
UNIT 5 COMBUSTION OF BIOMASS AND COGENERATIONS SYSTEM 9 Hrs.
Combustion of woody biomass-theory calculations and design of equipment.Cogeneration in biomass processing industries. Case studies: Combustion of rice husk. Use of bagasse for cogeneration.Sustainable co-firing of biomass with coal. Biomass productivity: Energy plantation and power programme.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Chakravarthy A., “Biotechnology and Alternative Technologies for Utilisation of Biomass or Agricultural Wastes”, Oxford & IBH publishing Co, 1989.
2. Mital K.M., “Biogas Systems: Principles and Applications”, ISBN –81-224-0947-4, New Age International publishers (P) Ltd., 1996.
3. VenkataRamana P. and Srinivas S.N., “Biomass Energy Systems”,ISBN 81-85419-25-6, Tata Energy Research Institute, 1996.
4. Klass D.L., and Emert G.M., “Fuels from Biomass and Wastes”, Ann Arbor Since Publ. Inc. Michigan, 1985.
5. Khandelwal K.C. and Mahdi (SS), “Bio-Gas Technology”, Tata McGraw-Hill Pub. Co.Ltd , 1986. 6. Chawls O.P., “Advances in Bio-gas Technology” I.C.A.R., New Delhi, 1970.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 121 REGULATIONS 2015
S M E 1 6 0 5 COGENERATION AND WASTE HEAT L T P Credits Total Marks
RECOVERY SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To provide basic thermodynamic principles of cogeneration. To understand cogeneration technologies based on steam turbine, gas turbine and IC engine. To analyze issues and applications of cogeneration technologies.
To study Waste heat recovery systems, economic analysis and environmental considerations.
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 9 Hrs.
Principles of cogeneration. Performance indices of cogeneration systems–waste heat recovery–sources and types –Principles of Thermodynamics, Combined Cycles, Topping, Bottoming, Organic Rankine Cycles, and Advantages of Cogeneration Technology. Concept of trigeneration.
UNIT 2 COGENERATION TEHNOLOGIES 9 Hrs.
Advanced cogeneration systems based on fuel cells. Sterling Engines. Configuration and thermodynamic performance –steam turbine cogeneration systems – gas turbine cogeneration systems –reciprocating IC engines cogeneration systems –combined cycles cogeneration systems.
UNIT 3 APPLICATIONS OF COGENERATION TECHNOLOGIES AND ISSUES 9 Hrs.
Applications in industries, Applications of Cogeneration in utility sector –Industrial sector –building sector – rural sector –Impacts of cogeneration plants –fuel, electricity and environment. Cogeneration plants electrical interconnection issues - Utility and cogeneration plant-inter connection issues
UNIT 4 DESIGN OF WASTE HEAT RECOVERY SYSTEMS 9 Hrs.
Selection criteria for waste heat recovery technologies–Recuperators –Regenerators –economizers –Plate Heat Exchangers – thermic fluid heaters –Waste Heat Boilers –classification, Location, Service Conditions and Design Considerations –fluidized bed heat exchangers –heat pipe exchangers –heat pumps –absorption systems.
UNIT 5 ECONOMIC ANALYSIS OF WASTE HEAT RECOVERY SYSTEMS 9 Hrs.
Financial considerations -operations and Investment cost –economic concepts –measures of economic performance –procedure for economic analysis –examples –procedure for optimized system selection and design – load curves –sensitivity analysis – regulatory and financial frame work for cogeneration and waste heat recovery systems.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Charles H.Butler, “Cogeneration”, McGraw Hill Book Co., 1984.
2. EDUCOGEN, “The European Educational tool for cogeneration”,Second Edition,2001.
3. Horlock JH, “Cogeneration -Heat and Power,Thermodynamics and Economics”,Oxford, 1987.
4. SenguptaSubrata, Lee SS EDS, “Waste Heat Utilization and Management”, Hemisphere,1983.
5. De Nevers, Noel., “Air Pollution Control Engineering”, McGrawHill, 1995
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 122 REGULATIONS 2015
L T P Credits Total Marks
SME1606 COMBUSTION ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To provide information on various types of fuels and properties. To understand the thermodynamics and kinetics of combustion. To understand and analyze the combustion of various fuels.
UNIT 1 COMBUSTION OF FUELS 9 Hrs.
Fuels & Fuel Analysis-Combustion equation, Stoichiometry, theoretical & actual combustion processes. Combustion equations, excess air, air fuel ratio, equivalence ratio, exhaust gas composition, Air fuel ratio from exhaust gas composition.
UNIT 2 THERMODYNAMICS OF COMBUSTION 9 Hrs.
Enthalpy of Formation; Enthalpy of Reaction; Heating Values; First law Analysis of Reaction System and Second Laws Analysis of Reaction System, Adiabatic combustion temperature criteria for Chemical Equilibrium, Equilibrium constant for gaseous mixtures, Evaluation of equilibrium composition, chemical availability.
UNIT 3 KINETICS OF COMBUSTION 9 Hrs.
Law of Mass Action; Reaction Rate; Simple and Complex Reaction; Reaction order and Molecularity, Arhenius Laws; Activation Energy; Chain Reaction; Steady Rate and Partial Equilibrium Approximation; Chain Explosion; Explosion Limit and Oxidation Characteristics of Hydrogen, Carbon Monoxide, Hydrocarbons.
UNIT 4 FLAMES 9 Hrs.
Remixed Flame Structure and Propagation of Flames in Homogeneous Mixtures; Relation, Properties of Hugoniot Curve, Analysis of Deflagration and Detonation Branches.Theories of Flame Propagation & Calculation of Flame Speed Measurements. Stability Limits of Laminar Flames; Flammability Limits & Quenching Distant, Burner Design, Mechanism of Flame Stabilization In Laminar & Turbulent Flows, Flame Quenching, Diffusion Flames; Comparison of Diffusion With Premixed Flame, Combustion of Gaseous Fuel, Jets Burke & Schumann Development.
UNIT 5 ENGINE COMBUSTION 9 Hrs.
Combustion in SI and CI engines, stages of combustion in SI and CI engines, Normal combustion and abnormal combustion, Emissions from premixed combustion, Emission from Non-premixed combustion, Control of emissions.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Stephen R. Turns, “An Introduction to Combustion”, McGraw Hill Book Company, 1996. 2. Irwin Glassman, “Combustion”, Third Edition, Academic Press, 1996. 3. Sharma S.P.and Chandramohan, “Fuels and Combustion”, Tata McGraw Hill Book Co., 1984. 4. Samir Sarkar, “Fuels and Combustion”, Orient Longman, 1984. 5. Kuo K.K. “Principles of Combustion”, John Wiley & Sons, 1984. 6. Heywood J.B, “Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals”, Mc Graw Hill Book Co., 1988.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 123 REGULATIONS 2015
L T P Credits Total Marks
SME1607 COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To understand the fluid flow characteristics and its applications
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 8 Hrs.
Historical Background-One dimensional Computations -Finite Difference Methods-Finite Element Methods - Finite Volume Methods Neumann Boundary Conditions Dirichlet Boundary Conditions -Governing Equations-Classification of Partial Differential Equations- Introduction to Navier-Stokes System of Equations. Comparison of numerical, analytical and experimental.
UNIT 2 FINITE DIFFERENCE METHODS AND SOLUTIONS 9 Hrs.
Simple Methods -General Methods -Higher Order Derivatives- Multidimensional Finite Difference Formulas - Mixed Derivatives –Non uniform Mesh- Higher Order Accuracy Schemes- Accuracy of Finite Difference Solutions-Elliptic Equations- Parabolic Equations- Hyperbolic Equations- Burgers’ Equation- Coordinate Transformation for Arbitrary Geometries
UNIT 3 INCOMPRESSIBLE VISCOUS FLOWS AND COMPRESSIBLE FLOWS 10 Hrs.
Artificial Compressibility Method - Pressure Correction Methods -Semi-Implicit Method for Pressure-Linked Equations -Pressure Implicit with Splitting of Operators -Marker-and-Cell (MAC) Method -Vortex Methods -Potential Equation-Euler Equations-Central Schemes with Combined Space and Independent Space-Explicit Schemes-Implicit Schemes-PISO Scheme for Compressible Flows-Finite Difference Volume Equations
UNIT 4 STRUCTURED AND UNSTRUCTURED GRID GENERATION 9 Hrs.
Algebraic Methods- PDE Mapping Methods- Unidirectional Interpolation- Multidirectional Interpolation-Domain Vertex Method- Transfinite Interpolation Methods (TFI)- PDE Mapping Methods- Control Functions-Hyperbolic Grid Generator- Multiblock Structured Grid Generation- Delaunay-Voronoi Methods- Advancing Front Methods- Three-Dimensional Applications- DVM in 3D- AFM i 3-D..
UNIT 5 COMPUTING TECHNIQUES AND APPLICATION 9 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 124 REGULATIONS 2015
SME1608 COMPUTER SIMULATION L T P Credits
Total Marks
OF IC ENGINES 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To learn the simulation of engine combustion based on first and second law of thermodynamics.
UNIT 1 SIMULATION PRINCIPLES 9 Hrs.
Simulation principles-First and second laws of thermodynamics – Estimation of properties of gas mixtures - Structure of engine models – Open and closed cycle models - Cycle studies, Chemical Reactions, First law application to combustion, Heat of combustion – Adiabatic flame temperature, Chemical Equilibrium and calculation of equilibrium composition - – Heat transfer in engines – Heat transfer models for engines.
UNIT 2 SIMULATION OF COMBUSTION IN SI ENGINES 9 Hrs.
Simulation in S I engine - Combustion in SI engines, Flame propagation and velocity, Single zone models – Multi zone models – Mass burning rate, Turbulence models – One dimensional models – Chemical kinetics modeling – Multidimensional models, Flow chart preparation.
UNIT 3 SIMULATION OF COMBUSTION IN CI ENGINES 9 Hrs.
Main difference between SI and CI engine simulation, differences between ideal and actual cycles, Combustion in CI enginesSingle zone models – Premixed-Diffusive models – Wiebe’ model –Whitehouse way model, Two zone models - Multizone models- Meguerdichian and Watson’s model, Hiroyasu’s model, Lyn’s model – Introduction to Multidimensional and spray modeling, Flow chart preparation.
UNIT 4 SIMULATION OF TWO STROKE ENGINES 9 Hrs.
Thermodynamics of the gas exchange process - Flows in engine manifolds – One dimensional and multidimensional models, determination of the pressure-crank angle variation, computation of performance parameters. Flow around valves and throughports Models for scavenging in two stroke engines – Isothermal and non-isothermal models, Heat Transfer and Friction. simulation for pollution estimation.
UNIT 5 SIMULATION OF GAS TURBINE COMBUSTORS 9 Hrs.
Gas Turbine Power plants – Flame stability, Combustion models for Steady Flow Simulation –Emission models.Flow chart preparation.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Ashley S. Campbell, Thermodynamic Analysis of Combustion Engines, Krieger publication co,1985.
8. .Mattavi J.N and C.A.Amann, Combustion Modeling in Reciprocating Engines, Plenum Press,1980.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 125 REGULATIONS 2015
S M E 1 6 0 9 CRYOGENIC ENGINEERING L T P Credits Total Marks
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE
• To enrich the students in the field of Cryogenic Engineering, Applications, Various Refrigeration processes, Equipments, Instruments, gas separation and Purification processes.
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 9 Hrs. Cryogenic Engineering – Properties of cryogenic fluids – Oxygen, Nitrogen, Argon, Neon, Flourine, Helium. Hydrogen, Properties of Solids – Mechanical, Thermal, and Electrical-Super conductivity, Cryogenic applications
UNIT 2 CRYOGENIC REFRIGERATION AND GAS LIQUEFACTION 9 Hrs.
Principle – Joule Thomson Expansion, Cascade processes, Ortho para hydrogen conversion, cold gas refrigerators, Linde-Hampson cycles, Claude and cascaded systems, magnetic cooling, Stirling Cylce, Pulse Tube refrigeration..
UNIT 3 CRYOGENIC EQUIPMENTS AND REQUIREMENTS 9 Hrs.
Cryogenics- Heat Exchangers, Compressors, Expanders, Effect of various parameters in performance and system optimization. Insulation and Storage equipments for cryogenic fluids, industrial storage and transfer of cryogenic fluids
UNIT 4 GAS SEPARATION AND PURIFICATION 9 Hrs. Ideal gas, Mixture characteristics – composition diagrams – gas separation – Principle of Rectification, Flash Calculation Rectification column analysis – air separation, gas purification.
UNIT 5 CRYOGENIC INSTRUMENTATION AND VACUUM TECHNOLOGY 9 Hrs.
Properties and characteristics of instrumentation, Strain Displacement, Pressure, flow, Liquid level, Density and temperature measurement in cryogenic range. Need of Vacuum in Cryogenics – Vacuum Fundamentals – Conductance and Electrical Analogy – Pumping speed and Pump down time – Classification of vacuum Pumps – Types of Vacuum Pumps – Mechanical Pumps, Roots Pump, Diffusion Pumps, Turbo molecular Pumps, Cryo Pump, Getter Pumps, Pump Selection and Operating range of each type, Vacuum gauges and measurement range.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Randal F. Barron, Cryogenic Systems, Mc Graw Hill, 1985
2. , Cryogenic Engineering, Van Nostrand Co. Inc. 1985.
3. Klaus D. Timmerhaus, Richard Palmer Reed, Cryogenic Engineering: 50 years of progress, Springer, 2007.
6. Mikulin, Y., “Theory and Design of Cryogenic Systems”, MIR Publishers, 2002
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 126 REGULATIONS 2015
SME1610 DESIGN OF HEAT TRANSFER L T P Credits Total Marks
EQUIPMENT 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To impart the concepts of design of heat transfer equipments.
To develop understanding about design of various heat exchangers
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 9 Hrs. Classification and general features of heat exchangers - transfer process, constructions - Regenerators and
recuperates - Heat pipes - structures - applications - basic relations - performance characteristics - effects of working fluid and operating temperature, wick - selection of material - pore size (basic concepts only) - compatibility - limitations - design of circular heat pipe. Double pipe heat exchanger - Thermal and hydraulic design - inner pipe, annulus, Hairpin heat exchanger - bare inner tube, multi-tube finned inner tube - parallel and series arrangements, pressure drop, design and operational features.
UNIT 2 SHELL AND TUBE HEAT EXCHANGERS 9 Hrs. Shell and Tube heat exchangers - Tube layouts for exchangers- Baffle spacing, different types of shell and tube
exchangers - The calculations of shell and tube exchangers shell side film coefficients - shell side equivalent diameter - The true temperature difference in a 1-2 exchanger. Influence of approach temperature on correction factory - Shell- side pressure drop - Tube side pressure drop-Kern method - bell - Delaware method -Analysis of performance of 1-2 exchangers and design calculation of shell and tube heat exchangers - Flow arrangements for increased heat recovery - The calculations of 2-4 exchangers.
UNIT 3 COMPACT HEAT EXCHANGERS AND GASKETTED PLATE HEAT EXCHANGERS 9 Hrs. Compact heat exchangers - types - constructional features, heat transfer and pressure drop calculations - finned
plate and tube. Automotive radiators. Extruded tube type, sprayed heat exchanger, dimple heat exchangers, wrap around heat exchangers. Gasketed, semi-welded, welded, brazed plate heat exchangers - constructional features - plate pack and frame - operational characteristics - passes and flow arrangement, heat transfer and pressure drop calculation - heat transfer area, channel, port, heat transfer co-efficient, heat transfer surface area, performance analysis.
UNIT 4 CONDENSERS AND EVAPORATORS 9 Hrs. Shell and tube condensers – horizontal and vertical type – Plate condensers, Air cooled and direct contact types,
Thermal design of shell and tube condenser, Design and operation consideration, Condenser for refrigeration and air-conditioning - water cooled, air cooled and evaporative condensers. Evaporators for refrigeration and air conditioning - chillers and air coolers – Thermal analysis – Shah, Kandlikar and Ghungor&Winterton correlations, standards for evaporators and condensers.
UNIT 5 COOLING TOWERS 9 Hrs. Cooling towers -Types - basic relation - heat balance and heat transfer - characteristics, effects of - packing -
geometry - Analysis of cooling towers measurements- design of cooling towers- - Calculation of cooling tower performance, spray design, selection of - pumps, fans, Testing, maintenance, environmental effect wind loads, typical installations.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. SadikKakac&Hongtan Lin, Heat Exchangers, CRC Press, London, 1998. 2. Donal Q Kern, Process Heat transfer, Tata MC Graw Hill, 1997. 3. Arthur P Fraas, Heat Exchanger Design, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1997. 4. Walker, Industrial Heat Exchangers, MC Graw Hill, 1997. 5. Holger Martin, Heat Exchangers, Hemisphere publishing Corporation, London, 1992. 6. Hewitt, Shires and Bolt, Process Heat transfer, CRC Press.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
To learn about machine tool structures and design of machine tool structures
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 9 Hrs.
Classification of machining processes, machine tools – machine tool construction – factors – performance criteria – trends in modern machine tool– calculation of cutting forces and power requirements for turning, milling, boring and grinding – force distribution on different parts of drilling, milling and grinding machine tools.
UNIT 2 STRENGTH AND RIGIDITY OF MACHINE TOOL STRUCTURES 9 Hrs.
Basic principles of design – comparison of materials used in machine tool construction – dependence of process capability on rigidity – static compliance – design of lathe beds – materials – typical construction – torsional modulus of regangular and box sections – methods of increasing rigidities.
Spindle units – materials – spindle design – spindle bearings – types of materials – constructions.
UNIT 5 MACHINE TOOL DYNAMICS 9 Hrs.
Dynamic system – elastic system – working processes – vibration in machine tools – self excited vibration and dynamic stability – basic principles of chatter – effects of vibration – vibration elimination – damping – isolation of vibration – dynamic absorber with damping.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Manfred week, “Hand Book of machine tools – vol1, vol 2, vol.3 John Wiley & Sons, 1984.
2. Acherkan.N, “Machine Tool Design”, vol 3, MIR publishers, 1978
3. Metha N.K, “Machine Tool Design and Numerical control”, Tata McGraw Hill publishing company, 1996
4. Sen G.C. and A.Battacharya, “Principles of machine tools”, New central book agency, 1999
5. Yoshimi Lto, Modular Design for Machine tools, McGraw Hill, 2008
6. Joshi P.H. Machine Tools Hand book, McGraw Hill, 2007
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration: 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 128 REGULATIONS 2015
SME1612 WASTE HEAT UTILIZATION L T P Credits Total Marks
AND MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To study the waste heat recovery systems for the effective utilization of energy
UNIT 1 COGENERATION 9 Hrs.
Introduction, Principles of Thermodynamics, Combined Cycles, Topping, Bottoming, Organic Rankine Cycles, Advantages of Cogeneration Technology
UNIT 2 APPLICATION & TECHNO ECONOMICS OF COGENERATION 9 Hrs.
Cogeneration Application in various process industries. Sizing of waste heat boilers, Performance calculations, Part load characteristics selection of Cogeneration Technologies, Financial considerations, operating cost and Investments, Costs of Cogeneration
UNIT 3 WASTE HEAT RECOVERY 9 Hrs.
Introduction - Principles of Thermodynamics and Second Law, Sources of waste heat and its potential applications, Waste heat survey and measurements, Data collection, Limitations and affecting factors Heat recovery equipment and systems
UNIT 4 WASTE HEAT RECOVERY SYSTEMS & WASTE HEAT BOILERS 9 Hrs.
UNIT 5 APPLICATIONS & TECHNO ECONOMICS OF WASTE HEAT RECOVERY SYSTEMS 9 Hrs.
Applications in industries, selection of waste heat recovery technologies - financial considerations - operations and investment costs of waste heat recovery
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Charles H.Butler, Cogeneration, McGraw Hill Book Co., 1984.
2. Horlock JH, Cogeneration - Heat and Power, Thermodynamics and Economics, Oxford,1987.
3. Institute of Fuel, London, Waste Heat Recovery, Chapman & Hall Publishers, London, 1963.
4. Sengupta Subrata, Lee SS EDS, Waste Heat Utilization and Management, Hemisphere, Washington, 1983.
5. De Nevers, Noel., Air Polllution Control Engineering, McGrawHill, New York,1995.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 129 REGULATIONS 2015
S M E 1 6 1 3 ENERGY ENGINEERING AND L T P C r e d i t s T o t a l M a r k s
MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3 1 0 0
COURSE.OBJECTIVE
• To provide Knowledge on energy management and methodology
UNIT 1 GENERAL ASPECT OF ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND AUDIT 9 Hrs. Energy energy and various forms – energy management and audit – material and energy balance – energy action planning – energy monitoring and targeting scenario – energy conservation act – Basic
UNIT 2 ENERGY AUDIT METHODOLOGY & RECENT TRENDS 9 Hrs.
Current Practices, Integration of two or more systems, Switching of Energy Sources, Economics of implementation of energy optimisation projects, it’s constraints, barriers and limitations, Report-writing, preparations and presentations of energy audit reports, Post monitoring of energy conservation projects, MIS , impact of renewable energy on energy audit recommendations.
UNIT 3 ENERGY EFFICIENCY IN THERMAL UTILITIES 9 Hrs. Boilers- steam System-Furnaces-Insulation and Refractories-FBC Boilers-Waste heat recovery-Heat Exchanger
UNIT 4 ENERGY PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT IN UTILITIES 9 Hrs. Fans and blowers – pumps – compressors - HVAC – Electric motor and variable speed drives – cogeneration – thermal power plant
UNIT 5 FINANCIAL ANALYSIS 9 Hrs. Introduction-fixed and variable cost-interest charges-simple payback period-discounted cash flow method-factors affecting analysis - Life Cycle Costing –ESCO concept
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCES BOOKS
1. Paul W.O., Callaghan, Energy Management, Mc Graw Hill Book Company, New Delhi,1993
2. Jose Goldemberry, Thomas B Johanson, Amulya K.N. Reddy & Robert H. Williams, Energy for a Sustainable World, Wiley EasternLtd., 1990
3. Murphy W.R., Energy Management, Butter Worths, London, 1982
4. Dryden. I.G.C., “The Eficient Use of Energy” Buterworths, London, 1982
5. Ray, D.A., Industrial Energy Conservation, Permagon Press, 1980
6. Witte L.C, Schmidt P.S., Brown D.R. Industrial Energy Management and Utilization (Hemisphere Publication, Washington, 1988)
7. Manager Training Manual (4 Volumes) by Bureau of Energy Eficiency (BEE), a statutory body under Ministry of Power, Government of India, 2004.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 130 REGULATIONS 2015
S M E 1 6 1 4 EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS L T P Credits Total Marks
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE
• To understand the different methods of stress analysis methods
UNIT 1 OVERVIEW OF EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS 7 Hrs. Introduction to ESA– Advantages– Methods –Simplification of problems – Selection of Experimental Techniques.
UNIT 2 STRAIN MEASUREMENT 10 Hrs.
Introduction of strain gauges – Strain Sensitivity – Bridge Sensitivity – Rosettes strain gauge Alloys – Performance of Strain Gauge system –Strain Gauge Selection – Bonding of a Strain Gauge –Special Gauges– Recording Instruments – Static and Dynamic Recording.
UNIT 3 MOIRE METHODS 10 Hrs. Mechanism of formation of Moire fringe – Geometrical approach to Moire fringe analysis – Displacement field approach to Moire fringe analysis – Out of plane measurements Tardy’s Method – Babinet Soleil Method.
UNIT 4 PHOTOELASTICITY METHODS 10 Hrs.
Temporary double refraction – Stress optic law – Effects of stressed model in a plane polariscope fringe multiplication – Isochromatic fringe patterns – Isoclinic fringe pattern Compensation techniques – Calibration methods – Separation methods – Scaling model to prototype stresses –Material properties of photo elastic.
UNIT 5 BRITTLE COATING METHOD 8 Hrs. Introduction, Types – Test procedures– Coating stresses –Crack pattern –Crack detection– Calibration procedures –Brittle coating data analysis.
2. James Dalley, W.F.Riley, “Experimental mechanics ", int. Student Edition McGraw Hill, Kogakusha Ltd., 1992.
3. Srinath,L.S., Raghava,M.R., Lingaiah,K. Gargesha,G.,Pant B. and Ramachandra,K– Experimental Stress Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi,1984
4. Dove Adams, Experimental Stress Analysis, McGraw Hill, 1992.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 131 REGULATIONS 2015
L T P Credits Total Marks
SME1615 FUEL CELL AND APPLICATIONS 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To understand the fundamentals of fuel cell technologies To understand the thermodynamics and kinetics of fuel cell To study the working of various types of fuel cell To learn the various types of fueling methods
To analyze the cost effectiveness and eco-friendliness of Fuel Cells
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW OF FUEL CELLS 9 Hrs.
Overview of fuel cells – Need of fuel cell, History, Principle and overview of fuel cell, Basic electrochemistry for all the fuel cells, Low and high temperature fuel cells; Fuel cell thermodynamics - heat, work potentials, prediction of reversible voltage, Nernst equation; Effect of temperature, pressure, concentration on Nernst potential fuel cell efficiency, Concept of electrochemical potential.
UNIT 2 FUEL CELL TYPES 9 Hrs.
Types of fuel cells – Alkaline Fuel Cell, Phosphoric Acid Fuel Cell, Solid Oxide fuel cell, Molten Carbonate fuel cell, Direct Methanol Fuel Cell, Proton Exchange Membrane Fuel Cell – relative merits and demerits, comparison on battery Vs fuel cell.
UNIT 3 FUEL CELL COMPONENTS AND PERFORMANCE 9 Hrs.
Fuel cell performance characteristics – current/voltage, voltage efficiency and power density, ohmic resistance, Butler-Volmer equation; Tafel equation, kinetic performance, mass transfer effects – membrane electrode assembly components, fuel cell stack, bi-polar plate, humidifiers and cooling plates.
UNIT 4 FUELING 9 Hrs.
Hydrogen storage technology – pressure cylinders, liquid hydrogen, metal hydrides, carbon fibers – reformer technology – steam reforming, partial oxidation, auto thermal reforming – CO removal, fuel cell technology based on bio-mass.
UNIT 5 APPLICATION OF FUEL CELL AND ECONOMICS 9 Hrs.
Fuel cell usage for domestic power systems, large scale power generation, Automobile, Space, Economic and environmental analysis on usage of Hydrogen and Fuel cell. Future trends in fuel cells.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Larminie J. and Dicks A, Fuel Cell Systems Explained, 2nd Edition, Wiley, 2003
2. Xianguo Li, Principles of Fuel Cells, Taylor and Francis, 2005.
3. Srinivasan S, Fuel Cells: From Fundamentals to Applications, Springer, 2006.
4. Hayre, R. P, Cha S, Colella W.,Prinz F. B, Fuel Cell Fundamentals, Wiley, NY ,2006.
5. Basu, S. (Ed) Fuel Cell Science and Technology, Springer, N.Y, 2007.
6. Fuel Cells for automotive applications, Professional Engineering Publishing UK. ISBN 1-86058-4233, 2004.
7. Fuel Cell Technology Handbook SAE International GregorHoogers CRC Press ISBN 0-8493-0877-1-2003.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
B.E. / B.Tech REGULAR 132 REGULATIONS 2015
L T P Credits Total Marks
SME1 6 1 6 INDUSTRIAL TRIBOLOGY 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To understand the basics of friction wear and lubrication.
To learn the applications of tribology
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTORY TO FRICTION, WEAR AND LUBRICATION 8 Hrs.
Basic Definitions of Friction Quantities-Tipping and Onset of Slip -Introductory Friction Problems -Ladder against a Wall -Speed of a Skier -Motorcycle Accident -Angle of Bank to Prevent Sliding of -an Automobile on a Curve under Wet or Dry Conditions -Friction Coefficient Required to Avoid -Sliding on an Unbanked Curve in the Road-Friction in Simple Machine Components-Wedge-Based Mechanisms-Pivots, Collars, and Disks-belts and Ropes-Screws-Shafts and Journal Bearings-Rolling Friction-Types of wear – wear measurement techniques – types of lubrication – solids and semisolids.
UNIT 2 FRICTION MEASUREMENTS AND TESTS 9 Hrs.
Classification of Tribometers-Specimen Preparation and Cleaning-Design and Selection of Friction-Testing Methods-Static Friction -Sliding Friction -Rolling Friction -Friction Tests-Nanoscale Friction Microscale Ball-on-Flat Tests - Friction of a Fiber within a Composite-Multidirectional Tribometers Friction of Impacting Spheres - Pendulum-Based Devices - Friction Measurement Using Precision Chains - Piston Ring and Cylinder Bore Friction -Friction of Brake Linings - Tire/Road Surface Testing - Walkway Friction Testing - Metalworking - Friction of Rock - Friction of Currency - Friction Sensing and Recording
UNIT 3 FUNDAMENTALS OF SLIDING FRICTION AND ROLLING FRICTION 10 Hrs.
Macrocontact,Microcontact and Nanocontact-Static Friction and Stick-Slip-Sliding Friction-Plowing Models - Adhesion, Junction Growth, and Shear Models -Plowing with Debris Generation -Plowing with Adhesion -Single-Layer Shear Models -Multiple-Layer Shear Models -Molecular Dynamics Models -Stimulus–Response Dynamical Friction Models -Ultralow Friction and “Superlubricity” -Selecting Friction Models -Frictional Heating.
Solid friction of materials-friction of wood, leather, and stone-friction of metals and alloys-friction of glasses and ceramics-friction of polymers-friction of carbon materials including diamond-friction of ice-friction of treated surfaces.
UNIT 4 LUBRICATION TO CONTROL FRICTION AND
EFFECTS OF TRIBO-SYSTEM VARIABLES ON FRICTION 9 Hrs.
Lubrication by Liquids and Greases -Liquid Lubrication-Composition of Liquid Lubricants -Friction Polymers-Lubricating Characteristics of Ultrathin Layers-Ionic Liquid Lubricants-Grease Lubrication-Liquid Crystal Lubricants-Lubrication by Solids-Role of Lamellar Crystal Structures- Simplified Models for Solid Lubrication-Graphite and Molybdenum Disulfide-Solid Lubrication by Powders-Engineered Self-Lubricating Materials-Effects of Surface Finish-Load and Contact Pressure-Sliding Velocity-Type of Sliding Motion-Temperature-Surface Films and Chemical Environments-Stiffness and Vibratio-Combined Effects of Several Variables
UNIT 5 APPLICATIONS OF FRICTION TECHNOLOGY 9 Hrs.
Applications in Transportation Systems-Friction in Brakes -Brake Materials -Brake Terminology and Jargon - Aircraft Brakes -Friction in Tires-Friction in Internal Combustion Engines-Friction in Bearings and Gears-Friction in Sliding Seals-Friction in Manufacturing Processes-Friction Cutting -Machining of Metals -Drawing and Rolling - Friction Welding, Friction Stir Processing, -Friction Drilling-Friction Welding -Friction Stir Welding-Friction Stir Processing and Friction Drilling-Friction of Flooring-Friction in Cables-Friction in Fasteners, Joints, and Belts -Friction in Microtribology and Nanotribology
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Peter J. Blau, Friction Scienceand Technology from concepts to applications-CRC PRESS –Tylor and Francis group
2. Theory and Practice of Lubrication for Engineers, Fuller, D., New York company 1998
3. Principles and Applications of Tribiology, Moore, Pergamaon press 1998 4. Tribiology in Industries, Srivastava S., S Chand and Company limited, Delhi 2002
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 133 REGULATIONS 2015
L T P Credits Total Marks
SME1617 NON CONVENTIONAL ENERGY SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To understand the basic concepts of Non conventional energy sources
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 9 Hrs.
World Energy Use – Reserves of Energy Resources – Environmental Aspects of Energy Utilization – Renewable Energy Scenario in Tamilnadu, India and around the World - Potentials - Achievements / Applications – Economics of renewable energy systems
UNIT 2 SOLAR ENERGY 9 Hrs.
Solar Radiation – Measurements of Solar Radiation - Flat Plate and Concentrating Collectors – Solar direct Thermal Applications– Solar thermal Power Generation - Fundamentals of Solar Photo Voltaic Conversion – Solar Cells – Solar PV Power Generation – Solar PV Applications.
UNIT 3 WIND ENERGY 9 Hrs.
Wind Data and Energy Estimation – Types of Wind Energy Systems – Performance - Site Selection – Details of Wind Turbine
Generator – Safety and Environmental Aspects
UNIT 4 BIO – ENERGY 9 Hrs.
Biomass direct combustion – Biomass gasifiers – Biogas plants – Digesters – Ethanol production – Bio diesel – Cogeneration - Biomass Applications
UNIT 5 OTHER RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES 9 Hrs.
Tidal energy – Wave Energy – Open and Closed OTEC Cycles – Small Hydro-Geothermal Energy – Hydrogen and Storage - Fuel Cell Systems – Hybrid Systems, Magneto Hydro dynamometer.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Rai G.D, Non Conventional Energy Sources, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2011.
Twidell, J.W. & Weir, A., Renewable Energy Sources, EFN Spon Ltd., UK, 2006.
Sukhatme S.P, Solar Energy, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 1997.
Godfrey Boyle, Renewable Energy, Power for a Sustainable Future, Oxford University Press,U.K., 1996.
Tiwari G.N, Solar Energy – Fundamentals Design, Modelling& Applications, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi,
Johnson Gary, L. Wind Energy Systems, Prentice Hall, New York, 1985
David M. Mousdale – Introduction to Biofuels, CRC Press, Taylor & Francis Group, USA2010
Chetan Singh Solanki, Solar Photovoltaic’s, Fundamentals, Technologies and Applications, PHI Learning Private Limited,
New Delhi 2009.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 134 REGULATIONS 2015
S M E 1 6 1 8 R E F R I G E R A T I O N A N D L T P Credits Total Marks
A I R C O N D I T I O N I N G 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To understand and discuss fundamentals of refrigeration principles and pressure/temperature relationship, heat transfer, ref rigerants, gas refrigeration compression cycle, compressors, condensers, evaporators.
To understand air conditioning systems and their design, load calculation, control and accessories. To understand Non-conventional Refrigeration Systems and Psychrometry.
To have a thorough knowledge of the applications of refrigeration and air conditioning
UNIT 1 BASICS OF REFRIGERATION 7 Hrs. Refrigeration: Definition, necessity and methods; Unit of refrigeration, COP, EER ; Carnot Principle:Heat pump &
UNIT 2 VAPOUR COMPRESSION REFRIGERATION 12 Hrs. Vapour compression refrigeration (VCR): Simple and actual VCR cycle; T-s and p-h representation, Effect of Sub
cooling and superheating – Quantitative treatment.Two stage compression; flash chamber, Intercooler; Compound VCR systems: Necessity, merits; Multiple Evaporator Systems; Compressors: single and multistage, Hermetic, Screw, Vane and Centrifugal compressors;
Condensers and evaporators; Expansion devices–Qualitative treatment only.
UNIT 3 VAPOUR ABSORPTION REFRIGERATION 10 Hrs. Vapour absorption refrigeration (VAR): importance, Principle of Operation of Ammonia-Water, Lithium
Bromide-Water VAR systems: Comparison of VCR and VAR systems, merits over VCR system; Electrolux System, Steam ejector system; Introduction to adsorption system; Thermoelectric, Vortex tube and pulse tube refrigeration; Descriptive study of Low temperature refrigeration, Cascade system; Liquefaction of hydrogen and helium. Joule Thomson effect; Applications of cryogenics – Qualitative treatment only.
UNIT 4 PSYCHROMETRICS AND AIR CONDITIONING 8 Hrs. Psychrometrics: Psychrometry; Psychrometric properties, charts, processes and relations; Gibbs-Dalton’s law;
Adiabatic mixing of two streams;Human comfort , factors affecting comfort, Comfort chart; Ventilation requirement; Comfort air conditioning ; Air conditioning loads, load estimation; Solar radiation, infiltration and ventilation; Air washer; BPF, ADP temperature; RSHF, GSHF, ERSHF – Quantitative treatment. Summer, winter and central air conditioning systems – Qualitative treatment only.
UNIT 5 ACCESSORIES OF REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS 8 Hrs. Cooling towers, types; Ducts, types, various types of losses of fluid flow in ducts, Methods of duct design,
arrangement system. Air distribution system, Fans and blowers, filters; sources of noise in AC equipments and methods to control noise; Refrigeration and air conditioning controls: pressure, humidity, temperature sensors; safety controls; actuators; Study of Ice manufacturing plant, cold storage, food freezing, building Air conditioning, Automotive, Railway and Marine air conditioning– Qualitative treatment only.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Refrigeration and Air conditioning by Manohar Prasad- New Age International Second edition, 2003 2. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning , C. P. Arora, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, Third edition, 2010 3. Principles of Refrigeration, Roy J. Dossat, Pearson Education, Fourth edition,2009 4. Basic Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, P. N. Ananthanarayanan, TMH, Third edition, 2006 5. Refrigeration and Air conditioning, W.F.Stoeker, Tata McGraw-Hill
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 135 REGULATIONS 2015
L T P Credits Total Marks
SME1 6 1 9 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To understand the concepts of Solid waste management systems
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 9 Hrs
Definitions – Sources, Types, Compositions, Properties of Solid Waste – Municipal Solid Waste – Physical, Chemical and Biological Property-Different types of solid waste management-Sustainability of urban solid waste.
UNIT 2 SOLID WASTE CONVERSION 9 Hrs
Conversion of solid waste into organic manure–Volume reduction technologies-Recycling of solid waste management- Aerobic Composting – Incineration - Environmental Impacts – Measures of Mitigate Environmental Effects due to Incineration-On site segregation of solid waste
UNIT 3 WASTE DISPOSAL 9 Hrs
Disposal of industrial sludge-Safe fly ash disposal-Land Fill Method of Solid Waste Disposal – Land Fill Classification, Types, Methods &Siting Consideration – Composition, Characteristics generation, Movement and Control of Landfill Leachate & Gases – Environmental Monitoring System for Land Fill Gases, Waste landfill Remediation
UNIT 4 HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT 9 Hrs
Definition & Identification of Hazardous Waste –Radioactive waste- Sources, safety standard, detection and analysis– Impact on Environment – Hazardous Waste Control – Minimization and Recycling -Assessment of Hazardous Waste Sites – Disposal of Hazardous Waste, Underground Storage Tanks Construction, Installation & Closure, Remediation, Risk assessment
UNIT 5 ENERGY GENERATION FROM WASTE 9 Hrs
Preprocessing and treatment of municipal solid waste prior to incineration-Thermal conversion Technologies – Pyrolysis systems, Combustion systems, Gasification systems, Environment control systems, energy recovery systems. Biological & chemical conversion technologies – Aerobic composting, low solids, Anaerobic digestion, High solids anaerobic digestion
Max. Hours 45
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. White P.K.,Franke M., Integrated solid waste management, An aspen publication ,1999 2. Michael D. LaGrega, Philip L Buckingham, Jeffrey C. E vans and Environmental Resources Management, Hazardous waste
Management, Mc-Graw Hill International edition, New York, 2001. 3. “Manual on Municipal Solid waste management, Central Public Health and Environmental Engineering Organization,
Government of India, New Delhi, 2000.
4. Paul T Williams, Waste Treatment and Disposal, Wiley, 2005 5. Nichoas P.Cheremisinoff, Handbook of solid waste management and waste minimization technologies, Butterworth, 2003 6. David.H .F.Liu,Bela.G.Liptak,Hazardous waste and solid,Lewis ,2000 7. George Tchobanoglous, H.Theisen, S. Vigil, Integrated Solid Waste management, Engg. Principles and management issues,
McGrawHill, 1993.
8. Parker, Colin, & Roberts, Energy from Waste , An Evaluation of Conversion Technologies, Elsevier Applied Science, London, 1985
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 136 REGULATIONS 2015
SME1620 THEORY OF ELASTICITY L T P Credits Total Marks
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE • To understand the basics of Theory of Elasticity and its principles
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 9 Hrs.
Definition, notations and sign conventions for stress and strain – Stress - strain relations,Strain-displacement relations- Elastic constants. Coordinates and Tensors Transformation. Stress in Cartesian Coordinates. Principal Stresses and Principal Coordinates. Stress Ellipsoid.
UNIT 2 BASIC EQUATIONS OF ELASTICITY 9 Hrs. Generalized Hooke’s Law. Relationships between Elastic Moduli. Boundary-Value Problems in Elasticity.Navier’s Equations. Beltrami-Michell’s Equations. Saint-Venant’s Principle.
UNIT 3 2D PROBLEMS OF ELASTICITY 10 Hrs.
Plane stress and plain strain problems - Airy’s stress function in polar and Cartesian coordinates. Biharmonic equations –2-D problems – Cantilever and simply supported beams. Thick-Walled Cylindrical Pressure Vessel (Lame’s problem). Pure Bending of a Curved Beam in polar coordinates.
UNIT 4 3D PROBLEMS OF ELASTICITY 9 Hrs. Bar Stretched by its Own Weight. Torsion of a Circular Shaft.Bending of a Prismatic Bar.Thermo elasticity-General Approach- Plane Thermoplastic Problem in Polar Coordinates.
UNIT 5 TORSION 8 Hrs. Torsion of a uniform circular shaft. Torsion of Elliptical and Triangular sections Bars. Torsion of Hollow Bars.Prandtl’s theory-Membrane analogy.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Timoshenko S.P. and J.N. Goodier, Theory of Elasticity, McGraw-Hill, 1985.
2. Sechler E, “Elasticity in Engineering” John Wiley & Sons Inc., New York, 1980. 3. Ugural, A.C and Fenster, S.K, Advanced Strength and Applied Elasticity,Prentice hall, 2003
4. Wang, C.T. Applied elasticity, McGraw Hill 1993
5. Enrico Volterra and Caines, J.H, Advanced strength of Materials, Prentice Hall,1991.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 137 REGULATIONS 2015
L T P Credits Total Marks
SPR1601 ADVANCED WELDING PROCESSES 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE To provide an overview of the unusual welding and joining methods such as power beams, friction welding etc.
UNIT 1 SOLID STATE WELDING PROCESSES 9 Hrs.
Fundamental principles, review of the various pressure welding processes and their applications. Friction,
Friction stir welding, explosive, diffusion, and Ultrasonic welding – principles of operation, process characteristics and
application, Welding defects and remedies, Testing and inspection of welds.
UNIT 2 HIGH ENERGY BEAM WELDING 9 Hrs.
Heat generation and regulation, equipment details in typical set-up, Electron beam welding in different degrees
of vacuum, advantages, disadvantages and applications. Laser Welding - Principles of operation, limitations and
applications.
UNIT 3 ELECTRO SLAG WELDING 9 Hrs. Heat generation, principles of operations - wire and consumables - guide techniques - selection of current -
voltage and other process variables - nature of fluxes and their selection. Electro-gas welding - Principle and
applications - Narrow gap welding.
UNIT 4 PLASMA ARC WELDING 9 Hrs. Special features of plasma arc- transferred and non-transferred arc, key hole and puddle-in mode of operation,
micro, low and high current plasma arc welding and their applications, plasma cutting, surfacing and applications -
pulsed current GTAW – Constant current GTAW
UNIT 5 OTHER WELDING PROCESSES AND STANDARDS 9 Hrs. Adhesive bonding and welding of plastics - Cold pressure welding - High frequency Welding - Stud welding -
Under Water welding - types of Application, Welding automation - seam tracking and arc sensing – welding robots.
Introduction to materials standards and testing of materials, consumables testing and qualification as per ASME/AWS
requirements
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Parmer R.S., “Welding Engineering and Technology”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2010.
2. Parmer R.S., “Welding Processes and Technology”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2003.
3. Little R.L., “Welding and welding Technology”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., Ltd., New Delhi, 1989.
4. Schwartz M.M. “Metals Joining Manual”. McGraw Hill Books. 1979
5. Tylecote R.F. “The Solid Phase Welding of Metals”. Edward Arnold Publishers Ltd.London.1968
8. Christopher Davis. “Laser Welding- Practical Guide”. Jaico Publishing House.1992
9. Davis A.C., “The Science and Practice of Welding”, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1993
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 138 REGULATIONS 2015
SPR1602 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE L T P Credits Total Marks
AND EXPERT SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES To create knowledge in artificial intelligent and expert systems and impart the source of concepts and techniques, which have recently been applied in practical situation.
It gives the frame work of knowledge that allows engineers and technicians to develop an interdisciplinary understanding and integrated approach to engineering.
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION TO ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE 9 Hrs.
Overview of Al- General concepts – Problems, Problem spaces and Search – Production Systems: Control
Strategies & Heuristic Search – Problem Characteristics – Issues in the design of Search Programs.
UNIT 2 HEURISTIC SEARCH TECHNIQUES 9 Hrs.
Depth-first Search –Breadth-first Search – Generate and Test – Hill Climbing – Best-first Search – Problem
UNIT 3 KNOWLEDGE REPRESENTATION 9 Hrs. Approaches to Knowledge Representation – Issues in Knowledge Representation -Predicate Logic -
Representing simple facts in logic – Representing Instance and ISA relationships – Computable Functions and
Predicates - Resolution - Natural Deduction
UNIT 4 KNOWLEDGE ORGANISATION ANDMANIPULATION 9 Hrs. Search and Control Strategies– Matching Techniques: Matching like patterns, Partial Matching & Fuzzy
matching Algorithms – Indexing and Retrieval Techniques – Integrating Knowledge in memory – Memory Organization
Systems.
UNIT 5 EXPERT SYSTEMS 9 Hrs. Introduction to Expert Systems, Architecture of Expert Systems - Knowledge Acquisition for Expert System –
Types of Learning – Early work in Machine Learning - Learning by Induction – Analogical and Explanation-based
Learning.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Elaine Rich, Kevin Knight, Shivashankar B. Nair, Artificial Intelligence, The McGraw Hill Companies, 3 rd Edition, 2009.
2. Dan W. Patterson, Introduction to Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems, Prentice Hall India, 1990.
4. Charniak E. & Mc Dermott D., Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, 4th Edition, Pearson Education Inc. and Dorling
5.Kindersley Publishing Inc, 2009.
6. Peter Jackson, Introduction to expert systems, 3rd Edition, Addison Wesley Ltd., 1999.
7. Wendy B. Ranch Hindlin, AI in business, science and Industry Applications., Prentice Hall, 1985.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 139 REGULATIONS 2015
SPR1603 COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND L T P Credits Total Marks
MECHANICS 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES To understand the micro and macro mechanics of the composite lamina To learn the basic design of composites and acquire knowledge on stress, strain and failure analysis of composite materials
UNIT 1 LAM INA CONSTITUTIVE RELATIONS 9 Hrs. Definition –Need – General Characteristics, Applications. Fibers – Glass, Carbon, Ceramic and Aramid fibers.
Matrices – Polymer, Graphite, Ceramic and Metal Matrices – Characteristics of fibers and matrices. Manufacturing: Bag Moulding – Compression Moulding – Pultrusion – Filament Winding – Other Manufacturing Processes. Lamina Constitutive Equations: Lamina Assumptions – Macroscopic Viewpoint. Generalized Hooke’s Law. Reduction to Homogeneous Orthotropic Lamina – Isotropic limit case, Orthotropic Stiffness matrix, Typical Commercial material properties, Rule of Mixtures. Generally Orthotropic Lamina –Transformation Matrix, Transformed Stiffness.
UNIT 2 MANUFACTURING OF COMPOSITES 9 Hrs. Definition of stress and Moment Resultants. Strain Displacement relations. Basic Assumptions of Laminated Anisotropic plates. Laminate Constitutive Equations – Coupling Interactions, Balanced Laminates, Symmetric
Laminates, Angle Ply Laminates, Cross Ply Laminates. Laminate Structural Moduli. Evaluation of Lamina Properties from Laminate Tests. Quasi-Isotropic Laminates. Determination of Lamina stresses within Laminates.
UNIT 3 LAMINA STRENGTH ANALYSIS 9 Hrs. Introduction Maximum Stress and Strain Criteria. On-Misses Yield criterion for Isotropic Materials. Generalized
Hill’s Criterion for Anisotropic materials. Tsai-Hill’s Failure Criterion for Composites. Tensor Polynomial (Tsai-Wu) Failure criterion. Prediction of laminate Failure. Hygrothermal stress-strain relationship for unidirectional and angle lamina- Warpage of laminate
UNIT 4 ANALYSIS OF LAMINATED FLAT PLATES 9 Hrs. Equilibrium Equations of Motion. Energy Formulations. Static Bending Analysis. Buckling Analysis. Free
Vibrations – Natural Frequencies-Design and failure criterion for a laminate-Interlaminar stresses-Impact, fracture and fatigue resistance of laminates
UNIT 5 EFFECT OF THERMAL PROPERTIES 9 Hrs. Modification of Hooke’s Law due to thermal properties – Modification of Laminate Constitutive Equations. Orthotropic Lamina – special Laminate Configurations – Unidirectional, Off-axis, Symmetric Balanced Laminates
– Zero C.T.E laminates, Thermally Quasi-Isotropic Laminates -Longitudinal and transverse thermal expansion coefficient
Max. 45 Hours TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Gibson, R.F., Principles of Composite Material Mechanics, McGraw-Hill, 1994, Second Edition - CRC press in progress.
5. Halpin, J.C., “Primer on Composite Materials, Analysis”, Techomic Publishing Co., 1984. 6. Agarwal, B.D., and Broutman L.J., “Analysis and Performance of Fiber Composites”, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1990.
7. Madhujit Mukhopadhyay, “Mechanics of Composite Materials and Structures”, University Press (India) Pvt. Ltd., Hyderabad, 2004
8. Autar K.Kaw, “Mechanics of Composite Materials”, Taylor and Francis Group, 2006
9. Robert Jones, “Mechanics of composite materials”
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 140 REGULATIONS 2015
L T P Credits Total Marks
SPR1604 DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURE AND ASSEMBLY 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE To understand the various components design and manufacturing processes
UNIT 1 DFM METHOD AND TOLERANCE ANALYSIS 9 Hrs.
Elements of DFM-need for identification and problem definition – concept generation and evaluation –
embodiment design-product architecture-configuration design-parametric design - Process capability - Feature
tolerances-non Feature tolerances- Geometric tolerances –ANSI symbol- Assembly limits – Datum features - Tolerance
stacks-computer aided tolerances.
UNIT 2 SELECTION OF MATERIALS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS 8 Hrs.
Properties of engineering materials –materials selections (ASHBY) chart- selections of shapes and co selection
of materials and shapes- -design for bulk deformation process- design for sheet metal process –design for machining
–design for powder metallurgy-design for polymer processing –case studies
UNIT 3 COMPONENT DESIGN OF CASTING AND MACHINING CONSIDERATIONS 10 Hrs. Review of casting process-Cast holes- cored holes and machined holes-Possible and probable- parting
lines.-Design for reducing /eliminating sand cores-Design considerations for turning, drilling, tapping, milling and
grinding operations-provisions for clamping, reduction in machining area-Simplification by separation and
amalgamation-productive machines.-redesigning of cast members using elements.
UNIT 4 DESIGN FOR ASSEMBLY AND RELIABILITY 8 Hrs.
Introduction – fits and tolerances. Assembly processes-Handling and insertion process-Manual, automatic and
robotic Assembly-Cost of Assembly-Number of Parts-DFA guidelines- exploration of DFA software- failure mode
effective analysis-design for reliability –design for quality-design for optimization
UNIT 5 VALUE ENGINEERING AND RE- ENGINEERING 10 Hrs.
Value –types –functional –operational –aesthetic –cost- –material – design process –value and worthiness – procedure -brainstorming sessions –evaluation –case studies–value estimation- value analysis - design for value -
selection of alternatives -optimization – implementation-Re-Engineering-Definition, Need & characteristics-frame
work-case studies.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Harry Peck, Designing for Manufacture, Pitman Publications, 1983
2. George E Dieter, Engineering Design, McGraw-Hill Int Editions, 2000
3. Michael F. Ashby, Materials Selection in Mechanical Design, Fourth Edition
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 141 REGULATIONS 2015
SPR1605 F L E X I B L E M A N U F A C T U R I N G L T P Credits Total Marks
S Y S T E M S 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE The scope of this subject is about highly automated group technology machine cell, consisting of a group of
processing workstations that are interconnected by an automated material handling and storage system, and controlled by a distributed computer system.
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 9 Hrs.
FMS– development of manufacturing systems – benefits – major elements – types of flexibility – FMS application and flexibility –single product, single batch, N – batch scheduling problem – knowledge based scheduling system.
UNIT 2 COMPUTER CONTROL AND SOFTWARE FOR FLEXIBLE MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS 9 Hrs. Introduction – composition of FMS– hierarchy of computer control –computer control of work center and assembly lines – FMS supervisory computer control – types of software specification and selection – trends.
UNIT 3 FMS SIMULATION AND DATA BASE 9 Hrs. Application of simulation–model of FMS–simulation software – limitation – manufacturing data systems–data flow–FMS database systems–planning for FMS database.
UNIT 4 GROUP TECHNOLOGY AND JUSTIFICATION OF FMS 9 Hrs.
Introduction – matrix formulation – mathematical programming formulation –graph formulation – knowledge based system for group technology – economic justification of FMS- application of possibility distributions in FMS systems justification.
UNIT 5 APPLICATIONS OF FMS AND FACTORY OF THE FUTURE 9 Hrs.
FMS application in machining, sheet metal fabrication, prismatic component production – aerospace application – FMS development towards factories of the future – artificial intelligence and expert systems in FMS – design philosophy and characteristics for future.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERNCE BOOKS
1. Jha, N.K. “Handbook of flexible manufacturing systems”, Academic Press Inc., 1991. 2. Radhakrishnan P. and Subramanyan S., “CAD/CAM/CIM”, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Age International Ltd., 2009.
3. Raouf, A. and Ben-Daya, M., Editors, “Flexible manufacturing systems: recent development”, Elsevier Science, 1995
4. Groover M.P., “Automation, production systems and computer integrated manufacturing”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt., New
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 142 REGULATIONS 2015
SPR1606 INDUSTRIAL ROBOTICS L T P Credits Total Marks
AND EXPERT SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE To teach students the basics of robotics, construction features, sensor applications, robot cell design, robot programming and application of artificial intelligence and expert systems in robotics
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION AND ROBOTIC KINEMATICS 9 Hrs. Definition need and scope of industrial robots- Coordinate Systems Classification of Robot- Robot anatomy -
work volume - Precision movement – End effectors - sensors. Robot kinematics - Direct and inverse kinematics - Robot trajectories-Control of robot manipulators - Robot dynamics - Methods for orientation and location of objects. Pitch, Yaw, Roll, Joint Notations, Speed of Motion, Pay Load
UNIT 2 ROBOT DRIVES AND CONTROL 9 Hrs. Controlling the robot motion - Position and velocity sensing devices - Design of drive systems - Hydraulic and
Pneumatic drives - D.C. Servo Motors, Stepper Motors, A.C. Servo Motors Linear and rotary actuators and control valves –Electro hydraulic servo valves, electric drives - Motors - designing of end effectors - Vacuum, magnetic and air operated grippers
UNIT 3 ROBOT SENSORS 9 Hrs. Transducers and sensors - Sensors in robot - Tactile sensor - Proximity and range sensors - Sensing joint
forces- Robotic vision system - Image Gripping - Image processing and analysis - Image segmentation – Pattern recognition - Training of vision system
UNIT 4 ROBOT CELL DESIGN AND APPLICATION 9 Hrs. Robot work cell design and control - Safety in Robotics - Robot cell layouts - Multiple robots and machine
interference - Robot cycle time analysis - Industrial applications of robots- Application of robot in welding, machine tools, material handling, mobile vehicles and assembly operations parts sorting and parts inspection.
UNIT 5 ROBOT PROGRAMMING, ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND EXPERT SYSTEMS 9 Hrs. Methods of robot programming - characteristics of task level languages lead through programming
methods-Motion interpolation. Artificial intelligence - Basics - Goals of artificial Intelligence - AI techniques – problems representation in AI-Problem reduction and solution techniques - Application of AI. Elements of Knowledge Representation -Logic, Production Systems, Semantic Networks, Expert Systems Knowledge Building Environment Systems (KBES)
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. K.S.Fu, R.CGonzalez and C.S.G. Lee, Robotics control, Sensing, Vision and intelligence", McGraw Hill,1994
2. Kozyrey, Yu, "Industrial Robotics”, MIR Publishers Moscow, 1998.
3. Richard.D.,Klafter, Thomas.A, Chmielewski, Machine Negin "Robotics Engineering-An Integrated Approach", Prentice Hall of
India Pvt.,Ltd., 1984
4. Deb, S.R. "Robotics Technology and Flexible Automation”, Tata McGraw Hill,1994
5. Mikell,P.Groover, Mitchell Weis, Roger N.Nagel, Nicholas Odrey "Industrial Robotics Technology, Programming and
Applications”, McGraw Hill, Int., 1986
6. Timothy Jordonidesetal,"Expert Systems and Robotics", Springer-Verlag, New York, May 1991.
7. Ashitave Ghosal “Robotics – Fundamental concepts and Analysis” Oxford University Press, 2006
8. Koren Y., “Robotics for Engineers’, McGraw Hill Book Co., 1992.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 143 REGULATIONS 2015
S P R 1 6 0 7 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING L T P C r e d i t s T o t a l M a r k s
3 0 0 3 1 0 0
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To understand the types of operational safety like hot metal operation and gold metal operation.
To understand the safety consideration with health, welfare act
To learn the safety performance monitoring and management techniques
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 9 Hrs.
Evaluation of modern safety concepts - Safety management functions - safety organization, safety department - safety committee, safety audit - performance measurements and motivation - employee participation in safety - safety and productivity.
UNIT 2 OPERATIONAL SAFETY 9 Hrs.
Hot metal operation – safety in Cutting – safety in welding – safety in Boilers- Pressure vessels – Furnace (all types) - Heat treatment processes shops – electroplating – grinding – forming processes- rolling – forging - surface hardening – casting – Moulding – coiling. Operational safety (cold metal operation), Safety in Machine shop - Cold bending and chamfering of pipes - metal cutting - shot blasting, grinding, painting - power press and other machines.
UNIT 3 SAFETY, HEALTH, WELFARE AND LAW 9 Hrs.
Features of Factory Act – explosive Act – boiler Act – ESI Act – workman’s compensation Act – industrial hygiene – occupational safety – diseases prevention – ergonomics - Occupational diseases, stress, fatigue - Health, safety and the physical environment - History of legislations related to Safety-pressure vessel act-Indian boiler act - The environmental protection act - Electricity act - Explosive act.
UNIT 4 SAFETY PERFORMANCE MONITORING 9 Hrs.
Permanent total disabilities, permanent partial disabilities, temporary total disabilities -Calculation of accident indices, frequency rate, severity rate, frequency severity-incidence, incident rate, accident rate, safety “t” score, safety activity rate –problems.
UNIT 5 SAFETY MANAGEMENT 9 Hrs.
Methods of promoting safe practice – Safety organization- OSHA – Safety controls. visible and latent hazards - human factors and safety - safety audit - Case study roll of management and roll of Govt. in industrial safety - safety analysis Industrial fatigue- role of industrial psychology- risk analysis - safety training - accident and near miss investigations- promotional measures to avoid accidents - human reliability - safety management characteristics-industrial safety policies and implementation
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Deshmukh, Industrial Safety Management, Tata McGraw Hill, 2008.
2. Krishnan N.V., "Safety in Industry", Jaico Publisher House, 1996
3. Nair P M C, Industrial safety and the law” Attam Publisher's, 1994
4. Roland P.Blake, Industrial Safety, Prentice Hall, 1963
5. Rollin.H.Simonds, John V, Grimaldi, Technology and Engineering, 1989
6. Roy Asfatil C, David W Rieske, Industrial safety and Health Management, Prentice Hall, 2009.
7. Joseph F. Gustin, Safety Management: A Guide for facility Management, The Fairmont Press, Inc., 2008
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 144 REGULATIONS 2015
FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
SPR1608 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION L T P Credits Total Marks
SYSTEM 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To teach the role of computers in processing of information knowing across the various stages and various departments in manufacturing industries.
It gives the frame work of knowledge that allows engineers and technicians to develop an interdisciplinary understanding and integrated approach to engineering.
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 9 Hrs. Data, Information, Intelligence, Information Technology, Information System, evolution, types based on
functions and hierarchy, System development methodologies, Functional Information Systems, DSS, EIS, KMS, GIS, International Information System.
UNIT 2 DATABASE DESIGNING 9 Hrs.
Terminologies – Entities and attributes – Data models, schema and subschema – Data Independence – ER Diagram – Trends in database. Hierarchical model – Network approach – Relational Data model -concepts, principles, keys, relational operations – functional dependence -Normalization, types – Query languages.
UNIT 3 MANUFACTURING CONSIDERATION 9 Hrs. The product and its structure, Inventory and process flow – Shop floor control – Data structure and procedure - various model – the order scheduling module, input -output analysis module the stock status database – the complete IOM database
UNIT 4 INFORMATION SYSTEM FOR MANUFACTURING 9 Hrs.
Parts oriented production information system – concepts and structure -computerized production scheduling, online production control systems, Computer based production management system, computerized manufacturing information system – case study.
UNIT 5 NEW INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY INITIATIVES 9 Hrs. Role of information management in ERP, e-business, e-governance, Data Mining, Business Intelligence, Pervasive Computing, Cloud computing, CMM.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. James A. O Brian, George M Marakas, Ramesh Behl, "Management Information System" Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.
2. Waman S Jawadekar, “Management Information System” Tata McGraw Hill, 2008
3. Robert Schultheis and Mary Summer, Management Information Systems – The Managers View, Tata McGraw Hill, 2008.
4. Kenneth C. Laudon and Jane Price Laudon, Management Information Systems – Managing the digital firm, PHI Learning / Pearson Education, 2012.
5. Luca G. Sartori, “Manufacturing Information Systems”, Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1988.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 145 REGULATIONS 2015
SPR1609 MATERIAL HANDLING AND STORAGE L T P Credits Total Marks
SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE To understand the basic principles and various methods of material handling and storage systems.
UNIT 1 PRINCIPLES OF MATERIAL HANDLING 8 Hrs. Principles of Material Handling, Importance and scope, Material Handling objective, benefits of better handling,
Types of material handling systems, Analysis of the handling systems, Motion analysis, flow analysis, safety analysis and equipment cost analysis. Unit load concept. Computers in materials handling, Mechanization Guidelines.
UNIT 2 MATERIAL TRANSPORT EQUIPMENTS 10 Hrs. Industrial trucks: Non powered and powered industrial trucks, Tractors and Trollies, Trailers, Platform lift truck,
Crane truck, and Fork lift truck. AGVS: Types, Vehicle guidance technology, traffic and safety. Hoisting Equipment: Hoisting machines: Jacks, Pulleys, Elevators, Power hoist, Monorails, Hydraulic lift, Cranes: Derrick, Mobile, Hydraulic, Overhead and gantry, Traveler, Jib, and Tower cranes. Bulk Transport Equipment: Dump trucks, Rail wagons.
UNIT 3 CON VEYORS AND STORAGE SYSTEMS 9 Hrs. Conveying equipment, Belt conveyors, Roller conveyor, Chain conveyor, Elevating conveyors, Cage Elevators,
Escalators. Traction less Type Conveyors: Gravity type conveyors, Chute, Screw conveyors, Conveying by hydraulic means, Pneumatic Conveyors, Vibrating and Oscillating Conveyors. Stores, planning and design, Storage systems and procedures, Automated Storage system, AS/RS System, Carousel storage system, WIP storage system.
UNIT 4 SAFETY IN MATERIAL HANDLING 10 Hrs. General safety considerations in material handling. Ergonomic guidelines for manual material handling. Safe
use of accessories for manual handling, storage of materials. Layout condition for safety in storage, ergonomics of manual handling and storage. Ergonomic consideration design, installation, operation and maintenance of conveying and hoisting equipments. Safe working load for all mechanical material handling equipment.
UNIT 5 PACKAGING AND ECONOMIC ANALYSIS OF MATERIAL HANDLING EQUIPMENTS 8 Hrs. Packaging: Functions, materials, palletizing, packaging equipments. Economic Analysis of material handling
equipment: Factors in material handling selection, break event analysis, equipment operating cost per unit distance, work volume analysis – illustrative problems, productivity / indicator ratios.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. John R. Immer, Material Handling, McGraw Hill. 1986
2. Dougals M. Considine, Standard Handbook of Industrial Automation, Chapman & Hall, 1994
3. James Mac Gregon Apple, Plant Layout and Material Handling, John Wiley, 1991.
4. James Mac Gregon Apple, Material Handling System Design, Ronald Press, 1994.
5. Rudenko N., Material Handling Equipment, Peace Publishers, 2007.
6. Aleksandr Onisinovich Spivakovskii, Conveyors and Related Equipments, Peace Publishers, 1992.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 146 REGULATIONS 2015
SPR1610 MECHANICAL BEHAVIOUR OF L T P Credits Total Marks
ENGINEERING MATERIALS 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE
• To Provide basic understanding of phase transformation by heat treating and stress behaviours
UNIT 1 STRUCTURE OF SOLID MATERIAL & MECHANICAL BEHAVIOUR 9 Hrs.
Structure of metals: Point, line and surface imperfection, relationship between structure and properties, theory of dislocations,
UNIT 2 STATIC MECHANICAL BEHAVIOUR FOR MULTI AXIAL STRESSES 9 Hrs.
Stresses, Strains and Strain Energy for Combined Stresses, Theories of Strength, Application to Design
UNIT 3 MECHANICAL BEHAVIUOR 9 Hrs.
Introduction to fatigue. Characteristics and theories of fatigue failures. Fatigue testing machines, specimens, test procedures, method of
presenting data, statistical analysis of fatigue results, factors affecting fatigue strength. Low cycle fatigue ph enomen on , difference between low
and high cycle fatigues, parameters influencing low cycle fatigue behaviour. Cumulative fatigue d a ma g e , Effect of mean stress, combined stress
fatigue, corrosion fatigue - current trends in fatigue testing.
UNIT 4 CREEP 9 Hrs.
Introduction to creep - creep mechanisms, creep curve, Parameters influencing creep. Creep in tension in detail, qualitative study of creep in
bending, torsion, buckling and combined stress.
UNIT 5 FRACTURE 9 Hrs.
Linear elastic fracture mechanics, Griffith’s theory, Irwin- Orowan theory, ductile to brittle transition, fracture toughness , different modes of
crack extension, concept of stress intensity factor, analysis of some typical crack problems, non-linear fracture on crack extension, concept of
modified stress intensity factor, crack opening displacement and J- integrals, Fracture Resistance of Materials, Application of Fracture mechanics
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Joseph Marin. “Mechanical behavior of engineering materials”, prentice – Hall of India pvt, Ltd., 1966.
2. Kennedy, A.J., “Process of Creep and Fatigue of Metals”, Industrial Press, 1962.
3. Forrest, P.G., “Fatigue of Metals“, Pregaman Press, 2003.
4. Knott, J.F., “Fundamentals of fracture mechanics “, Worths, 1993.
5. Fracture Mechanics Application - T. L. Anderson, CRC press 1998
6. Mechanical Metallurgy, GE Dieter, McGraw-Hill
7. Mechanical Behavior of Materials, by William F. Hosford; Cambridge; Cambridge University Press,New York, 2010
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. .Marks : 80 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 147 REGULATIONS 2015
SPR1611 N O N D E S T R U C T I V E T E S T I N G A N D L T P Credits Total Marks T E C H N I Q U E S 3 0 0 3 1 0 0
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To enable the student to understand the modern NDT Techniques
To present the underlying principles and alternatives for Destructive Testing Procedures
To provide the student with the opportunity for hands-on experience for diverse domains of application
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION TO NDT 9 Hrs. Scope and advantages of NDT. Comparison of NDT with DT. Some common NDT methods used since ages,
Terminology. Flaws and Defects, Visual inspection, Equipment used for visual inspection. Ringing test chalk test (oil whitening test). Attractive uses of above tests in detecting surface cracks, bond strength & surface defects.
UNIT 2 COMMON NDT METHODS 9 Hrs. Die penetrate test (liquid penetrate inspection), Principle, scope. Equipment & techniques, Tests stations,
Advantages, types of penetrant and developers. Illustrative examples – Heavy castings of large size, frame of jet engine, porosity testing of nickel alloys, leak testing. Zyglo test 6 Magnetic particle Inspection – Scope, principle, Ferro Magnetic and Non-ferro magnetic materials, equipment & testing. Advantages, limitations Interpretation of results. DC & AC magnetization, Skin Effect, use of dye & wet powders for magna glow testing, different methods to generate magnetic fields, Applications. UNIT 3 RADIOGRAPHIC METHODS 9 Hrs.
Interpretation of Radiographs, limitations of γ -ray radiography – principle, equipment. Attenuation of electromagnetic radiations, source of radioactive materials & technique. Photo electric effect, Rayleigh’s scattering (coherent scattering), Compton’s scattering (Incoherent scattering). Pair production, Beam geometry, scattering factor.
Advantages of γ -ray radiography over X-ray radiography Precautions against radiation hazards. Case Study ņ X-ray of human body. UNIT 4 ULTRASONIC TESTING METHODS 9 Hrs.
Introduction, Principle of operation, Piezoelectricity. Ultrasonic probes, CRO techniques, advantages, Limitation & typical applications. Applications in inspection of castings, forgings, Extruded steel parts, bars, pipes, rails and dimensions measurements. Case Study – Ultrasonography of human body. UNIT 5 EDDY CURRENT INSPECTION AND OTHER APPLICATIONS OF NDT 9 Hrs.
Principle, Methods, Advantages, Scope and limitations. Types of Probes. Case Studies. Power Plant Inspection, Wire Rope Inspection, Storage Tank Inspection, Aircraft Inspection, Jet Engine Inspection, Pressure Vessel Inspection, Rail Inspection, Bridge Inspection, Pipeline Inspection. Standard Terminology for Non-destructive Examinations,
2. Research Techniques in NDT Vol.3, R.S. Shah, Academic 2002
3. Industrial Quality Control, Webster 1978
4. Bray, Don E. and Stanley, Roderic K., Nondestructive Evaluation: A Tool in Design, Manufacturing & Service. Revised Edition 1997, CRC Press New York.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 148 REGULATIONS 2015
S P R 1 6 1 2 S I X S I G M A M E T H O D S A N D L T P C r e d i t s T o t a l M a r k s
A P P L I C A T I O N S 3 0 0 3 1 0 0
COURSE OBJECTIVE
• To introduce the concepts of six sigma system and to apply the six sigma methodologies and tools to implement six
sigma system in an organization.
UNIT 1 BASIC CONCEPTS 9 Hrs.
Historical Overview – Definition of quality – What is six sigma -TQM and Six sigma – lean manufacturing and six
sigma- six sigma and process tolerance – Six sigma and cultural changes – six sigma capability – six sigma need
assessments - implications of quality levels, Cost of Poor-quality (COPQ), Cost of Doing Nothing.
UNIT 2 SIX SIGMA METHODOLOGIES 9 Hrs.
Basics of Six Sigma: Concept of Six Sigma, Defects, DPMO, DPU, Attacks on X ’S, Customer focus, Six Sigma for
manufacturing, Six Sigma for service. Z score, Design for Six Sigma (DFSS), Design for Six Sigma Method - Failure Mode
Effect Analysis (FMEA), FMEA process - Risk Priority Number (RPN)
UNIT 3 SIX SIGMA LEADERSHIP 9 Hrs.
Understanding Six Sigma organization, Leadership council, committed leadership, Project sponsors and champions,
Master Black Belt, Black Belt, Green Belts, Change Acceleration Process (CAP)- Developing communication plan –
Stakeholder
UNIT 4 VALUE STREAM MAPPING 9 Hrs.
Introduction to value stream mapping, VSM Principles, VSM Tools, Current Value stream mapping, Future State
Mapping.
UNIT 5 SIX SIGMA IMPLEMENTATION AND CHALLENGES 9 Hrs.
Tools for implementation – Supplier Input Process Output Customer (SIPOC) – Quality Function Deployment or
House of Quality (QFD) – alternative approach –implementation – leadership training, close communication system,
project selection – project management and team –champion training – customer quality index – challenges – program
failure, CPQ vs. six sigma, structure the deployment of six sigma – cultural challenge – customer/internal metrics.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Fred Soleimannejed , Six Sigma, Basic Steps and Implementation, Author House, 2004
2. Michael L.George, David Rownalds, Bill Kastle, What is Lean Six Sigma, McGraw – Hill 2003
3. Thomas Pyzdek, The Six Sigma Handbook, McGraw-Hill,2000
4. Forrest W. Breyfogle, III, James M. Cupello, Becki Meadows, Managing Six Sigma: A Practical Guide to
Understanding, Assessing, and Implementing the Strategy That Yields Bottom-Line Success, John Wiley & Sons, 2000
5. James P. Womack, Daniel T.Jones, Lean Thinking, Free Press Business, 2003
6. Don Tapping, Tom Luyster and Tom Shuker -Value Stream Management, Productivity Press, 2010.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 149 REGULATIONS 2015
L T P Credits Total Marks
SPR1613 PLANT LAYOUT AND MATERIAL HANDLING 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES To introduce the concepts of plant layout and material handling functions to the students.
To train the students on various aspects of plant layout and material handling principles and techniques so that the students will be able to take up these functions as they get in to senior managerial positions.
UNIT1 PLANT LOCATION AND SERVICES 9 Hrs
Plant Location: Factors to be considered – Influence of location on plant layout – Selection of plant site –
Equipments required for plant operation – Capacity, Serviceability and Flexibility. Plant Services: Lighting, heating,
ventilation and air conditioning – Utilities supply.
UNIT 2 PLANT LAYOUT 9 Hrs
Introduction and types of plant layout-Factors influencing layout – Work centre layout – Process and product
layout – Tools and techniques for developing a proper layout – Process chart – Flow diagram – Scale model – Machine
data – Cellular layout – Balancing of fabrication and assembly lines-Major consideration of layout
UNIT 3 INTRODUCTION TO MATERIAL HANDLING 9 Hrs
Importance and scope of material handling – Principles of material handling – Planning, operating and costing
principles – Types of material handling systems – Factors influencing choice of material handling systems-Unit load
concept-Material flow-Motion economy
UNIT 4 PACKAGING AND STORAGE 9 Hrs Importance of packaging industry – Packaging machinery – Cushion materials – Wrapping and packaging of
materials. Stores - planning and design - Storage systems and procedures – Different types and arrangement of
storage racks – Automated storage and retrieval systems.
UNIT 5 ANALYSIS OF MATERIAL HANDLING AND MATERIAL PLANNING 9 Hrs Factors in material handling analysis – Motion analysis – Flow analysis – Safety analysis – Equipment cost
analysis – Palletization analysis – Analysis of operation. Material planning-factor and techniques-material requirement
planning and resource planning.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCES BOOKS
1. Francis, R.L., and White, J.A, “Facilities layout and Location”, Prentice Hall of India, 2002.
2. Pannerselvam.R, “Production and Operations Management”, PHI, 2nd Edition, 2005.
3. Tompkins, White et al., “Facilities planning”, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 2003.
4. James, Apple, “Material Handling System design”, Ronald Press, 1991.
5. Raymond A.Kulwiec, Material Handling Handbook, John Wiley 1985
6. James Apple, Material Handling System Design, Ronald Press, 1991.
7. Rudenkov, Material Handling Equipment, Peace Publishers, 1984.
8. Shubin J.A & Madeheim H, Plant Layout, 1951
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 150 REGULATIONS 2015
S P R 1 6 1 4 P O W D E R M E T A L L U R G Y L T P Credits Total Marks
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE
• To introduce the concept of identifying the various concepts of techniques to produce the metal powders,
characterization, heat treatment methods and engineering components.
UNIT 1 PREPARATION AND CHARACTERISTICS OF METALLIC POWDERS 9 Hrs. Preparation of metal powders: Fabrication techniques –mechanical – electrolytic – chemical – atomization technique
Characterization of metal powders: Powder sampling, particle size measurement, par ticle shape, surface area analysis, flow rate, apparent and tap density, powder structure and chemical characterization
UNIT 2 POWDER COMPACTION 9 Hrs.
Compaction of powders – single action and double action compaction, Pressure-less forming - Loose sintering, slip casting, slurry casting, injection molding, freezing techniques, Vibratory compacting - Cyclic compacting - role of lubricants during compaction, effect of powder characteristics in powder compaction, tooling and design for compaction
UNIT 3 MODERN COMPACTION TECHNIQUES AND CHARACTERIZATION 9 Hrs. Hot pressing, cold isostatic pressing, hot isostatic pressing, explosive forming, powder rolling, extrusion, recent developments in powder metallurgy forming techniques
UNIT 4 SINTERING 9 Hrs. Principles of sintering – different stages of sintering, mechanisms of sintering, liquid phase sintering, infiltration, sintering furnaces and furnace atmospheres, secondary operations performed on sintering
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 151 REGULATIONS 2015
SPR1615 PRODUCTION AND OPERATION L T P Credits Total Marks
MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES To introduce the concepts of production and operation management functions to the students. To train the students on various functions of manufacturing management so that the students will be able to take up these functions as they get in to senior managerial positions.
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 9 Hrs. Introduction to Production and Operations management, Objectives of Operation Management, Scope of
Operations Management, Operations strategy, Difference between production, operations and manufacturing, production systems, production system model, types of production systems, Job, Batch, Mass and Continuous production systems..
UNIT 2 BASICS OF SUPPLY CHAIN 9 Hrs. SCM-basics– Business Environment- Origin of Supply Chain Management (SCM) – Understanding the Supply
Chain- Basic concepts & Terminology- Importance of Supply chain- Supply chain strategies, Achieving strategic fit-Expanding strategic scope- Supply Chain Drivers - Drivers of Supply chain performance-Framework for structuring Drivers-inventory-transportation-facilities-Information.
UNIT 3 OPERATIONS SCHEDULING 9 Hrs. Scheduling & control functions, Priority rules and techniques, Single machine scheduling problems, Scheduling
in ‘n’ jobs on ‘m’ machines, Personnel scheduling, Assembly Line Balancing – algorithms, Group technology – Production Flow analysis, Rank order clustering, master scheduling, master scheduling methods, Materials Requirement Planning (MRP), MRP I and II, MRP system parameters.
UNIT 4 DESIGN OF FACILITIES & JOBS 9 Hrs.
Strategic capacity planning concepts, determining capacity requirements, Planning service capacity, JIT production systems, JIT implementation requirements, Facility location, Plant location methods, Facility, Process and Product layout, GT layout, Retail service layout, Computer aided layout techniques. Job design, work measurement and standards Considerations in job design, Learning curves and its applications.
UNIT 5 QUALITY CONTROL SYSTEMS 9 Hrs. Quality management, Quality specifications & costs, Quality circles, Introduction to ISO9000, ISO14000,
ISO18000, ISO 22000, Introduction to Total Quality Management (TQM), Shingo system of fail-safe design.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Panneer Selvam R, Production and Operation Management, PHI, New Delhi, 2005.
2.. Aswathappa K, Shridhara Bhat K, Production and Operation Management, Himalaya Publishing House, 2010
5. Monks J.G. Operations Management, McGraw Hill, 2004
6. Nair N.G. Production and Operations Management, Tata McGraw-Hill Publication, New Delhi, 2008.
7. Steven Nahmias, Production and Operations Analysis, Mc Graw Hill Publication, 2010.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 152 REGULATIONS 2015
S P R 1 6 1 6 R A P I D P R O T O T Y P I N G L T P Credits Total Marks
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To describe the use of prototypes in different types of development project.
To discuss evolutionary and throw away prototyping
To explain the need of user interface prototyping
To learn the various prototyping techniques
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 9 Hrs. Need for the compression in product development, history of Rapid Prototyping systems, survey of applications, and growth of RP industry and classification of RP systems.
Stereo lithography Systems- Principle, process parameters, process details, data preparation, data files and machine details, applications. Fused Deposition Modeling- Principle, process parameters, path generation, applications
UNIT 2 RAPID PROTOTYPING TECHNIQUES 9 Hrs. Selective Laser Sintering-Types of machines, principles of operation, process parameters, data preparation for
SLS, applications. Laminated Object Manufacturing-Principle of operation, LOM materials, process details, applications.
Solid Ground Curing- Principle of operation, machine details, applications.
UNIT 3 CONCEPT MODELERS 9 Hrs. Principle, Thermo jet printer, Sander's model market, 3-D printer, Genisys Xs printer, object Quadra system. Laser Engineered Net Shaping (LENS) - Net shaping development at Sandia National Lab.
UNIT 4 RAPID TOOLING 9 Hrs. Indirect rapid tooling - silicone rubber tooling, aluminum filled epoxy tooling, spray metal tooling, direct rapid tooling - quick cast process, sand casting tooling.
Software for RP- STL files, overview of solid view, magics, mimics and internet based softwares.
UNIT 5 RAPID MANUFACTURING PROCESS OPTIMIZATION 9 Hrs. Factors influencing accuracy, data preparation errors, part building errors, errors in finishing, influence of part build orientation.
Allied Processes-Vacuum casting, surface digitizing, and surface generation from point cloud, surface modification, data transfer to solid models.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Terry Wohlers, "Wohlers Report 2001", Wohlers Associates, 2008.
2. Pham D T and Dimov S S, "Rapid Manufacturing", Verlag, 2001. 3. Paul F Jacobs, "Stereo lithography and other RP&M Technologies", SME, 1996.
4. FDM Maxum User Guide.
5. FDM 1650 User Guide.
6. Sinterstation 2500 plus System User Guide.
7. MK-Technology Gmbh. System User Guide.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 153 REGULATIONS 2015
S P R 1 6 1 7 S U P P L Y C H A I N M A N A G E M E N T L T P Credits Total Marks
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To impart knowledge in the areas of supply chain, strategy frame, IT application and SCM coordination.
To effectively coordinate various departmental functions.
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION AND STRATEGIC FRAME WORK 9 Hrs.
Supply Chain Management - basics– Business Environment- Origin of (SCM) – Understanding the Supply Chain- Basic concepts & Terminology- Importance of Supply chain- Supply chain strategies, role in economy-Achieving strategic fit-Expanding strategic scope- Supply Chain Drivers - Drivers of Supply chain performance-Framework for structuring Drivers-inventory-transportation-facilities-Information.
UNIT 2 PLANNING DEMAND AND SUPPLY 9 Hrs.
Role of Demand Forecasting –Characteristics of Forecasts-Components of Forecast and Forecasting Methods-Measures of forecast error-Aggregate planning- Managing supply –Managing Demand-Implementing solutions
UNIT 3 PURCHASING & SUPPLY CHAIN 9 Hrs.
Purchase System- Factors affecting purchase function – Organizing the purchase function Purchasing Procedures-Negotiation. JIT and Quick Response logistics -Vendor Managed Inventory -Customer and Supplier Relationship concepts.
UNIT 4 APPLICATION OF IT IN SCM 9 Hrs.
Importance- Uses-IT as Supply Chain Enabler- Logistics information Systems –Supply Chain information Technology in practice-Software packages like BANN etc., E-Commerce – Role of E-business in Supply Chain, Supply Chain Integration, Building partnership and trust in SC value information.
UNIT 5 CO-ORDINATION IN A SUPPLY CHAIN 9 Hrs.
Lack of supply chain coordination – Bullwhip effect- Effect of lack of coordination- Managerial Levers to achieve Coordination-Building strategic partnership-Achieving Coordination in practice, case studies.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Sunil Chopra, Peter Meindl., Supply Chain Management Strategy, Planning, and Operation, Pearson Education Asia,
2007
2. Ayers, J.B., Hand book of Supply Chain Management, The St. Lencie press, 2000.
Newton’s law of gravitation –gravity of an asymmetric planet-gravitational anomalies-Particle kinematics in
moving plane-Newton’s law of motion –energy, movements and angular movements –two body problem
UNIT 3 CELESTIAL FRAME AND ELEMENTS 9 Hrs.
Celestial frame and orbital elements –planet fixed frame –lamberts problem- perturbation acceleration-effects
ofPlanetary oblations - effects of atmospheric drag-numerical solution to perturbed problem-three body
problem-equations of motion langrage solution-restricted three body problem
UNIT 4 TRAJECTORIES 9 Hrs. Atmospheric and trajectory trajectories – equations of motion –airplane flight paths- long range cruising flight–
steady wind on airplane-take off maneuver-rocket ascent trajectories
UNIT 5 ROTATIONAL MOTION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS 9 Hrs. Euler equation for a rotational motion-rotational kinematic energy-principal body frame –torque free rotation
ofspacecraft – attitude motion in atmospheric flight –implementation of control systems elements-single axis closed
loop attitude control-multi axis closed loop attitude control-Six-degrees of freedom simulation-wing rock motion of a
aircraft simulation
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Ashish tewari, atmospheric and space flight dynamics: modeling and simulation with Matlab and Simulink, Birkhauser, spinger
international edition,2007.
2. Pamadi, B. “Performance, stability, dynamics and control of airplanes”, AIAA 2004.
3. Etkin, B. and Reid L.D. “Dynamics of Flight-Stability and Control” 3rd edition, John Wiley, 1996.
4. Stengel, R.F. “Flight dynamics” Princeton University Press, Princeton, N.J., USA, 2004.
5. Kaplan, Marshall H., Modern Spacecraft Dynamics and Control, John Wiely& Sons, New York. 1976
(Computational problems can be given as assignments)
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 157 REGULATIONS 2015
L T P Credits Total Marks
SAE1602 AERO ELASTICITY
3 0 0 3 100
COIURSE OBJECTIVE To study the aero elastic effects of aircraft wing
UNIT 1 AEROELASTIC PHENOMENA 9 Hrs.
The aero-elastic triangle of forces.Deformation of Structures and Influence Coefficients. Coupled oscillations
.Classification and Solution of Aero elastic Problems.
UNIT 2 STATIC AND DYNAMIC AERO ELASTICITY 9 Hrs.
Divergence of 2-D airfoil and Straight Wing.Aileron Reversal. Control Effectiveness. Wing loading and
deformations.Effect of elastic deformation on static longitudinal stability.Tail efficiency .Dynamic/Flutter model of 2-D
Airfoil.
UNIT 3 INTRODUCTION TO FLUTTER 9 Hrs.
Physical interpretation of classical flutter.Model damping and model frequency.Calculation of flutter speed in
P-method. Two dimensional thin airfoils in steady incompressible flow – Quasi steady aerodynamic derivatives. Galerkin
method for critical flutter speed – Stability of disturbed motion.
UNIT 4 DIVERGENCE OF A LIFTING SURFACE 9 Hrs.
Simple two dimensional idealizations-Strip theories – Integral equation of the second kind– Exact solutions for
(Computational problems can be given as assignments)
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 158 REGULATIONS 2015
SAE1603 AIRFRAME MAINTENANCE L T P Credits Total Marks
AND REPAIR PRACTICES 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE To make the students to understand the Airframe components and the tools used to maintain the components. Defect
investigation, methods to carry out investigation and the detailed maintenance and practice procedures.
UNIT 1 SAFETY PRACTICES 9 Hrs.
Safety – Importance of Flight Safety, Maintenance of Ground Support Equipments, refueling, de-refueling, fire
equipments, Hazardous materials storage and handling, Environmental and shop cleanliness – precautions, Aircraft
furnishing -practices, Equipments, Hazard zones.
UNIT 2 REVIEW OF HYDRAULIC AND PNEUMATIC SYSTEM 9 Hrs.
Trouble shooting theory and Procedure, Inspection and maintenance of Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Fuel, Landing
gear, Inspection and maintenance of Air conditioning, Pressurization systems Oxygen, De-icing, Fire Protection
Installation and maintenance of instruments – Handling - Testing – Inspection, Position and warning system Auxiliary
Power Units (APUs)
UNIT 3 AIRCRAFT JACKING, ASSEMBLY AND RIGGING 9 Hrs.
Airplane, Jacking and Weighing and C.G. Location .Rigging of control surfaces – Inspection, maintenance.
Helicopter flight controls, Tracking and balancing of main rotor.
UNIT 4 INSPECTION CORROSION AND ITS PREVENTIVE METHODS 9 Hrs.
General Inspection, inspections techniques, special inspection , aircraft publications, aircraft logs, check list,
special instructions from manufacturer. Corrosion – types and classifications prevention, NDT checks.
UNIT 5 SHEET- METAL CONSTRUCTION, INSPECTION AND REPAIR 9 Hrs. Design philosophies, factors affecting sheet metal part and joint design, sheet-metal inspection, types of
inspection and classification of damage, stresses in structural members, repair of small holes and cracks, general rivet
repair design guide lines, safe life design, fail safe design, damage- tolerance design, riveting procedure, application of
2. BrimmD.J.Bogges H.E., Aircraft Maintenance – Pitman Publishing Corp. New York, 1940.
3. Howard Curtis, Antonio Fillippone, Aerospace Engineering Reference, Butterworth – Heinmann, 2009
4. Micheal .J. Kroes, James .R. Rardon, Aircraft : Basic Science with Student Study Guide, McGraw Hill, 2007
5. Micheal J. Kroes, Alfred Watkins, Frank Delp, Aircraft Maintenance and Repair, 6th edition, McGraw Hill, New York, 1993
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 159 REGULATIONS 2015
S A E 1 6 0 4 AIRLINE OPERATIONS AND MANAGEMENT L T P Credits Total Marks
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE • To get idea about airline scheduling ,airspace management and to get knowledge objectives of International Civil
Aviation Organization.
UNITI 1 INTRODUCTION 9 Hrs. Introduction to Transportation–Modes–Modal Competition– The Economic Importance– Transportation and
EconomicDevelopment–TransportasaFactorof Production–InternationalTransportation–Importanceof International Transportation–Logistics Management–Concepts and Types of Aviation–History of Civil Aviation Industry–Aviation Technology Transformation (1930 –2003) –Scope of Aviation
UNIT 2 AIRLINE ECONOMICS 9 Hrs.
Forecasting – Fleet Size, Fleet Planning, The Aircraft Selection Process, Operating Cost, Passenger Capacity, Load Factor Etc. – Passenger Fare and Tariffs – Influence of Geographical, Economic & Political Factors on Routes and Route selection. Aircraft Selection Process – Fleet Commonality, Factors affecting choice of fleet, Route Selection and Capital Acquisition – Valuation & Depreciation – Budgeting, Cost Planning – Aircrew Evaluation –Route Analysis – Aircraft Evaluation.
UNIT 3 PRICIPLES OFAIRLINES SCHEDULING 9 Hrs.
Equipment Maintenance, Flight Operations and Crew Scheduling, Ground Operations and Facility Limitations Equipment and Types of Schedule – Hub & Spoke Scheduling, Advantages / Disadvantages & Preparing Flight Plans – Aircraft Scheduling in Line with Aircraft Maintenance Practices
UNIT 4 AIRSPACE MANAGEMENT 9 Hrs. Aircraft Characteristics – Airport Capacity Management – Terminal Management – Apron Management– Size of
Airport Infrastructure – Airports and their Economics in National Economic Growth and Development –Indian Scenario–GlobalEmergingTrendsofAirportInfrastructureIndustry–GlobalStudyonAirportPerformance–Modern Aviation Infrastructure Business Trend – Airspace Management – Airports and Airspace Congestion Issues – Regulatory Management
UNIT 5 GROWTH &DEVELOPMENT 9 Hrs. International Civil Aviation Organization (ICOA)-Introduction– Objectives –Strategic Planning–Annexes–
International Air Transport Association(IATA)– Aims– Two Tier Systems– Growth and Development– World Trade Organization –World Tourism Organization –Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) –Civil Aviation Authority (CAA)-EASA (European Aviation Security Agency) – Director General of Civil Aviation (DGCA) – Functions -Concepts of Bilateral ,MultilateralandPlurilateralinAirTradeAgreements–MajorFactorsthatConvergePrivateSectorInitiatives -Modern Airline Trends–Liberalization in Air Transport –Potential Paths Further Liberalization –Privatization in Indian Civil Aviation Industry – Deregulation in Indian Air Pocket – Airport Internalization – Basic Principle behind Privatization– Airport -Privatization–FormsofAirport-=Privatization–Airport-Privatization Models–Causes–Objectives–Airport Ownership and Governance Models–Airport Privatization in India–Road Map for the Civil Aviation Sector
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Allan Rossmore, Airline Operations, An Inside View 2000,2 ,illustrated ,Kellmark Aeronautics,Incorporated,2000. 2. Massoud Bazargan, Airline operationsandscheduling,AshgatePublishingLimited,Hampshire,England,2008.
3. AlexanderT.Wells, SethB.Young, Airport planning &management,McGraw-Hill,2004. 4. P.S.Senguttuvan,“FundamentalsofAirTransportManagement”,ExcelBooks,FirstEdition2006 5. John G. Wensveen, Air Transportation: A Management Perspective, Ashgate Publishing Company, 2007.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 160 REGULATIONS 2015
L T P Credits Total Marks
SAE1605 AIRPORT ENGINEERING
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE To know about the airport planning, airport design and air traffic control
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 10 Hrs. Significance of Air Transport -Economic Significance - - History Of Aviation - Air Transportation In India – Indian
Airlines Corporation - Air India - International Corporation - International – Airport Authority Of India - (IAAI) – Civil Aviation – Open Sky Policy – Airport Terminology - Component Parts Of Airplane – Characteristics Of The Jet Aircraft – Civil And Military Aircrafts Classification Of Aerodromes . Classification Of Airports – Flying Activities - Aircraft Characteristics - Dimensional Standards - Landing Gear Configurations - Aircraft Weight - Engine Types - Wind Speed And Direction - Payload And Range -Runway Performance - Air Traffic Management - Flight Service Stations - Airspace Classifications And Airways - Area Navigation - Air Traffic Separation Rules - Longitudinal Separation - Lateral Separation In The Airspace - Navigational Aids - Ground-Based Systems
UNIT 2 AIRPORT PLANNING 10 Hrs. The Airport System Plan - Master Plan - Project Plan - Continuing Planning Process - Levels Of Forecasting -
Forecasting Methods - Time Series Method - Market Share Method - Econometric Modeling - Airport Design Standards – ICAO Standards - FAA Standards - Airport – Surveys –types Of Surveys - drawings - Capacity – Improving –Traffic Forecast – Planning – Airport Site Selection – Different Conditions - Zoning Laws – Airport Architecture - Environmental- Factors - Runway Orientation - Head Wind, - Cross Wind - Component- Wind rose – Runway Length – Corrections - Geometric Design Of Runways - Balanced Field - Concept - Airport Capacity – Runway – Patterns- Runway Types - Geometric Design Of Runway Intersection – Layout Of Taxiways Arrangement, Geometric Standards For Taxiway - Gradient - Exit Taxiways Air Traffic Control – Angle Of Turn, Compound Curve - Occupancy Time – Shape Of Taxiway – Loading Aprons – Holding Aprons - Configuration - Entry Runway - Holding Bays - Location – Peak Demands – Simple Problems - Capacity And Delay - Formulation Of Runway Capacity Through - Formulation Of Ultimate Capacity - Hourly Capacity -Parameters Required For Runway Capacity - Computation Of Delay On Runway Systems -Graphical Methods For Approximating - Simulation Models - Gate Capacity - Analytical Models For Gate Capacity.
UNIT 3 TERMINAL AREA DESIGN 9 Hrs. Terminal Building Design Objectives – Passenger Flow – Parking – Size Of Apron – Hangars - Jet Blast – Typical
Airport Layouts-Military Layouts – Types Of Pavements – Design Factors – Design Of Flexible, Rigid Pavements – LCN Method – Pavement failures – Maintenance ,Evaluation Of Airport Pavements – The CBR test - The Plate Bearing Test -
Young’s Modulus (E Value) - Effect Of Frost On Soil Strength -Subgrade Stabilization - FAA Pavement Design Methods
–Aircrafts-Pavement Classification – Joints In Cement Concrete Pavements - Pumping – Design –Pavements – Drainage – Importance Of Grading –Basic Requirements Of Airport Drainage- Surface Drainage – Design Procedure – Subsurface Drainage – Types Of Pipes
UNIT 4 AIRPORT LIGHTING, MARKING, AND SIGNAGE 8 Hrs. The Requirements For Visual Aids - The Airport Beacon - The Aircraft Landing Operation - Alignment Guidance -
Height Information - Approach Lighting -Visual Approach Slope Aids - Visual Approach Slope Indicator Precision Approach Path - Threshold Lighting - Runway Lighting - Runway Edge Lights - Runway Centerline And Touchdown Zone Lights - Runway Stop Bar - Runways - Runway Designators -Runway Threshold Markings – Different Types Of Markings - Taxiway Guidance Sign System - Signing Conventions - Sign Operation
UNIT 5 AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL 8 Hrs. Importance – Air Traffic Control – Flight Rules - Meaning,- Responsibility – Type Of Control – Air Traffic Control
Network –Control - Towers – Flight Service Stations - Air Traffic Control Aids –– GPS Air Traffic Control-Free Flight Types - Heliports- Stolports – Planning Of Heliport Ports – Characteristics of Stolports- Planning of StolPorts
Max. 45 Hours TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Airport Engineering ,Rangwala , Charotar Publishing House Pvt. Ltd . Anand 388 001 India , 14th Edition ,2014 2. Planning And Design Of Airports, Fifth Edition Robert Horonjeff, Francis Mckelvey, William Sproule, Seth Young ,McGraw Hill Pvt
Ltd, New Delhi, 2013 3. Airport Engineering: Planning, Design And Development Of Development Of 21st Century Airports, Norman J. Ashford, Saleh 4. Mumayiz, Paul H. Wright - 2011 - - 4th Edition, 5. Airport Planning &Design ,S. K. Khanna, M. G. Arora , NemChand Publishers ,New Delhi ,1999 6. Airport Engineering: Planning And Design ,Subhash Chandra Saxena , Alkem Company (S) Pte Limited, 2009.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks
Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. 20 Marks
80 Marks
SATHYABAMA UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 161 REGULATIONS 2015
L T P Credits Total Marks
SAE1606 CIVIL AIRCRAFT RULES AND REGULATIONS
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE To get knowledge about the rules and regulations of civil Aircrafts
UNIT 1 SERIES A 9 Hrs. C.A.R. SERIES ‘A’– procedure for civil air worthiness requirements and responsibility operators vis-à-vis air
worthiness directorate -Responsibilities of operators / owners- Procedure of CAR issue, amendments etc.-, Objectives
and targets of airworthiness directorate; Airworthiness regulations and safety oversight of engineering activities of
operators.
UNIT 2 SERIES B AND D 9 Hrs. C.A.R. SERIES ‘B’ – issue approval of cockpit check list, MEL, CDL: deficiency list (MEL & CDL); Preparation and
use of cockpit checklist and emergency list.
C.A.R. SERIES ‘C’ – defect recording, monitoring, investigation and reporting -Defect recording, reporting,
investigation, rectification and analysis; Flight report; Reporting and rectification of defects observed on aircraft;
Analytical study of in-flight readings & recordings; Maintenance control by reliability Method.
UNIT 3 SERIES D 9 Hrs. C.A.R. SERIES ‘D’ –aircraft maintenance programmes- Reliability Programmes (Engines); Aircraft maintenance
programme & their approval; On condition maintenance of reciprocating engines; TBO – Revision programme;
Maintenance of fuel and oil uplift and consumption records – Light aircraft engines; Fixing routine maintenance periods
and component TBOs – Initial & revisions.
UNIT 4 CAR SERIES E, F, L AND M 9 Hrs. C.A.R. SERIES ‘E’ – APPROVAL OF ORGANISATIONS - Approval of organizations in categories A, B, C, D, E, F, &
G - Requirements of infrastructure at stations other than parent base.- C.A.R. SERIES ‘F’ – AIR WORTHINESS AND
CONTINUED AIR WORTHINESS: Procedure relating to registration of aircraft; Procedure for issue / revalidation of Type
Certificate of aircraft and its engines / propeller; Issue / revalidation of Certificate of Airworthiness; Requirements for
renewal of Certificate of Airworthiness.C.A.R. SERIES ‘L’&’M’
Issue of AME Licence, its classification and experience requirements, Mandatory Modifications / Inspections.
UNIT 5 SERIES ‘T’&’X’ 9 Hrs. C.A.R. SERIES ‘T’&’X’ - Flight testing of (Series) aircraft for issue of C of A; Flight testing of aircraft for which C of
A had been previously issued. Registration Markings of aircraft; Weight and balance control of an aircraft; Provision of
first aid kits & Physician’s kit in an aircraft; Use furnishing materials in an aircraft; Concessions; Aircraft log books;
Document to be carried on board on Indian registered aircraft; Procedure for issue of tax permit; Procedure for issue of
type approval of aircraft components and equipment including instruments.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. “Aircraft Manual (India) Volume” – Latest Edition, The English Book Store, 17-1, Connaught Circus, New Delhi.
2. Advisory Circulars from DGCA 2012.
3. “Civil Aviation Requirements with latest Amendment (Section 2 Airworthiness)” – Published by DGCA, The English Book Store,
17-1, Connaught Circus, New Delhi 2010.
4. Aeronautical Information Circulars (relating to Airworthiness) from DGCA 2012
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 162 REGULATIONS 2015
L T P Credits Total Marks
SAE1607 HYPERSONIC AERODYNAMICS
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE COBJECTIVE To introduce fundamental concepts and features peculiar to hypersonic flow to students to familiarize them with the
aerodynamically aspects of hypersonic vehicles and the general hypersonic flow theory
UNIT 1 BASIC GOVERNING EQUATIONS 6 Hrs.
General characteristics of hypersonic flow concept of equilibrium and non equilibrium flows, transport properties
.Basic conservation equations and species continuity equation, hypersonic shock and expansion relations, hypersonic
similarity parameters.
UNIT 2 SURFACE PRESSURE DISTRIBUTION IN HYPERSONIC
FLOWFIELD AND APPROXIMATE METHODS 15 Hrs.
Newtonian, modified Newtonian, tangent wedge and cone and shock expansion techniques. Pressure
distribution in separated regions and in reacting flows Mach number independence, small disturbance theory, thin
shock layer theory. Blast wave theory, method of characteristics, correlation for hypersonic shock wave.
UNIT 3 BOUNDARY LAYER AND CONVECTIVE HEAT TRANSFER AND VISCOUS INTERACTION 11 Hrs.
Self-similar and Non similar hypersonic boundary layers.Reference temperature method, hypersonic transition,
1. John D. Anderson Jr , Hypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dynamics, McGrawHill ,2007
2. John J Bertin , Hypersonic Aerothermodynamics, AIAA Education Series., Washington DC ,1994
3. Wallace D. Hayes and Ronald F. Probstein , Hypersonic Flow theory, Academic Press, New York , 1959
4. Ernst Heinrich Hirschel ,Basics of Aerothermodynamics, Springer Verlag Berlin , 2005
5. Wilbur L. Hankey ,Reentry Aerodynamics, AIAA Education series, W ashington DC ,1988
(Computational problems can be given as assignments)
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 163 REGULATIONS 2015
L T P Credits Total Marks
SAE1608 HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE To make the student familiarize with the principles involved in helicopters and to study the performance and stability
aspects of Helicopter under different operating conditions
UNIT 1 ELEMENTS OF HELICOPTER AERODYNAMICS 9 Hrs.
Configuration based on Torque Reaction – Jet Rotors and Compound Helicopters – Method of Control –
Collective and Cyclic Pitch Changes – Lead – Lag and Flapping Hinges.
UNIT 2 IDEAL ROTOR THEORY 9 Hrs.
Hovering performance – Momentum and Simple Blade Element Theories – Figure of Merit – Profile and
Induced Power Estimation - Constant Chord and Ideal Twist Rotors.
UNIT 3 POWER ESTIMATES 9 Hrs.
Induced, Profile and Parasite Power requirements in Forward Flight – Performance Curves with Effects of
Altitude – Preliminary Ideas on Helicopter Stability.
UNIT 4 LIFT, PROPULSION AND CONTROL OF V/STOL AIRCRAFT 9 Hrs.
Various Configuration – Propeller, Rotor, Ducted Fan and Jet Lift – Tilt Wing and Vectored Thrust –
Performance of VTOL and STOL Aircraft in Hover, Transition and Forward Motion.
UNIT 5 GROUND EFFECT MACHINES 9 Hrs. Types – Hover Height, Lift Augmentation and Power Calculation for Plenum Chamber and Peripheral Jet
Machine – Drag of Hovercraft on Land and Water. Applications of Hovercraft.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Gessow,A., Aerodynamics of Helicopter, MacMillan & CO ., N.Y., 1987
2. McCormick. B.W., Aerodynamics of V/STOL Flight, Academic Press, 1987
3. Johnson. W., Helicopter Theory, Princeton University Press, 1980
unit – Torque meter – Rotor brake – Maintenance of components – vibrations and monitoring systems- Mounting
systems – Transmissions.
UNIT 4 POWER PLANTS& TAIL ROTORS 9 Hrs.
Fixed wing power plant modifications – Installation – Different type of power plant maintenance. Tail rotor system
– Servicing tail rotor track – System rigging.
UNIT 5 AIRFRAMES AND RELATED SYSTEMS 7 Hrs. Fuselage maintenance – Airframe Systems – Special equipment, types of undercarriages and their operations.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. “Civil Aircraft Inspection Procedures”, Part I and II, CAA, English Book House, New Delhi, 1986.
2. Larry Reithmier, “Aircraft Repair Manual”, Palamar Books Marquette, 1992.
3. Jeppesen, “Helicopter Maintenance”, Jeppesen and Sons Inc., 2000.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 165 REGULATIONS 2015
L T P Credits Total Marks
SAE1610 INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE To familiarize the learner with non-aeronautical uses of aerodynamics such as road vehicle building aerodynamics and
problems of flow induced vibrations.
UNIT 1 ATMOSPHERE 6 Hrs.
Types of winds, Causes of variation of winds, Atmospheric boundary layer, Effect of terrain on gradient height,
Structure of turbulent flows .Roughness parameters, simulation techniques in wind tunnels
UNIT 2 WIND ENERGY COLLECTORS 8 Hrs.
Horizontal and vertical axis machines, energy density of different rotors, Power Coefficient, Betz coefficient by
momentum theory.
UNIT 3 VEHICLE AERODYNAMICS 11 Hrs.
Boundary layers and separation, two dimensional wake and vortex formation Strouhal and Reynolds numbers,
Separation and reattachments, Power requirements and drag coefficients of automobiles, Effects of cut back angle,
aerodynamics of trains and Hovercraft
UNIT 4 BUILDING AERODYNAMICS 9 Hrs.
Pressure distribution on low rise buildings, wind forces on buildings, Environmental winds in city blocks, special
problems of tall buildings, building codes, ventilation and architectural aerodynamics
UNIT 5 FLOW INDUCED VIBRATIONS 11 Hrs. Vortex shedding, lock & effects of Reynolds number on wake formation in turbulent flows across wind
galloping-Wake galloping-along wind galloping of circular cables-oscillation of tall structures and launch vehicles under
Wind loads-stall flutter.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Rose Mccallen, Fred Browand, James Rose, “The aerodynamics of heavy vehicle- Trucks, buses and trains” Springer Berlin
Heidelperg ,Newyork, 2004
2. Sovran, M(ed), “Aerodynamic drag mechanism of bluff bodies and road vehicles”, Plenum Press, N.Y, 1978
3. Calvert N.G, “Wind Power Principles”, Charles Griffin & Co London, 1979.
4. M.Sovran (Ed), “Aerodynamics and drag mechanisms of bluff bodies and Road vehicles”, Plenum press, New York, 1978.
5. Sachs. P., “Winds forces in Engineering”, Pergamon Press, 1978.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 166 REGULATIONS 2015
SAE1611 LAUNCH VEHICLES AND SPACECRAFT L T P Credits Total Marks
PROPULSION 3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE To give exposure on important topics like satellite integration, rocket propulsion to students to enrich their knowledge
in the area of Launch vehicles
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 10 Hrs.
Introduction - Historical Note / Basic Propulsion Devices - Architectural description of Launch Vehicles and
Satellites - Rocket Equation / Staging / Payload - Launch weight relation - Propulsion Requirements / Thrust and time
requirements - Types of rockets / propellants / choices.
UNIT 2 NOZZLE FLOWS AND AEROTHERMO CHEMISTRY 8 Hrs.
Nozzle flows / Introduction - Performance parameters - Review of aero thermo chemistry - Propellant and burning
- Internal Ballistics - Grains / Ignition etc.
UNIT 3 PROPELLANTS AND HEAT TRANSFER 10 Hrs.
System Description / Propellants - Combustion / Heat Transfer / Cooling - Feed Systems - R-4 Auxiliary
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 167 REGULATIONS 2015
L T P Credits Total Marks
SAE1612 MISSILE TECHNOLOGY
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE To give exposure on important topics like missile systems, control of missile system and missile trajectory motion to
students to enrich their knowledge in the area of missile technology
UNIT 1 MISSILE SYSTEMS 9 Hrs.
Introduction - history - classification - missile system elements - missile ground systems -radars – launchers -
coordinate frames - basics of trajectory dynamics - Missile equations of motion- co ordinate systems – Rigid body
equations of motion - D - Alembert principle.
UNIT 2 MISSILE CONTROL SYSTEMS 9 Hrs.
Introduction - Roll stabilization – Root locus for roll stabilization system - Transfer function - control of
aerodynamic missiles – Missile auto pilot – boost autopilot - Transfer function for a ballistic type missile - Van guard
control system – block diagram – root locus - Alternate control system.
UNIT 3 PROPULSION 9 Hrs.
Principles of jet propulsion and rocketry - nozzle theory and characteristic parameters - rockets solid and liquid
propellant - Ramjet and Turbo jet engines – evaluation of flight performance – forces acting on vehicle - basic relations
of motion - multi stage vehicles.
UNIT 4 NAVIGATION, GUIDANCE & CONTROL 9 Hrs. Navigation - types - INS - GPS - radar based terrain mapping, guidance - explicit – Proportional Navigation
guidance –Augmented Proportional Navigation guidance –Comparison of guidance system performance - Autopilot –
control surfaces and actuators – Back to turn missile guidance.
UNIT 5 MISSILE TRAJECTORY CALCULATIONS 9 Hrs. Vertical, inclined and gravity turn trajectories – determination of range and altitude ballistic missile intercept – missile
tracking equations of motion – numerical computation of ballistic trajectories – Dynamics of stage separation.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 173 REGULATIONS 2015
SAU1602 AUTOMOTIVE AIRCONDITIONING L T P Credits Total Marks
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To understand the working principle of air conditioning & refrigeration systems and components
To design the air-conditioning system according to the load condition
Know about conventional and modern ref rigerants for automotive applications.
Know about air control, handling, trouble shooting and servicing.
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION TO AIR CONDITIONING & REFRIGERATION 9 Hrs.
Methods of refrigeration vapour compression refrigeration system, vapour absorption refrigeration system, applications of refrigeration & air conditioning, automobile air conditioning, air conditioning for passengers, isolated vehicles, refrigerated transport vehicles, applications related with very low temperatures.
UNIT 2 IMPORTANCE OF REFRIGERANT 9 Hrs.
Requirements for refrigerants – classification of refrigerants- refrigerant selection- storage of refrigerants – handling refrigerants – discharging, charging & leak detection – refrigeration system diagnosis – diagnostic procedure – ambient conditions affecting system pressures applications of refrigerants, refrigerants used in automobile air conditioning, environmental concerns/legislation for automotive A/C systems, types & properties of ref rigerants, refrigerant oils, refrigerant piping, future ref rigerants.
UNIT 3 LOAD CALCULATIONS & ANALYSIS 9 Hrs.
Design considerations for achieving desired inside room conditions with respect to prevailing outside environment conditions factors affecting/contributing towards the load on refrigeration & air conditioning systems, cooling & heating load calculations, load calculations for automobiles, effect of air conditioning load on engine performance in terms of loss of available peak torque/power and fuel consumption.
UNIT 4 AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS, AIR ROUTING & TEMPERATURE CONTROL 9 Hrs.
Distribution ducting, sizing, supply / return ducts, type of grills, diffusers, ventilation, air noise level, layout of duct systems for automobiles and their impact on load calculations, objectives of the dashboard re-circulating unit, automatic temperature control, controlling flow, control of air handling systems & air flow through - evaporator care
UNIT 5 AIR CONDITIONING SERVICE 9 Hrs.
Air conditioner maintenance & service - removing & replacing components, compressor service, testing, diagnosis & trouble shooting of air conditioning system, refrigerant gas charging procedure & servicing of heater system, common controls such as thermostats, humidistat, control dampers, pressure cut outs, relays.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Paul Weiser,”Automotive Air-Conditioning”- Reston Publishing Co., 1990.
2. William H. Crouse ,Donald L. Anglin,”Automotive Air-Conditioning”- McGraw-Hill Inc., 1977.
3. Chris Johanson “Automatic Heating & Air Conditioning Systems”, G-W Publisher, 2009.
4. Paul Lang, “Air Conditioning”-C.B.S. Publisher & Distributor, Delhi, 1995.
5. Roy J. Dossat , “Principles of Refrigeration”– Pearson Publication, 2001
6. Harris,”Modern Air Conditioning”McGraw-Hill Co., 1974.
7. Anil Chhikara ,” Basics of Automobile Engineering”, Satya Prakasam, New Delhi, 2012.
8. American Society of Heating, Refrigeration & Air Conditioning – Fundamentals ASHRAE Handbook
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs. PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 174 REGULATIONS 2015
SAU1603 AUTOMOTIVE SAFETY L T P Credits Total Marks
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE
• To give good exposure to automotive safety aspects including the understanding of the various safety equipments
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 8 Hrs.
Introduction to safety and vehicle structural crashworthiness & crash testing, types of impacts, and impact with
rebound, driver assistance systems in automobiles, concept of crumble zone,characteristics of vehicle structure, role of
safety systems in automobiles, importance of ergonomics in automotive safety.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 180 REGULATIONS 2015
L T P C r e d i t s T o t a l M a r k s
SAU1609 TRANSPORT MANAGEMENT
3 0 0 3 1 0 0
COURSE OBJECTIVE
• To understand the various transport systems, transport planning and analysis, transport administration and
control and maintenance system in transport industry
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 9 Hrs.
Transport Functions and Systems: accessibility/connectivity, mobility, Role of Transport: economic role, social
role, political role and cultural values, Transport personnel management: job description, employment tests,
interviewing, Introduction to training objectives, advantages, methods of training, training procedure, psychological
tests.
UNIT 2 TRANSPORT SYSTEMS 9 Hrs.
Introduction to various transport systems - Advantages of motor transport. Principal function of administrative –
traffic - secretarial and engineering divisions - chain of responsibility, forms of ownership by state, municipality, public
body and private undertakings.
UNIT 3 TRANSPORT PLANNING AND ANALYSIS 9 Hrs.
Transport planning and its scope, Components of comprehensive planning, Urban transport system planning,
Land use forecast, travel forecast, Systems approach to transportation planning, Levels of urban transport planning,
Modal split analysis, Basic approaches of Modal split analysis.
UNIT 4 TRANSPORT ADMINISTRATION AND CONTROL 9 Hrs.
State Regulation, Contract and Rates Household Good Carriers: Radial and Non-radial Operations, Multi model
transportation, Taxation of commercial motor transport, Regulation of road transport in India, Administration and
financial road construction, Current problems of surface transport.
UNIT 5 MAINTENANCE 9 Hrs.
Preventive maintenance system in transport industry, tire maintenance procedures - Causes for uneven tire wear;
remedies, maintenance procedure for better fuel economy, Design of bus depot layout.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. John Duke, "Fleet Management", McGraw-Hil Co, USA, 1984.
2. Kitchin.L.D., - Bus Operation - Illiffee and Sons Co., London, III edition - 1992
3. Government Motor Vehicle Act, Publication on latest act o be used as on date
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 181 REGULATIONS 2015
L T P C r e d i t s T o t a l M a r k s
SAU1610 TWO AND THREE WHEELED VEHICLES
3 0 0 3 1 0 0
COURSE OBJECTIVE
• To understand the various systems and subsystems of two and three wheeled vehicles
UNIT 1 THE POWER UNIT 9 Hrs.
Two stroke and four stroke SI & CI engine construction and working, merits and demerits, symmetrical and
unsymmetrical valve & port timing diagrams, scavenging process, scavenging efficiency, types of scavenging, unif low and
cross flow.
UNIT 2 FUEL AND IGNITION SYSTEM 9 Hrs.
Fuel system – different circuits in two wheeler fuel systems, fuel injection system, lubrication system, ignition
systems - magneto coil and battery coil spark ignition system, electronic ignition system, starting system - kick starter
system – self-starter system, recent technologies.
UNIT 3 CHASSIS AND SUB-SYSTEM 9 Hrs.
Main frame for two and three wheelers, its types, chassis and different drive systems for two wheelers, single,
multiple plates and centrifugal clutches, gear box and its and various gear controls in two wheelers front and rear
suspension systems shock absorbers, panel meters and controls on handle bar, freewheeling devices.
UNIT 4 BRAKES AND WHEELS 9 Hrs.
Drum brakes & disc brakes, construction and working and its types, front and rear brake links lay-outs, brake
actuation mechanism, spoked wheel, cast wheel, disc wheel & its merits and demerits, tires and tubes, construction & its
types, steering geometry.
UNIT 5 TWO AND THREE WHEELERS – CASE STUDIES 9 Hrs.
Case studies - sports bike, motor cycles, scooters and mopeds - auto rickshaws, pick up van, delivery van and trailer,
servicing and maintenance, recent developments.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCES BOOKS
1. Irving,P.E., Motor cycle Engineering, Temple Press Book, London, 1992.
2. The Cycle Motor Manual, Temple Press Ltd., London, 1990.
3. K. K. Ramalingam, Two Wheelers, Scitech publications, Chennai, 2005.
4. Encyclopedia of Motor cycling, 20 volumes, Marshall Cavensih, New York and London,1989.
5. Bryaut,R.V., Vespa Maintenance and Repair series.
6. Raymond Broad, Lam bretta – A practical guide to maintenance and repair, 1987.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max.Marks : 80 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 182 REGULATIONS 2015
SBI1101 INTRODUCTION TO BIOINFORMATICS L T P Credits Total Marks
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To enable the students to understand about tools used in Bioinformatics & how to use them. This will facilitate the students to undertake projects in the modern biology.
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 9 Hrs.
Introduction to bioinformatics, biological information, the Central Dogma, Bioinformatics: Definition and overview Bioinformatics, Branches of Bioinformatics, Aim, Scope and Research areas of Bioinformatics. Genome projects, human genome project- Databases and human chromosomes, role of Bioinformatics in biological sequences. Biological data- DNA sequence protein sequence, macromolecular structure. Challenges in bioinformatics.
UNIT 2 COMPUTING IN BIOINFORMATICS 9 Hrs.
Introduction to internet-facilities used on the internet-www- web browsers, introduction to network basics-LAN, wan, network topology, protocol. Basic principles of computing in bioinformatics - databases system, programming languages for bioinformatics- Perl, python. Introduction to computational biology.
UNIT 3 BIOLOGICAL DATABASES 9 Hrs.
Databases and programs, Information retrieval from databases of nucleic acid and proteins. Pair wise alignment and database searching, Multiple Sequence Alignment database searching, DNA analysis, protein analysis, Data information and Knowledge Management, Concepts in Bioinformatics, Databases and Data Warehouses in Bioinformatics. Challenges, combining multiple types of data, Information Retrieval system in bioinformatics
UNIT 4 TOOLS APPLICATIONS IN BIOINFORMATIC 9 Hrs.
Bio-algorithms and Tools- Identifying genes, Overview of sequence annotation. Gene prediction methods-Human variation and disease identification, Visualizing and comparing nucleic acids and Protein Introduction to Phylogenetic analysis definition, concepts of tree, steps in constructing Phylogenetic analysis. Introduction to microarray.
UNIT 5 SOFTWARES IN BIOINFORMATICS 9 Hrs.
Basic software tools used in bioinformatics - Sequence analysis- GCG, Emboss - Cn3D viewer- Rasmol, Swiss pdb viewer, Pymol, Jmol. Modeling- Discovery studio 2.0, Docking -Auto dock,HEX.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Des Higgins and Willie Taylor, “Bioinformatics sequence structures and databases”, Oxford University press, 1st ed., 2000.
2. Atwood, Paey Smith, “Introduction to bioinformatics”, 2001.
3. Arthur M.Lesk, “Introduction to bioinformatics”, 2002.
4. David W. Mount, “Bioinformatics: Sequences and genome analyses”, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory press, 2000.
5. Westhead, Parish and Twyman, “Instant notes: Bioinformatics”, 2003.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 183 REGULATIONS 2015
SBI1605 PYTHON L T P Credits Total Marks
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To learn to appreciate the programming language that can be used for a wide variety of programming tasks and
to expose the student to the standard scripting language. At the end of the course, the student will be developing
adequate skills in programming and will be known to understand the implementation of various applications using
powerful assortment of built-in types in python.
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION TO PYTHON 9 Hrs.
Introduction to PYTHON- History -Features –installation - Setting up path -Working with Python -Basic Syntax
Python regular expressions – Match function -Search function -Matching VS Searching -Modifiers -Patterns.
UNIT 4 CONTROL STATEMENTS 9 Hrs.
Conditional Statements -If , If- else , Nested if-else , - Looping- For , While , Nested loops, - Control Statements-
Break , Continue , Pass
UNIT 5 FUNCTIONS AND MODULES 9 Hrs.
Functions - Defining a function -Calling a function -Types of functions -Function Arguments -Anonymous
functions -Global and local variables, Modules- Importing module -Math module -Random module -Packages –
Composition
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Hetland., “Beginning Python” , Apress, 2008
2. Mark Pilgrim, “Dive Into Python”, Apress, 2004
3. Martin C. Brown, “Python: The Complete Reference (English)” , McGraw-Hill/Osborne Media, 2001.
4. Mark Summerfield , “Programming in Python 3”, 2nd ed (PIP3) , Addison Wesley ISBN: 0-321-68056-1
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 184 REGULATIONS 2015
SBM1304 BIOMATERIALS L T P Credi ts Total Marks
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
The course provides an intriguing insight in chemistry, engineering, biology and medicine that has a significant impact on biomaterials.
It highlights the way in which modern biology and medicine is inextricably linked to scientific discipline and helping us to understand the complex world of biomaterials.
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION AND METALS 9 Hrs.
Biomaterials – Overview, Classification of biomaterials, Interfacial Phenomena and tissue response to
biomaterials, Metals and alloys for orthopedic implants -Stainless steel, Cobalt chromium alloy, Titanium and its
alloys, Precious metal alloys, Other metal alloys. Dental implants – materials, types and designs
UNIT 2 REPLACEMENT AND FIXATION DEVICES 9 Hrs.
Bioelectric effect, Wolff’s Law, Types of orthopedic fixation devices -pins, screws and plates, Intra Medullary
and spinal nails. Interface Problems with artificial joints and va rious fixation methods, Hard tissue replacements –
total hip and knee joint replacements. Soft Tissue replacements - Sutures -Tapes, Staples, Adhesives. Maxillofacial
Implants
UNIT 3 POLYMERS AND APPLICATIONS 9 Hrs.
Polymers in biomedical use, Hydrogels, si licone rubber, biodegradable polymers, Polymer Sterilization,
Deterioration of polymers
UNIT 4 BIOCERAMICS AND COMPOSITES 9 Hrs.
Bioceramics, types and – bioactive resorbable, non – resorbable, bioceramic coatings on metallic and implants
and bone bonding reactions on implantation. Hydroxyapatite – properties and applications. Composites – Types and
adhesives, Scleral buclikng materials for retinal detachment, artificial tears. Corrosion, Biocompatibility and
Hemocompatibility, Biological Tests. Material surface characterization
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Sujata V Bhat, “Biomaterials”, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 2002.
2. Rolando Barbucci, “Integrated Biomaterials Science”, Plenum Publishers, New York, 2002.
3. A.F. Von Recum, “Handbook of Biomaterials Evaluation – Scientific, Technical and Clinical Testing of Implant Materials”, 2nd
Edition, Taylor & Francis, Philadelphia,1999.
4. J.B Park and R.S Lakes, “Biomaterials: An Introduction”, Second Edition, Plenum press, New York, 1992.
5. Joseph D Bronzino, “The Biomedical Engineering Hand Book”, Vol – 11, CRC press, 2000.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 185 REGULATIONS 2015
SBM1404 HOSPITAL MANAGEMENT L T P Credi ts Total Marks
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
The paper provides opportunities for training and research in all aspects of hospital / health administration. It helps
promotes scientific management of hospital and advancement of health care systems so as to make it rational,
responsive and cost efficient.
The student is thus educated in the development of high quality of hospital care in the community and the country so as to provide a satisfactory environment to the patient and clinical research
UNIT 1 STANDARD OF HOSPITAL 9 Hrs.
Concept of Hospital Management – Role of Administrator – Responsibilities of Administrator – Hospital Design –
Outlines for establishing Departmental Zones – Hospital Engineering
UNIT 2 HOSPITAL ORGANIZATION 9 Hrs.
Organization of Out-Patient Services – Problems encountered in functioning of O.P Department – Organization
of In- Patient Services – Casualty & Emergency Services - Organization and management of Operation theatres
UNIT 3 SERVICES IN HOSPITAL 9 Hrs.
Organization of Ancillary Services: Lab Services – Department of Physiotherapy & Occupational Therapy –
Organization of Blood Transfusion Services – Department of Radio – diagnosis – Hospital Pharmacy
1. Satyanarayana, U. “Biotechnology”, 4th Edition, Books and Allied Pvt. Ltd. Kolkata, 2007.
2. Lehninger A.L, Nelson D.L, Cox .M.M, “Principles of Biochemistry”,. CBS Publications 1993
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 190 REGULATIONS 2015
SCH1616 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT L T P Credi ts Total Marks
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To provide a basic understanding of the EIA process as it is used for research, planning, project or program
evaluation, monitoring, and regulatory enforcement and to introduce students to the legal, economic, administrative
and technical process of preparing and/or evaluating environmental impact documents.
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 9 Hrs.
Historical development of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA). EIA in Project Cycle. Legal an d Regulatory
aspects in India. Types and Limitations of EIA, Cross sectoral issues and terms of reference in EIA – Public
Participation in EIA. EIA process.
UNIT 2 METHODS FOR EIA 9 Hrs.
Methods of EIA – Check lists – Matrices – Networks – Cost-benefit analysis – Analysis of alternatives.
UNIT 3 PREDICTION AND ASSESSMENT 9 Hrs.
Assessment of Impact on land, water, air, social & cultural activities and on flora & fauna - Mathematical models-
Public participation – Rapid EIA.
UNIT 4 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 9 Hrs.
Environmental Management Plan – Preparation, Implementation and review – Mitigation and Rehabilitation
Plans– Policy and guidelines for planning and monitoring programmes – Post project audit – Ethical and Quality
aspects of Environmental Impact Assessment.
UNIT 5 LIFE CYCLE ASSESSMENT & EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 9 Hrs.
Life Cycle Assessment - Elements of LCA - Life Cycle Costing – Eco Labeling – Designs for the Environment -
International Environmental Standards - ISO 14001 - Environmental Audit. Executive summary - Documentation of EIA
findings, Planning, Organization of information and Visual display material, Report preparation.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Canter, L.W., “Environmental Impact Assessment”, McGraw Hill, New York. 1996
2. Anjaneyulu Y. “Environmental Impact Assessment Methodologies”, BS Pub. 2002.
3. Shukla S.K. and Srivastava P.R., “Concepts in Environmental Impact Analysis”, Common Wealth Publishers, New Delhi, 1992.
4. John G. Rau and David C Hooten (Ed), “Environmental Impact Analysis Handbook”,McGraw-Hill Book Company, 1990.
5. Lawrence, D.P., “Environmental Impact Assessment – Practical solutions to recurrent problems”, Wiley-Interscience, New
Jersey, 2003.
6. “Environmental Assessment Source book”, Vol. I, II & III. The World Bank,Washington, D.C., 1991.
7. Petts J, “Handbook of Environmental Impact Assessment”, Vol., I and II, Blackwell Science, London, 1999.
8. Judith Petts, “Handbook of Environmental Impact Assessment”, Vol. I & II”, Blackwell Science, 1999
9. World Bank –Source book on EIA
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN:
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 191 REGULATIONS 2015
SCI1619 DISASTER MANAGEMENT L T P Credi ts Total Marks
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To create an awareness towards natural and man-made disasters, disaster preparedness and disaster management
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION TO DISASTERS 12 Hrs.
Natural resources and its importance - understanding on fragile eco-system - characteristics and types of Disasters, Geological and Mountain Area Disasters: Earthquakes, Volcanic eruption, landslides - Wind and Water Related Natural Disaster: Floods, Droughts, Cyclones, Tsunamis - Man Made Disasters: Forest fires, Nuclear, Biological and Chemical disaster - Causes and effects - Disaster Profile of India - Disaster Management cycle.
UNIT 2 DISASTER PREPAREDNESS 8 Hrs.
Disaster management, mitigation and preparedness: Disaster Preparedness for People and Infrastructure, CommUNITy based Disaster Preparedness Plan - Roles & Responsibilities of Different Agencies and Government: Education, Communication & Training, Central, State, District and local administration, Armed Forces, Police, Para Military Forces, International Agencies, and NGO’s - Disaster Mitigation: Strategies, Emerging Trends, Mitigation management and Role of Team and Coordination.
UNIT 3 REHABILITATION, RECONSTRUCTION & RECOVERY 10 Hrs.
Damage assessment – Development of Physical and Economic Infrastructure - Nature of Damage to Houses and Infrastructure due to Disasters - Funding Arrangements for Reconstruction - Monitoring and Evaluation of Rehabilitation Work: Training, Rescue and planning the rescue activities and rehabilitations - Role of Government and NGO’s - Participative Rehabilitation Process: Case Studies
UNIT 4 DISASTER RESPONSE AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT 8 Hrs.
Disaster Response Plan: Communication, Participation and Activation of Emergency Preparedness Plans, Search, Rescue, Evacuation and other logistic management - Human Behaviour and Response Management: Psychological Response and Psychological Rehabilitation, Trauma and Stress Management, rumour and Panic Management, Medical and Health Response to Different Disasters - Relief Measures: Minimum Standard of Relief, essential components of Relief Management, and funding.
UNIT 5 RISK ASSESSMENT AND VULNERABILITY ANALYSIS 7 Hrs.
Hazard, Risk and Vulnerability: Concept and Relationship: Disaster Risk Reduction, People Participation in Risk Assessment - Vulnerability Analysis, Vulnerability Identification - Vulnerability profile of India - Strategies for Survival - Social Infrastructure for Vulnerability Reduction.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Bryant Edwards, “Natural Hazards”, Cambridge University Press, U.K, 2005 2. Carter, W. Nick, “Disaster Management, Asian Development Bank”, Manila, 1991.
3. Government of India, “Vulnerability Atlas of India”, New Delhi, 1997. 4. Sahni, Pardeep et.al. (eds.), “Disaster Mitigation Experiences and Reflections”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2002
5. Sahni, Pardeep and Ariyabandu, Madhavi Malalgoda, 2012: “Disaster risk reduction in South Asia”, Phi learning pvt. Ltd.-publisher, New Delhi, 2012.
7. Taori, K, “Disaster Management through Panchayati Raj”, Concept Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2005. Websites
8. NOAA Coastal Services Center, “Linking People Information and Technology”, 9. “Risk and Vulnerability Assessment Tool”, at, http://www.csc.noaa.gov/rvat/criticalEdd.html
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
1. Banwell C.N., and McCash E. M., “Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy”, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2000.
2. Silverstein R. M., and Webster F. X., “Spectroscopic Identification of Organic Compounds”, 6th Edition, John Wiley & Sons,
2003.
3. Levine I. N., “Molecular Spectroscopy”, John Wiley & Sons, 1974.
4. Williams D. H., and Fleming I., “Spectroscopic Methods in Organic Chemistry”, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw -Hill Publishing
Company, 1988.
5. Kemp W., “Applications of Spectroscopy”, English Language Book Society, 1987.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN:
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
(10% problems may be asked)
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 194 REGULATIONS 2015
SCY1602 ENERGY SOURCES L T P Credits Total Marks
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To know the various sources of energy available and to face the future challenges arising due to energy crisis.
UNIT 1 GLOBAL AND INDIAN ENERGY SCENARIO 9 Hrs.
Bio-fuels - Nuclear energy - Their utilization pattern in the past, present and future projections of consumption pattern. Power sector reforms - Restructuring of energy supply sector - Energy strategy for future.
UNIT 2 HYDROGEN ENERGY 9 Hrs.
Hydrogen as a renewable energy source: Sources of Hydrogen – Fuel for Vehicles. Hydrogen Production: Direct electrolysis of water – Thermal decomposition of water – Biochemical methods of hydrogen production. Storage of Hydrogen: Gaseous, Cryogenic and Metal hydride.
Thermo-chemical Conversion: Pyrolysis – Combustion – Gasification – Liquification. Bio-Chemical Conversion: Aerobic and Anaerobic conversion – Fermentation. Ethanol as a fuel for I.C. engines. Isolation of methane from Biogas and packing and its utilization.
UNIT 5 NUCLEAR ENERGY 9 Hrs.
Nuclear Energy – Nuclear Chain reaction – Fuel enrichment – Different Types of Nuclear Reactors: Pressurised water reactor – Boiling water reactor – Fast Breeder reactor. Nuclear waste disposal – Nuclear Fusion.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Culp A. W., “Principles of Energy Conversion”, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill, 1991.
2. Maths D. A., “Hydrogen Technology for Energy”, Noyes Data Corp., 1976.
3. Linden D., Handbook: “Batteries and Fuel cell”, Mc.Graw Hill, 1984.
4. Bansal N. K., and Kleeman M. K., “Renewable Sources of Energy and Conversion Systems”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1990.
5. White L. P., “Biomass as Fuel”, Academic Press, 1981.
6. Raymond Murray, Keith Holbert, “Nuclear Energy: An Introduction to the Concepts, Systems, and Applications of Nuclear
8. Arniker H. J., “Essentials of Nuclear Chemistry”, New Age Publications, 1996.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
(10% problems may be asked)
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 195 REGULATIONS 2015
SHS1601 LIFE AND EMPLOYABILITY S K IL L S L T P Credi ts Total Marks
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
The course aims at equipping students to be competent in facing the challenges in today's globalized context, by providing an insight to soft skills for success and life skills for survival at the workplace.
UNIT 1 ACHIEVEMENT MOTIVATION 9 Hrs.
Time Management - Positive and negative aspects of time log - Formula for successful time management.
UNIT 2 SELF-AWARENESS AND EMPATHY 9 Hrs.
Work-Life Balance – Project completion Techniques – Effective Planning and Organisation - Strategies to improve
team communication.
UNIT 3 DECISION MAKING 9 Hrs.
Decision making techniques- types of decisions- Setting Goals and Plans - Problem Solving Techniques.
UNIT 4 EFFECTIVE COMMNICATION 9 Hrs.
Non-verbal communication - means of communication – Personality development – Language and body language
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 199 REGULATIONS 2015
SIT1606 BIG DATA L T P Credi ts Total Marks
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To understand the dominant software systems and algorithms for coping with Big Data.
Apply appropriate analytic techniques and tools to analyze big data, create statistical models, and identify insights that can lead to actionable results
To explore the ethical implications of big data research, and particularly as they relate to the web
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 9 Hrs.
Introduction to Big Data – Challenges of Conventional Systems - Nature of Data - Small data-Medium data – Big Data – Small data vs Big data - Sources of Big Data- Big Data Characteristics – Big Data Analytics – Importance of Big Data, Big Data in the Enterprise – Big Data Enterprise Model – Building a Big Data Platform -Big data in Social and Behavioral sciences.
UNIT 2 HDFS, HADOOP AND HADOOP INFRASTRUCTURE 9 Hrs.
Hadoop and Databases - Typical Datacenter Architecture - Adding Hadoop to the Mix - Key Benefit -· Flexibility: Complex Data Processing - HDFS - Hadoop Infrastructure -Architecture – Different in Data Model and Computing Model – HDFS Files and Blocks , Components of HDFS - Hadoop framework - HDFS-Map Reduce Framework-Data Loading techniques-Hadoop Cluster Architecture-Hadoop Configuration files-Hadoop Cluster modes-Single Node-Multi Node-Fully distributed node.
UNIT 3 HADOOP MAP REDUCE FRAMEWORK 9 Hrs.
Relationship between MapReduce and HDFS- Relationship between MapReduce and HDFS- Clients, Data Nodes, and HDFS Storage - MapReduce workloads.
Hadoop framework- Hadoop data types-Hadoop map reduce Paradigm-Map and Reduce Tasks-Map reduce Execution framework-Partitioners and Combiners-Input formats (Input Splits and Records, Text Input, Binary Input, Multiple Inputs)- Output Formats (TextOutput, BinaryOutPut, Multiple Output)- Hadoop Mapreduce programming-Advanced Map reduce concepts- Counters, Custom Writables-Unit testing framework-Error Handling-Tuning-Advanced Map reduce.
UNIT 4 HADOOP IMPLEMENTATION AND HADOOP ECO SYSTEM TOOLS 9 Hrs.
ECO system tools- Pig's Data Model, Pig Latin, Developing & Testing Pig Latin Scripts- Writing Evaluation, Filter, Load & Store Functions-Hive- Hive Architecture- Comparison with Traditional Database- HiveQL: Data Types, Operators and Functions- Hive Tables- Querying Data-Advance Hive, NoSQL Databases -HBase-Loading Data in Hbase-Querying Data in Hbase
UNIT 5 HADOOP PROJECT ENVIRONMENT 9 Hrs.
HBase: Introduction to HBase, Client API's and their features, Available Client, HBase Architecture, MapReduce Integration. HBase: Advanced Usage, Schema Design, Advance Indexing, Coprocessors, Hadoop 2.0- MRv2 –YARN-NameNode High Availability, HDFS Federation, MRv2, YARN, Running MRv1 in YARN, Upgrade your existing MRv1 code to MRv2, Programming in YARN framework-cover Apache Oozie Workflow Scheduler for Hadoop
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCES BOOKS
1. WA Gmob , “Big Data and Hadoop”, Kindle Edition, 2013
2. Eric Miller, “A Overview of Map Reduce and its impact on Distributed Data”, Kindle Edition, 2012.
3. Strata, “ Big Data Now”, O’Reily Media Inc., Kindle Edition, 2012.
END SEMESTER QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 200 REGULATIONS 2015
SIT1608 GREEN COMPUTING L T P Credits Total Marks
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVES
To study about existing green computing strategies, fundamental challenges in achieving green operations of computing units
To assess enterprise-wide and personal computing and computing related energy consumption.
UNIT 1 GREEN COMPUTING FUNDAMENTALS 9 Hrs.
Green IT fundamentals: Business, IT, and the environment – Green computing: Carbon foot print - scoop on power – Green IT strategies: Drivers, Dimensions, and Goals – Environmentally responsible business: Policies, Practices and Metrics.
UNIT 2 GREEN ASSETS AND MODELING 9 Hrs.
Green Assets: Buildings, data centers, networks and devices – Green business process management: Modeling, optimization and collaboration – Green enterprise architecture – Environmental intelligence – Green supply chains – Green information systems: Design and development models.
UNIT 3 GRID FRAMEWORK 9 Hrs.
Virtualizing of IT systems – Role of electric utilities, telecommuting, teleconferencing and teleporting – Materials recycling – Best ways for green PC – Green data center – Green grid framework
UNIT 4 GREEN COMPLIANCE 9 Hrs.
Socio-cultural aspects of green IT – Green enterprise transformation roadmap – Green Compliance: protocols, standards and audits –Emergent carbon issues: technologies and future.TheWayClimate Savers Computing Initiative Do - The Climate Savers Computing Initiative - What Green Computing Impact Organization Supplies - Green Computers Initiatives - Green Computing Impact Organization Overview - Green Electronics Council - Going Green Can Be Truly Challenging - The Green Grid Framework - The CSCI Top Secrets Revealed - The EPEAT Standards - To Have a Green Computer - Green Computing Means to Save Your Money and Your Business - Finances - Green Computing Initiative Platforms.
UNIT 5 CASE STUDIES 9 Hrs.
The Environmentally Responsible Business Strategies (ERBS) – Case study scenarios for trial runs – Case studies – Applying green IT strategies and applications to a home, hospital, packaging industry and telecom sector.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Bhuvan Unhelkar, “Green IT Strategies and Applications- Using Environmental Intelligence”, CRC Press, June 2011.
2. Woody Leonhard, Katherrine Murray, “Green Home computing for dummies”, August 2009.
3. Warland & Pravin Varaiya, “High Performance Communication Networks”, Jean Harcourt Asia Pvt. Ltd., II Edition, 2001.
4. Jason Harris, “Green Computing and Green IT- Best Practices onregulations & industry”, Lulu.com, 2008.
5. Alin Gales, Michael Schaefer, Mike Ebbers, “Green Data Center:steps for the Journey”, Shoff/IBM rebook, 2011.
6. John Lamb, “The Greening of IT”, Pearson Education, 2009.
END SEMESTER QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
Character development, Story Telling, Narration, Game Balancing, Core mechanics, Principles of level design,
Genres of Games, Collision Detection, Game Logic, Game AI, Path Finding.
UNIT 3 GAMING ENGINE DESIGN 9 Hrs.
Renderers, Software Rendering, Hardware Rendering, and Controller based animati on, Spatial Sorting, Level of
detail, collision detection, standard objects, and physics
UNIT 4 GAMING PLATFORMS AND FRAMEWORKS 9 Hrs.
Flash, DirectX, OpenGL, Java, Python, XNA with Visual Studio, Mobile Gaming fo r the Android, iOS, Game
engines - Adventure Game Studio, DXStudio, Unity.
UNIT 5 GAME DEVELOPMENT 9 Hrs.
Developing 2D and 3D interactive games using OpenGL, DirectX – Isometric and Tile Based Games, Puzzle
games, Single Player games, Multi -Player games.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT REFERENCE BOOKS
1. David H. Eberly, “3D Game Engine Design, Second Edition: A Practical Approach to Real -Time Computer Graphics” Morgan
Kaufman , 2 Edition, 2006.
2. Jung Hyun Han, “3D Graphics for Game Programming”, Chapman and Hal/CRC,1st edition, 2011 .
3. Mike McShaf rfy, “Game Coding Complete”, Third Edition, Charles River Media, 2009.
4. Jonathan S. Harbour, “Beginning Game Programming”, Course Technology PTR, 3 edition, 2009.
5. Ernest Adams and Andrew Rolings, “Fundamentals of Game Design”, Prentice Hall 1st edition, 2006.
END SEMESTER QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 202 REGULATIONS 2015
SPH1601 ENERGY PHYSICS L T P Credits Total Marks
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To expose the students to the basic principles of energy conversions, materials for energy conversion and energy storage devices.
UNIT 1 ENERGY AND THERMODYNAMICS 9 Hrs.
Forms of Energy, Conservation of Energy, Entropy, Heat capacity, Thermodynamic cycles: Brayton, Carnot Diesel, Otto and Rankin cycle; Fossil fuels, time scale of fossil fuels and solar energy as an option,.
UNIT 2 ENERGY CONVERSION MATERIALS 9 Hrs.
Single, poly – and amorphous silicon, GaAs, CdS, Cu2S, CuInSe2, CdTe etc. technologies for fabrication of single and polycrystalline silicon solar cells, amorphous silicon solar cells and tandem cells, sol ar cell modules, photovoltaic systems, space quality solar cells
UNIT 3 PHOTOVOLTAIC CON VERTORS 9 Hrs.
Introduction- Photovoltaic effect-conversion of solar energy into electrical energy- behaviour of solar cells-basic structure and characteristics of solar cells-single, multi and thin film silicon solar cells -solar cell arrays- PV modules, generators-interfacing PV modules to loads, direct connection of load to PV modules and connection of PV modules to a battery and load together -energy storage alternatives to PV systems..
UNIT 4 THERMOELECTRIC CONVERTERS 9 Hrs.
Thermoelectric effects, solid state description of thermoelectric effect, Kelvin’ s thermodynamic relations, analysis of thermoelectric generators, basic assumptions, temperature distribution and thermal energy transfer for generator, co-efficient of performance for thermoelectric cooling,.
UNIT 5 ENERGY STORAGE DEVICES 9 Hrs.
Cuprates and MgB2 superconductors and their properties, superconducting wires, Role of superconductor in Electric generator, Magnetic energy storage devices and power transmission. Energy storage systems, Faradaic and non-Faradaic processes, Types of capacitors and batteries, Comparison of capacitor and battery, Charge -discharge cycles, experimental evaluation using Cyclic voltammetry, and other techniques.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Richard C. Neville, “Solar energy conversion: The solar cell”, Elsevier Science; 2 edition, 1995
2. Peter Aue, “Advances in Energy systems and technology”, Academic Press, 1978.
3. Frank Kreith and Jang Kreider, “Principles of solar engineering”, CRC Press; 2 edition, 2000.
4. Dixon A. E & J. D. Leslie, “Solar energy conversion”, Science Direct, 1999.
5. Goetzberger A, V.U.Hoffmann, “Photovoltaic solar energy generation”, Springer-Verlag, 2005.
7. Komp R.J. Practical Photovoltaics, “Electricity from solar cells”, 3rd edition, Aatec Publ., 2001.
8. Messeiger, R. J.Ventre, “Photovoltaic systems Engg”, 2nd edition, CRC Press, 2004.
9. Stanley W Angrist, “Direct energy conversion” (4th edition) –Allyn and Bacon, Inc., 1982
10. Conway B. E. “Electrochemical supercapacitors”, Kluwer Academic Press. Springer US, Apr 30, 1999
11. David Linden, “Handbook of Batteries and Fuel Cells”, McGraw-Hill, 1984
12. Milnes A.G. and D. L. Feucht, “Heterojunction and metal – semiconductor junctions“, Academic Press, 1972. 13. Streetman B.G. “Solid state electronic devices”, 5th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2000.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
(10% problems may be asked)
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 203 REGULATIONS 2015
SPH1602 GEOPHYSICS L T P Credits Total Marks
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To provide a qualitative idea on the fundamentals of seismology and theoretical understanding of various physical properties of earth.
UNIT 1 SEISMOLOGY 9 Hrs.
Introduction-Seismology-P-waves-S waves, their velocities-the location of epicenters-Effect of Boundaries-Major discontinuities-.Seismic energy sources-Detectors-Interpretation of time and distance curves. -Derivation of properties from the velocities.
UNIT 2 INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF EARTH 9 Hrs.
Introduction-Seismic waves-Rayleigh waves and love waves-Study of earth by seismic waves-Earthquake
seismology-Horizontal and vertical seismograph-Seismograph equation-Internal structure of earth..
UNIT 3 EARTHQUAKES AND GRAVITY 9 Hrs.
Earthquakes: Focus, Magnitude, Frequency–Detection and prediction–Gravity–Absolute and relative measurements of gravity-Worden gravimeter-Application of gravity methods.
UNIT 4 GEOMAGNETISM 9 Hrs.
Geomagnetism-Definitions, magnetic field,-Measurements Proton precession magnetometer, Alkali vapour magnetometer –Theory of Earth magnetism-Dynamo theory of earth magnetism-Magnetic surveying-application.
UNIT 5 GEOCHRONOLOGY AND GEOTHERMAL PHYSICS 9 Hrs.
Geochronology-Radioactivity of the earth-Radioactive dating of rocks and minerals -Geological time scale
Geothermal Physics: Flow of heat to the surface of earth–Sources of heat within earth--Process of heat
transport-Internal temperature of earth..
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Cook,A.H., “Physics of the Earth and Planets”, I Ed, McMillan Press, London ,1973
2. William Lourie, “Fundamentals of Geophysics”, II Ed, Cambrige University Press, 1982
4. Ramachandra Rao M.B., “Out lines of Geophysical prospecting -A manual for Geologists”, Prasaranga University of Mysore,
Mysore, 1975
5. Telford, W.M. Geldart, L. P. Sheriff R.E. and Keys .D.A., “Applied Geophysics:, Oxford–IBH Publishing Co.Pvt.Ltd. New
Delhi. 1976
6. Rama Rao.B.S., Murthy I.V.R., “Gravity and magnetic methods of prospecting”, Arnold Heinemann Publishers, New Delhi,
1978
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 204 REGULATIONS 2015
SPH1603 SPA CE PH YSI CS L T P Credits Total Marks
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To provide the Windows to the Universe, Solar System, and Planetary Atmospheres and also to expose the students to the instruments related with space physics.
UNIT 1 ASTRONOMY FUNDAMENTALS, TELESCOPES FOR ASTRONOMY 9 Hrs.
Radiation from space, radiation laws, Basic terminology used in astronomy, Introduction to the various types of
astronomy: optical, radio, IR, UV, X-ray, γ ray, Gravitational etc. Introduction to Optical, IR, X ray, γ ray telescopes, brief
description of the various instruments.
UNIT 2 RADIO TELESCOPES AND R E C E I V E R S 9 Hrs.
Antennas, Types of interferometers, array, Radio telescopes of the world including GMRT, OOTY, PRL, Radio
telescope receivers, total power receiver, Dicke receiver, correlation receiver, noise temperature. Noise sources.
UNIT 3 SOLAR SYSTEM, TERRESTRIAL AND JOVIAN PLANETS 9 Hrs.
Origin of solar system, occurrence of planetary systems, celestial mechanics, properties of the sun. Orbital and
physical characteristics, atmosphere, Studies of Mercury, Venus, Earth, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune and their
moons. Recent explorations of various planets..
UNIT 4 SCINTILLATION, PLASMA, IONIZATION 9 Hrs.
Interplanetary scintillation, interstellar scintillation, methods for probing solar wind, use of IPS in measurement
of solar wind, study of irregularities in the interplanetary medium, properties of plasma at different distances from earth,
photoionisation, cosmic ray ionization, meteoric ionization, various resonances in plasma, various waves in plasma,
measurement procedures.
UNIT 5 DIAGNOSTIC TECHNIQUES FOR PROBING IONOSPHERE 9 Hrs.
Radio wave propagation in absence and presence of magnetic field, Formation of Chapman layer, Appleton
Hartree equation and its explanation, propogation of radio waves at different frequencies. Ground based, balloon based,
space based techniques, Ionosonde, air glow, P.R.Radar, radio scintillation, magnetometer, L angmuir probe, electrostatic
analyzer, mass spectrometer, radiosonde.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Glasstone. Van Nostrand, “Sourcebook on the Space Sciences”, Princeton, N.J., 1965
2. John Daniel Kraus Cygnus, “Radio Astronomy: Quasar Books”; 2nd edition, 1986
3. Christiansen W.N.& J.A.Hogbom, “ Radiotelescopes, Radio Telescopes”, 1st edition, Cambridge University Press 1969
5. Henbest N. M.Marten, “The new Astronomy”, Cambridge University Press, 1996
6. Alurkar S.K.”Solar and Interplanetary Disturbances”, Wo rld Scientific Publishing Company, 1997.
7. Ratcliffe J.A, “An introduction to ionosphere and magnetosphere”, Cambridge : Cambridge University Press, 1972
8. Giraud A,.Petit M, “Ionosphere techniques and phenomena”, First Edition, D. Reidel Pub Co, 1978.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 205 REGULATIONS 2015
SPH1604 ASTROPHYSICS L T P Credi ts Total Marks
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To provide qualitative description of interesting astronomical aspect and evolution of structures in the Universe.
UNIT 1 GRAVITY 9 Hrs.
Newtonian gravity and basic potential theory, Simple orbits – Kepler’s laws and precession, flat rotation curve of galaxies and implications for dark matter, virial theorem and simple applications, role of gravity in different astrophysical systems,.
UNIT 2 RADIATIVE PROCESSES 9 Hrs.
Overview of radiation theory and Larmor formula, Different radiative processes : Thomson and Compton scattering, Bremsstrahlung, Synchrotron [detailed derivations are not expected] Radiative equilibrium, Planck spectrum and properties; line widths and transition rates in QT of radiation, qualitative description of which radiative processes contribute in which waveband/ astrophysical system, distribution function for photons and its moments, elementary notion of radiation transport through a slab, concept of opacities.
UNIT 3 GAS DYNAMICS 9 Hrs.
Equations of fluid dynamics; equation of state in different regimes [including degenerate systems]; Models for
different systems in equilibrium, Application to White dwarfs/Neutron stars, Simple fluid flows including supersonic
flow, example of SN explosions and its different phases.
UNIT 4 STELLAR SYSTEM 9 Hrs.
Basic equations of stellar structure, Stellar energy sources; qualitative description of numerical solutions for
stars of different mass, homologous stellar models, Stellar evolution, Evolution in the HR -Diagram.
UNIT 5 GALACTIC DYNAMICS 9 Hrs.
Milky Way Galaxy, Spiral and Elliptical galaxies, Galaxies as self gravitating systems; spiral structure,
Supermassive black holes, Active galactic nuclei.
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Bradley W. Carroll, D.A.Ostlie, “Modern Astrophysics”, Addison-Weseley, 1996.
2. Frank H. Shu,”The physical universe: An Introduction to Astronomy”, University Science books, 1982.
3. Frank H. Shu, “The Physics of Astrophysics”, Volume I and II, University Science books, 2010.
4. T. Padmanabhan, “Theoretical Astophysics”, Volumes I, II and III, Cambridge University Press; First edition, 2001. 5. Arnab Rai Choudhuri, “The Physics of fluids and plasmas”, Cambridge University Press, 1998.
6. Martin. Harwitt, “Astrophysical concepts”, 3rd edition, Springer Science & Business Media, 1998. 7. James Binney & Michael Merrifield, “Galactic Astronomy”, Princeton University Press, 1998.
8. James Binney & Scott Tremaine, “Galactic dynamics”, 2nd edition, Princeton University Press, 2008.
9. Kembhavi A. K. and J. V. Narlikar, “Quasars and Active Galactic Nuclei”, Cambridge University Press, 1999.
10. Bradley M. Peterson, “An Introduction to Active Galactic Nuclei”, Cambridge University Press, 1997.
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
SATHYABAMA UNIVERSITY FACULTY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
B.E. / B. Tech REGULAR 206 REGULATIONS 2015
SPH1605 ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS L T P Credits Total Marks
3 0 0 3 100
COURSE OBJECTIVE
To enable the students understand the laws that govern the structure and properties of the atom, molecules and the nucleus. Also to provide an introduction to the elementary particles.
UNIT 1 IONS, ELECTRONS AND ATOMIC STRUCTURE 9 Hrs.
Detection of charged particles in electric and magnetic fields-Dunnigton's method for e/m-positive ray analysis: Thomson's parabola method-Bohr's atom model-Sommerfeld's relativistic atom model-the Vector atom model and the quantum numbers-comparison with quantum model. Coupl ing schemes: L-S coupling and j-j coupling–Pauli’s exclusion principle-Magnetic moment due to (i) orbital motion of the electron (ii) due to spin -Stern and Gerlach experiment
UNIT 2 ATOMIC AND MOLECULAR SPECTRA 9 Hrs.
Spin-orbit interaction in atomic spectra-fine structure and sodium doublet-Zeeman effect: experiment-classical result-Quantum mechanical explanation-anomalous Zeeman effect-Paschen Back effect-Stark effect (qualitative) Origin of a pure rotational spectra of a rigid linear molecule -vibrating diatomic molecule as a quantum harmonic oscillator-pure vibrational spectra-Spectroscopy (Schematic): Ultraviolet -Infrared-absorption-Raman.
UNIT 3 PROPERTIES OF NUCLEI AND RADIOACTIVITY 9 Hrs.
Isobars, isotopes, mirror nuclei-Nuclear mass and binding energy-Parity-Nuclear spin–Mass defect and packing fraction-Stable nuclei–Nuclear size, nuclear magnetic moment-Electric quadrapole moment-Nuclear energy levels. Radioactivity: Range and stopping power of alpha particles. -Geiger-Nuttal law-Feature of alpha decay Tunnelling–Beta ray spectrum-Energetic of beta decay-Detection of neutrino-Gamma ray absorption in matter.
UNIT 4 NUCLEAR MODELS, FISSION AND FUSION 9 Hrs.
Neutron: Discovery, Mass, Half life, Magnetic Moment, sources and detection –Shell model, Liquid drop theory-Nuclear fission–Spontaneous fission and potential barrier -Self sustaining Chain Reaction–Neutron balance in Nuclear Reactor-Uncontrolled chain reaction-Nuclear Fusion–radiation hazards and safety measures-Controlled fusion-Fusion in stars..
UNIT 5 ELEMENTARY PARTICLE PHYSICS 9 Hrs.
Discovery of cosmic rays-primary and secondary rays-cosmic ray showers-discovery of positron–the mesons– origin of cosmic rays-the Big-Bang theory-thermal history of the Universe-Hubble’s law–the future of the universe-dark matter. Particles and anti -particles-antimatter-the fundamental interactions–elementary–particle quantum numbers–conservation laws and symmetry–the Quark model–quantum chromodynamics-the standard model– unification of interactions–Grand unified theories. (Qualitative).
Max. 45 Hours
TEXT / REFERENCE BOOKS
1. R.Murugeshan and Kiruthiga Sivaprasath, “Modern Physics” 14thEd, S.Chand and Company Ltd, 2009
2. Gupta A.B. and Dipak Ghosh, “Atomic and Nuclear Physics”, Books and Allied(P)Ltd, Calcutta, 1997
3. Ronald Gautreau and William Savin, “Modern Physics, Schaum’s outline series, 2nd Ed., Tata McGraw Hill P.Ltd, 2004
4. Gopla K.Krishnan, Atomic and Nuclear Physics”, 3 rd Ed. ,MacMillan India Ltd. 1994
5. Mani H.S and Mehta ( G.K) , “Introduction to Modern Physics”, Affiliated EWast-West Press, 1989
6. Feynmann, R.P. Leighton R.B. and M.Sands , “The Feynmann Lectures on Physics”, Vol III, 7 th Indian reprint, Narosa Pub. Ltd,
1992
END SEMESTER EXAM QUESTION PAPER PATTERN
Max. Marks : 100 Exam Duration : 3 Hrs.
PART A : 2 Questions from each unit, each carrying 2 marks 20 Marks
PART B : 2 Questions from each unit with internal choice, each carrying 16 marks 80 Marks
